Quantcast
Channel: S T R A V A G A N Z A
Viewing all 3442 articles
Browse latest View live

TEMÜR (TAMERLANE) AND LATIN CHRISTENDOM

$
0
0


The rise of Temür

Although those who wrote about Temür’s career during his lifetime gave no date for the conqueror’s birth, a convention among his later biographers would place it in 736 H./1335–6. The year was highly emblematic: it had witnessed the death of the last undisputed Ilkhan, Abu Sa?id, the effective collapse of the Ilkhanate and the division of its territories among a number of largely non-Mongol dynasties.2 Temür and his political opponents within the Mongol world acted out their lives on a stage dominated by the figure of Chinggis Khan.3 He and his historians believed (or wanted others to believe) that he was engaged in the restoration of Chinggis Khan’s world-empire.4 Temür’s own origins lay not in Ilkhanid Persia but in the Chaghadayid khanate in Central Asia, the territory known to Western Europeans as Medium Imperium, ‘the Middle Empire’, or (much less accurately) as Media and Imperium Medorum.5 The history of this polity is ill-documented and more obscure than that of any of the other Mongol states, but it seems that from c.1347 it was split into two khanates. In the western part, comprising Transoxiana, the tribal amirs disputed power in the name of a series of feeble and ephemeral khans belonging to the lines of Chaghadai and (sometimes) of Ögödei. Here Islam had made significant advances, and the rulers were semi-sedentarized. In the east, by contrast, where Islam was only beginning to make any headway, the Chaghadayid khans retained real power and their lifestyle was characteristically that of the steppe nomad. This region was popularly called Mughalistan (‘Mongolia’), though to their western neighbours in Transoxiana, its Mongol inhabitants were known as Jata (allegedly ‘robbers’).6

Temür belonged to the ruling clan of the Turkicized Mongol tribe of the Barlas, which occupied the pasturelands around Shahr-i Sabz (Kish) in Transoxiana.7 In the upheavals which followed the murder of the leading warlord and khan-maker, Qazaghan, in 1358, he first collaborated with the Chaghadayid khan of Mughalistan, who invaded and briefly subdued Transoxiana in 1361–2 and then allied with Qazaghan’s grandson ?usayn in order to defeat and expel the invaders. It was in the course of a local conflict in eastern Persia, where the two men had taken temporary refuge, that Temür received the wounds which partially disabled him and gave rise to his sobriquet ‘the Lame’ (Persian, -i lang; Turkish, aksak). By 1370, when he broke with ?usayn and overthrew him, Temür had become the paramount figure in the western Chaghadayid polity.

During the next few decades, Temür welded the Chaghadayid nomads into a more effective war-machine by gradually transferring administrative offices and military command from the old tribal leaders to men chosen from his own personal following.8 To cement his authority over the military, he led them in successful expeditions against external enemies: the khans of Mughalistan; the successor dynasties that had arisen from the débris of the Ilkhanate; the Sultanate of Delhi, which had defied numerous Chaghadayid attacks in the past; and the Mamluk Sultanate of Egypt and Syria. We have seen how he intervened, too, in the politics of the Blue Horde, where he promoted his client Toqtamish, and was drawn into attacks on the Golden Horde when Toqtamish turned against him. Temür’s policy was one of indirect rule: he replaced his vanquished enemies with princes – usually from the same dynasty – who would act as his dutiful subordinates, furnishing troops for his campaigns and guaranteeing the payment of tribute. The plunder and slaves from the cities sacked by Temür’s troops flowed back to adorn and enrich his ‘capital’ at Samarqand. At the time of his death in February 1405, he was on the threshold of an ambitious campaign to reduce China, the only constituent part of the former Mongol empire that he had not so far attacked.

Temür’s historians would embellish the role played by his thirteenth- century forebear, Qarachar of the Barlas tribe, one of Chaghadai’s leading noyans, in the history of the Chaghadayid khanate. And twenty years or more after Temür’s death, a bogus claim to common ancestry with Chinggis Khan himself would be advanced for him and his dynasty. His marriage to two Chaghadayid princesses entitled him to the style of küregen (‘son-in-law’) traditionally borne by those who married into Chinggis Khan’s dynasty. Yet Temür was not of Chinggisid descent. He ruled but did not reign. His title was simply ‘Great Amir’, and at no time did he assume the dignity of khan. Down until 1402, at least, he acted in the name of two successive shadow khans of Chaghadai’s ulus, on whose behalf he asserted that Persia belonged to the Chaghadayids by virtue of Chinggis Khan’s original distribution of territories.9 Both these shadow khans were members, in fact, of Ögödei’s line, and on occasions Temür claimed to be redressing the displacement of that branch of the Chinggisid dynasty by the Toluids in the 1250s (p. 119), a posture that may have been designed to enhance the universalist character of Temür’s rule.10

However Turkicized his ancestry, Temür was – and acted like – a Mongol noble. Though not untouched by sedentary culture, he was the nomadic leader of an army of nomads.11 A Muslim, he was accompanied on his campaigns by a portable mosque.12 His forces were known as ‘Chaghatays’, both to their enemies in Asia and to the Latin observers who brought back reports about the conqueror; they also appear in Western sources under the time-honoured guise of ‘Tartars’. The roots of Timurid military success which attracted the attention of these Europeans were those we have earlier met with in the campaigns of Chinggis Khan: tight discipline, skilful tactics, superb generalship and techniques of terror designed to obtain rapid submission and to deter future revanchisme. In this last respect, Temür may have consciously emulated Chinggis Khan. The question whether Temür’s bad faith towards some of those who accepted his guarantee of safety and yielded to his forces or the sadistic cruelty which made his name a byword renders him less worthy of admiration than his model is not one that can detain us here. What should be said is that he was undeniably inferior in administrative genius to his great precursor, so that when he died his empire splintered far more rapidly.

His operations in Mesopotamia and the Caucasus eventually brought Temür into conflict with the Ottoman Turks in Anatolia. Under Sultan Murad I (1359–89) and his son and successor, Bayezid I Yilderim (‘the Thunderbolt’), the Ottomans had made spectacular territorial gains at the expense of the Byzantine empire and other Christian powers of the Balkans and had even begun to threaten Latin Europe. In 1396, Bayezid had scored a decisive victory at Nicopolis, on the Danube, over a crusading army led by King Sigismund of Hungary and including French and Burgundian contingents. By the turn of the century, the Ottoman Sultan’s meteoric advance was a matter of grave concern to all the Christian powers in the eastern Mediterranean and Black Sea regions, whether the Byzantine empire, the Latin kingdom of Cyprus, Venice and Genoa and their colonies, the autonomous Venetian and Genoese lords of the various Aegean islands or the Knights Hospitallers at Rhodes.

Temür’s first overtures towards the Ottomans were amicable in tone. As early as c.1395 he was endeavouring to draw Bayezid into his struggle with the recalcitrant Toqtamish by offering him all the Golden Horde’s territory west of the Dnieper.13 The Sultan, apprehensive regarding Temür’s activities on his eastern flank, did not respond. Temür required no pretext to attack the Ottomans, since their core territories had once formed part of the Ilkhanate, but their readiness to shelter fugitive princes whom he had displaced and Bayezid’s attack on Temür’s protégé, the ruler of Arzinjan (Erzincan), provided an additional incentive. Temür began in 1400 with the reduction of Sivas, which Bayezid had recently occupied but then turned his attention to the Mamluks, invading Syria and sacking Damascus in 1401. Only thereafter did he deal decisively with the Ottomans. On 28 July 1402, the Chaghatay army crushed Bayezid’s forces near Ankara, and the Sultan spent the last few months of his life as a captive accompanying Temür on his travels, while his sons fought over their inheritance. This did not amount to much, since one result of the Chaghatay victory was that the Ottomans’ Anatolian provinces largely passed back into the hands of the various Turkish dynasties which had ruled there prior to the conquests of Bayezid and his father; Temür further fuelled the brothers’ squabble by accepting pledges of allegiance from each of them in return for promises of his support.14 Temür’s last operation in Anatolia was an attack in December 1402 on the Latin Christian fortress of Smyrna (now Izmir), which was held by the Knights Hospitallers. The castellan defiantly rejected his demand for surrender, and the place was taken by storm. The sources suggest that the knights themselves escaped by sea, though we do not have to believe the allegation that they had made a pact with the conqueror; in any event, the Greek refugees left behind were slaughtered.15 Shortly afterwards an advance on Phocaea, where a great many ‘Franks’ had taken refuge, was bought off with the offer of tribute; representatives from one or two of the Latin-held islands in the Aegean also waited on the conqueror.16 Then Temür, who lacked the naval power necessary to proceed beyond the Straits and may have anticipated a dearth of pasturage for his forces in the Balkans,17 withdrew eastward on the first stages of his long return march to Samarqand.

Temür and the Christian powers

The Byzantine capital of Constantinople had been under siege by Ottoman forces since 1394, and the Emperor Manuel II Palaeologus (1391–1425) had left in 1399 on a tour of Western Europe with the aim of securing desperately- needed assistance. The Castilian envoy Clavijo subsequently heard that the emperor’s nephew and regent, John VII, had reached an agreement with Bayezid, undertaking to surrender Constantinople and become his subordinate if the Ottoman Sultan was victorious over Temür.18 But John and the Genoese in Pera were simultaneously in diplomatic contact with the Central Asian conqueror.19 In the summer of 1401, Temür had sent to Constantinople two envoys, the Dominican Francis and a Muslim, to discourage them from making peace with Bayezid, on the grounds that Temür himself was about to attack the Sultan.20 John and the Genoese may have incited Temür against the Ottomans; they had certainly promised him the tribute hitherto yielded to the Sultan and acquiesced in his demand to bar the Straits in order to prevent Turkish forces in Europe crossing to Bayezid’s assistance.21 In August 1402, after his victory over Bayezid, Temür again sent word to Constantinople and Pera, warning the authorities there to keep their galleys in readiness so that the remnants of the defeated Ottoman army could not flee across the Straits.22 Further embassies from the conqueror were in Pera in January 1403 and in the late summer; we do not know whether they came with the same purpose.23

On two occasions – in May and in August 1402 – Venetian galleys complied by sailing to the Dardanelles.24 A Genoese annalist reports that in the wake of Temür’s first embassy the colonists at Pera hoisted his banner,25 and Temür’s court historians record the arrival of envoys from ‘the king [malik] of Istanbul’ (presumably John VII) offering submission and tribute in October 1402.26 Yet overall the response to the conqueror’s overtures was ambivalent. Certain Genoese and Venetian sea-captains, alert to the possibilities of profit, disregarded all these undertakings, first allowing reinforcements to reach Bayezid and later shipping fugitives from his shattered army to safety.27 The Venetians on the island of Samos, too, gave asylum to Turkish refugees.28

The Emperor Manuel had been cheered, it seems, by the news of Temür’s capture of Sivas.29 And he and his beleaguered subjects rejoiced when reports reached them of Bayezid’s downfall at Ankara: for one Greek writer, Temür’s victory signalled an intervention by the Virgin herself.30 But the Byzantine rulers were under no illusions. Early in 1403, Manuel, who had not yet arrived back in his capital, was urging that the Straits be blocked against Temür.31 Two years later, his ambassador assured newly-elected Roman Pope Innocent VII that the purpose of the conqueror and his Tartars was not merely to overwhelm Constantinople and the neighbouring region but to attack all Christian territory and destroy Christians everywhere. The pope in response granted Manuel what was in fact a highly unusual privilege for a Byzantine emperor, namely the right to select churchmen to preach the crusade against Temür and his armies in the Two Sicilies, Hungary, the Balkans and Romania.32 Even allowing for hyperbole that was designed to elicit the fullest Western assistance, Byzantine anxiety about Chaghatay operations, it seems, had not abated significantly.

Reports of Temür’s advance had been reaching the West since his first campaigns of devastation in the Caucasus. As early as 1394 the Venetian Senate was urging Manuel II to stand firm against the Ottomans, on the grounds that Bayezid was distracted by Temür’s activities.33 Then in 1395 the Chaghatay forces sacked Tana, on the Sea of Azov, and destroyed the Venetian outpost there; despite the friendly assurances given earlier to Tana’s envoys, the representative of Temür who escorted them back to the town proved to have been spying with a view to the impending attack.34 It has been suggested that the attack sprang simply from Temür’s policy of wrecking the economy of the Golden Horde khanate rather than out of any hostility specifically towards Europeans,35 though this would hardly have softened the blow. Among the Venetian possessions lost in the flames were the privileges conferred on the community by successive khans of the Golden Horde.36 In January 1401, the Venetian Senate, alarmed by fresh reports of Chaghatay operations in the Near East, instructed its representatives in Crete to send up-to-date information on his movements and authorized its consul in Alexandria to withdraw to Crete should Temür reach the city.37

Around this time the Mamluk Sultan, who was at Damascus seeing to the city’s defences, received an offer of naval assistance against Temür from the king of Cyprus and the Genoese at Famagusta, but such was the disarray within the Egyptian high command that the approach was ignored.38 Both Venetian and Catalan merchants suffered losses when the Chaghatay army sacked Damascus in the first months of that year.39 And in a highly garbled account, an English chronicler alleged that pilgrimage to the Holy Places had become more difficult as a result of the sack of Jerusalem.40 The Roman Pope Boniface IX drew attention to the fact that ‘the son of Perdition, Thamurlang, known as Themir Aksak, the oppressive conqueror of Asia’, was persecuting Christians and threatening the very survival of the faith in those parts.41 In 1403, Venetians in Syria reported fears of a fresh invasion by Temür.42

King Martin I of Aragon would have been kept abreast of events in the Near East by the Catalan mercantile communities in Damascus and Alexandria.43 Writing to the Avignonese Pope Benedict XIII in March 1403 after learning of the sack of Smyrna from its castellan, Iñigo d’Alfaro (who may have been Aragonese), he described the perpetrator as ‘the arrogant Belial called Tamerlan’.44 At this stage it is possible that Martin, who for some years had been concerned to provide aid for the Byzantine empire, was told by Greek envoys of the presence of one of Bayezid’s sons at Temür’s headquarters and was misled into thinking that Temür had made common cause with the Ottomans.45 When in June the king responded to a letter from Emperor Manuel announcing the joyful news of Bayezid’s overthrow, he expressed pleasure but referred, in measured tones, to the Sultan’s capture by ‘an infidel like himself ’.46 And although the letter which Martin wrote to Temür in April 1404 addressed him cordially, it pointedly attributed Bayezid’s defeat to the hand of God, who ‘does not permit unjust aggression long to flourish or ill-will against Christians who serve the Lord to be spread’ – a thinly-veiled warning, perhaps, that Temür’s own conduct risked bringing down on him the fate of his vanquished enemy.47

Whatever his usefulness in ridding Christendom of the Ottoman Sultan, Temür represented potentially an even greater menace, and his presence in Anatolia posed a serious dilemma for all the Christian powers.48 According to Clavijo, he reacted angrily to the news that the Greeks and Genoese had helped the fleeing Ottomans and thereafter conceived a deep antipathy towards Christians;49 a later writer blamed the sack of Smyrna on this assistance given to Temür’s enemies.50 The biographer of Jean Le Maingre, the celebrated Maréchal de Boucicaut and governor of Genoa for Charles VI of France, believed that Christendom had no reason to expect better treatment from Temür than it would have received from Bayezid, had he lived.51 In January 1403, Boucicaut deputed a group of ambassadors to negotiate with various powers in the East, including the Turks and Temür; they were to make alliances and wage war as they saw fit.52 As a result, within the next few months, John VII, Venice, Genoa and the Hospitallers of Rhodes entered into a treaty with Bayezid’s son Süleyman Çelebi, who controlled the Ottoman possessions on the European side of the Straits: one object of the agreement was to secure his assistance against Temür with ships and men if need arose. According to a contemporary report by the Venetian lord of Andros, Pietro Zeno, the Christian powers decided to send galleys to rendezvous with Süleyman should Temür display any intention of crossing into Europe.53

The apprehensions roused among the Latins by Temür’s operations, however, were by no means invariably mirrored in the rumours that circulated in Western circles or in the diplomatic activity which followed. We know nothing of the purpose of the embassy which Venice had sent to him late in 1399 or early in 1400; nor are we told the errand of the three emissaries from the Master of the Hospital who were with him by April 1403.54 But the sack of Damascus in 1401 and the massacre there of a group of Muslim divines, which was rumoured to have shocked the Islamic world, may well have helped to nurture a more favourable impression of the conqueror in the West.55 The chance fact, too, that some houses in the Christian quarter escaped the conflagration, as reported several years later by an Italian merchant who had been resident in Damascus, possibly reached Europe at an earlier date.56 And as the news of the Ottoman débâcle at Ankara reverberated far and wide, some reacted more positively than the Aragonese king. Sigismund of Hungary wrote in 1404 that divine clemency had used the Tartars to eliminate the Turkish savagery. We might discount this on the grounds that the principal aim of his letter was to denounce the enmity of Pope Boniface IX, which prevented him moving against the Turks.57 But already in the late summer of 1402, rumours were current that Temür was well disposed towards the Christian powers and sought perpetual peace with them; a report from Constantinople that Temür had offered to restore to Manuel II all the territories lost to Bayezid gave rise to considerable optimism in the West.58

Doubtless for this reason, other states, apart from those with vital interests in the Levant, were keen to make contact with the newcomer. At the very beginning of the century, the Castilian King Enrique III had sent out two ambassadors to ascertain the relative strength of Temür and of Bayezid, and after his triumph at Ankara, the victor sent them back to Castile with a Muslim envoy of his own, bearing gifts and a cordial letter. Enrique responded with a further embassy, which embarked near Cadiz in May 1403, was well received by the conqueror in Samarqand and began its return journey in November 1404, though without having received from Temür any reply to the Castilian king’s missive.59 Temür, who was said to have fallen gravely ill, was probably no longer interested in campaigning against the Ottoman Sultanate and in any case may simply have turned his attention to the campaign against China.60 The chief Castilian envoy, Ruy González de Clavijo, has left us an account of the mission, which is usually regarded as the most important single Western source on Temür and his empire.61

Of greater significance in the contemporary diplomatic context than the Castilian embassy, however, were the peregrinations of the Dominican John, archbishop of Sul?aniyya. In 1398/9 John, accompanied by his fellow Dominican, Francis, had headed an embassy from Temür to Charles VI of France and had also visited Henry IV of England, taking letters from both monarchs back to the conqueror. In the wake of Ankara, John was despatched to France and Italy a second time, with letters from Temür and his son Miran Shah (whose appanage included the archbishop’s own seat, Sul?aniyya) and spent several years travelling around Western capitals. During this time he wrote two works: a short account of Temür (1403), of which a partial Latin translation was later incorporated in the Chronographia regum Francorum, and a longer description of the world, entitled Libellus de notitia orbis (1404). He left the courts of France, England and Aragon (1404), as well as the headquarters of the Teutonic Order in Prussia (1407), with letters for Temür; but in 1412 he had still not returned to the Near East.62 By this juncture, Temür had in any case been dead for seven years, and Miran Shah had fallen in battle (1408) with the Qara Qoyunlu Türkmens, who were busy appropriating the westernmost regions of the Timurid empire.

The roots of misperception

The mission of John of Sul?aniyya appears to have been designed to counter hostile perceptions of Temür in the West. Alongside the Persian original of Temür’s letter to Charles VI there has survived a contemporary Latin translation drafted, in all probability, by John; it is followed by the Latin version of a letter to the Frankish kings and princes in general from Miran Shah, of which the original is no longer extant. Significantly, whereas the Persian text of Temür’s letter mentions only the desirability of commercial relations between Temür’s dominions and the Franks (as does Miran Shah’s letter), the Latin rendering goes beyond this and speaks of a common hostility to Bayezid.63 The reply of Henry IV of England suggests that the translation of Temür’s letter to him (assuming it was identical with that to Charles VI) had been similarly doctored.64 Like the Westerners who had accompanied Ilkhanid embassies in an earlier generation (p. 211), John of Sul?aniyya embellished the messages entrusted to him in order to elicit a warmer response.

In some degree, of course, John’s élan fed on the elimination of Bayezid, which had brought a reprieve for the Byzantines and other Christians in the Balkans. He observed, for instance, that the Albanians hoped now to be delivered from the Ottoman yoke by the Serbian prince Stefan Lazarevich.65 But when it came to Temür’s more direct impact on Christians, John may have been somewhat disingenuous. He was perfectly well aware that Christians were to be numbered among the victims of Temür’s cruelty alongside Muslims.66 Yet he alleged that at Sivas the conqueror had spared the Greeks among the population when the rest were buried alive.67 He claimed too that, as a result of conversations with himself and his fellow Dominican Francis, Temür’s animosity towards Christians had been mitigated: now far more tolerant, he was especially well disposed towards Latins.68 The archbishop further professed to believe that Temür had attacked Bayezid out of affection for the Christians who were allied with him.69 But John was sufficiently realistic, of course, when taking charge of the English king’s reply, to delete a sentence that warmly urged Temür to accept baptism.70 He was keener, perhaps, to trumpet the virtues of the conqueror’s son Miran Shah. Miran Shah is described as a wholehearted Christian and as much loved by Latin Christians in the east71 – an assertion readily taken up by the Western rulers whose courts the archbishop visited.72 Clavijo, who met the prince, says nothing whatever of any Christian leanings, merely describing the insane conduct for which Temür eventually removed him from the governorship of Tabriz. Since this included the destruction of mosques,73 it conceivably promoted the idea that Temür was pro-Christian. John’s propaganda was ably seconded by others with whom he made contact during his tour of Western Europe or whom he may have influenced indirectly. The compiler of the Chronographia regum Francorum, in reproducing the archbishop’s memoir on Temür, omits the statement that Christians too suffered from the conqueror’s savagery.74 And Dietrich von Nyem, who had become a close friend of John, claimed that Smyrna would have escaped destruction had the Hospitaller castellan only hoisted Temür’s standard on the walls, as advised by ‘a Christian bishop’ (probably Francis, who had been briefly bishop of Nakhchivan).75 Wild rumours that Temür’s forces had taken Jerusalem and that he and his troops had converted to Christianity reached England and found their way into the historical works of Thomas Walsingham (d. c.1422).76 For the Genoese annalist Giorgio Stella, writing around 1405, Temür was neither a Muslim nor a ‘Tartar’.77

One piece of information which circulated as a result of John’s journeyings in Latin Europe was that Temür and his son had released the Christian slaves they found in the defeated Ottoman army and had sent them in the direction of Constantinople.78 In this context, at least, Dietrich von Nyem sounded a more sober note, giving the Chaghatay forces no credit and instead ascribing the safe arrival of these Christian slaves solely to the intervention of Latin (i.e. probably Genoese) ships from Pera.79 Some confusion may have arisen from the fact that Temür’s embassy to the Castilian king was accompanied by two high-born Christian women who were believed to have been slaves in Bayezid’s household at the time of his defeat.80 Around this time, too, some of the Frankish soldiers taken at Nicopolis in 1396 made their way home to Europe. The chronicle of S. Denis, specifying ‘the Great Count of Hungary’ and an illegitimate son of the late count of Savoy, claims that Temür had released both of them from captivity at Bursa.81 The second can be identified as Humbert, count of Romont (son of Amadeus VII), who arrived back in Chambéry in February 1404.82 The first has been identified as the Palatine Eustache of Illsua, though the evidence suggests that he died in Ottoman captivity.83 In any case, no other source confirms that the prisoners owed their deliverance to the Chaghatay forces. It is more likely, on chronological grounds, that they were released, rather, by Süleyman when he occupied Bursa, as part of his attempt to reach an accommodation with the Christian powers; his treaty with them in 1403 certainly provided for the release of Greek and Italian prisoners.84 Whatever the truth and whoever the ‘Great Count’, the two prisoners were more fortunate than lower-ranking soldiers captured at Nicopolis. Far from gaining his freedom after Ankara, the Bavarian Johann Schildtberger, who later wrote an account of his adventures, simply exchanged one master for another.85 A similar fate may have befallen the Hungarian knight Nicolaus Gerecz.86

We have encountered these themes – especial favour towards Christians, the release of Christian slaves found in the army of a defeated Muslim enemy – before, in various contexts: the first rumours of Mongol conquests that reached Damietta in 1221; the efforts of the Ilkhans Hülegü and Abaqa to secure Latin assistance against the Mamluks; and especially the stories that rapidly grew up around Ghazan’s spectacular Syrian campaign of 1299–1300, when Jerusalem had passed, if only for a few months, into Mongol hands. The enthusiastic reception which Temür’s operations met with in the West should be viewed through a similar lens. No more than his Mongol precursors was he actuated by a sense of equal status in dealing with European powers. The nineteenth-century editor of his letter to Charles VI commented on the superior, even careless, tone in which the French king was addressed.87 And in fact Clavijo several times heard Temür refer to Enrique III of Castile, whom he allegedly saw as the greatest of Western potentates, as his ‘son’ – just as his model Chinggis Khan had addressed the Khwarazmshah on the eve of their conflict (see p. 48).88

How should we assess Temür’s approach to religious matters? A second-generation Muslim at the very least, he justified his conquests, in part, by the duty to safeguard and expand Islam. A Western author depicts him as taking pride in the capture of Smyrna, which had defied successive Muslim Ottoman Sultans, and there is nothing inherently implausible in this.89 Temür relied in some degree on Muslim spiritual advisers, frequented the company of Muslim theologians and enjoyed taking part in religious debate.90 He also set great store, apparently, by the support and guidance of sufis and dervishes – Muslim holy men – and sought their support prior to particular campaigns.91 The tale of his meeting with Khwaja ?Ali, head of the community at Ardabil and a successor of Shaykh ?afi al-Din (the ancestor of the Safawid dynasty, which would rule over Persia from c.1500), is probably apocryphal, but Clavijo heard that the conqueror had lodged with the leading dervish of a village near Erzurum.92 We might expect to find this preoccupation with religious guidance and legitimation in any ambitious Muslim prince. Yet conversely there was nothing intrinsically Islamic about such attachments. Pagan Mongol rulers had patronized saints from different religious communities, including Muslims. No doubt Temür’s favour towards John of Sul?aniyya and his fellow Dominican Francis sprang from the same roots. The sanction of holy men was an essential element in a steppe leader’s claim to rule.93 That Temür had by no means abandoned the more traditional beliefs of the steppe peoples is clear from his fascination with magic.94 He claimed in addition to possess supernatural powers, to experience visions and to have mounted to Heaven on a ladder under the guidance of an angel.95

Temür’s attitude towards Christianity is somewhat difficult to fathom. His early correspondence with Bayezid in 1395 had praised the Ottoman Sultan as a holy warrior against the infidel and had alluded to the presence of infidels (i.e. Christian Poles and Lithuanians) among the confederates of Temür’s own enemy Toqtamish.96 In a more recent letter, on the eve of his attack on Bayezid, he again mentioned with approval the Sultan’s conflicts with the Franks and expressed reluctance to embark on a campaign in Anatolia which could only hearten Islam’s enemies, and he subsequently issued a similar disclaimer when addressing Ottoman envoys.97 All this, of course, could have amounted to little more than subterfuge. Temür’s court histories and his own record alike suggest that he was content to leave Christian rulers in place, subject to the provision of tribute (generally interpreted as the Islamic poll-tax on unbelievers, the jizya) – rather as his Ottoman antagonist was accustomed to do. Thus Temür was perfectly willing to accept the submission and tribute of the Frankish island of Saqiz (Chios) at the end of 1402.98 It is true that after his defeat in 1394, the Georgian King Bagrat V had been obliged not only to pay an annual tribute but also to become a Muslim. But although the king subsequently apostatized and Georgia thereby incurred further attacks, this was probably an isolated case. The same stipulation to abjure the Christian faith does not appear to have been imposed on his son and successor, Giorgi VII.99 Nor was the Emperor of Trebizond, in becoming tributary to Temür, additionally required to become a Muslim.100 Given that the only Christian power on the Asiatic mainland which Temür eliminated was the tiny Hospitaller enclave at Smyrna, his hostility towards Christianity begins to seem less striking. But against this it could be argued that Smyrna was the sole Christian-ruled bastion which the conqueror’s armies were really in a position to destroy prior to his withdrawal from Anatolia.

Where Christians were not the sovereign authority, moreover, they undoubtedly fared badly. This was not just an incidental result of the havoc wrought by Temür’s troops, to which Armenian writers bear eloquent witness.101 It was part of a deliberate policy. At Tana, Persian sources indicate that the Muslim population was separated from the infidels and was spared; the rest were massacred and their goods pillaged.102 In the towns of Anatolia, similarly, the Christians were enslaved while the Muslims merely paid a ransom.103 Clavijo heard that Temür had ordered the demolition of Christian churches in Greater Armenia.104 The policy does not appear to have been implemented universally: the Armenian lord of Maku and his subjects (including a Dominican convent) were left unharmed,105 and Clavijo found ‘a fine church’ still standing at Erzurum.106 Yet overall there can be little doubt that the Chaghatay campaigns had gravely disrupted the fortunes of the Eastern churches and had hamstrung the endeavours of Latin missionaries (see Chapter 11). As late as 1406, King Martin was responding to an appeal for financial assistance from the monastic community of St Catherine on Mount Sinai, who had been impoverished thanks to Chaghatay depredations.107 Apart from an extremely terse allusion in the Libellus,108 however, John fails to notice the deleterious effects of Temür’s campaigns on Eastern Christians.

It is, in fact, difficult to resist the impression that this solitary – though extremely active and well travelled – churchman was largely responsible for the persistent and widespread view of Temür not merely as a potential ally but also as a potential convert to Christianity. He may, of course, have genuinely believed this, but we should be prepared to identify other motives behind his propaganda. One motive is not far to seek. In the Libellus the archbishop outlines an Armenian prophecy that had come to his attention, concerning an oriental ruler who would attack the Muslims and join forces with the victorious Franks advancing from the west.109 Suitably reworked to incorporate unmistakable allusions to Temür (‘a man named Iron’, from ‘Media’), this was, it seems, an older prophecy, attributed to the fourth- century St Nerses, which Rubruck had heard as he passed through Armenia in 1255;110 Armenian manuscript colophons testify to its resilience during the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries.111 From the Libellus it is clear that John accepted the prophecy as genuine and as already in part fulfilled. He may have hoped to promote a crusade against Muslim princes whose strength had been profoundly sapped by Temür’s campaigns. All this has to be seen in the light of his overriding concern, namely to revive the faltering Latin mission in the Near East, which he evidently felt had been neglected by the Roman popes.112

For all the sanguine expectations regarding Temür’s motives and ambitions, diplomatic contact with him bore no fruit. He was the last ‘Tartar’ potentate whose operations fostered the illusion that he might become an ally against the major powers of the Islamic Near East or – better still – convert to the Christian faith. When such hopes recurred later in the fifteenth century, they focused on Muslim princes who were not Mongols, such as Uzun ?asan (d. 1478), the leader of the Aq Qoyunlu Türkmens and ruler of Mesopotamia and western Persia. Uzun ?asan’s achievements included the destruction of the rival Türkmen confederation of the Qara Qoyunlu (1467) and – ironically – the overthrow of the Timurid sovereign of Khurasan and Transoxiana (1469), who had briefly appeared to be on the point of recreating Temür’s empire. But Uzun ?asan’s humiliation by the Ottomans at Bashkent in 1473 removed any chance he had of providing effective assistance to the Western powers.113 In the sixteenth century European publicists continued to flirt with the idea that particular Muslim rulers might act as a promising counterweight to Ottoman power but with equally disappointing results.114

Clavijo and John of Sul?aniyya both testify to their gracious treatment at Temür’s hands. In the Near East, the blow he dealt the Ottoman Turks appeared to offer the ailing Byzantine empire a reprieve for a further fifty years;115 in the Pontic steppe, his assault on Toqtamish effectively delivered the coup de grâce to the Golden Horde. Such exploits have helped to reinforce the notion that Temür was a potential ally of the Catholic world. It is true that this Muslim ruler does not, at first sight, appear an orthodox exponent of the Islamic jihad. His credentials as a holy warrior rested on nothing more than warfare with minor Hindu chieftains, with the Christians of Georgia and with the Knights Hospitallers. The great majority of his campaigns were directed, in fact, against fellow Muslims, who were called upon, moreover, to endure his most appalling acts of barbarity, leading John of Sul?aniyya to opine, in all seriousness, that Temür had destroyed three-quarters of the world’s Muslim population.116 All this served to obscure the fact that Temür’s interest in correspondence with rulers in Latin Europe extended only as far as they might prove valuable trading partners – and as their hostility towards the Ottomans and the Mamluks made them useful adjuncts to his efforts to extend his dominions. In this latter respect, at least, he was a true successor of the Ilkhans.

Notes

1I have transliterated the Turco-Mongol form of this name (Tu. temür, ‘iron’), in preference to the Persian and Arabic form, Timur, usually employed in secondary literature.
2Beatrice Forbes Manz, ‘Tamerlane and the symbolism of sovereignty’, Iranian Studies 21:1–2 (1988), pp. 105–22 (here pp. 113–14, n.33).
3Eadem, ‘Mongol history rewritten and relived’, Revue des Mondes Musulmans et de la Méditerranée 89–90 (1999), pp. 129–49 (esp. pp. 137–41).
4David Morgan, ‘The empire of Tamerlane: an unsuccessful re-run of the Mongol state?’, in J. R. Maddicott and D. M. Palliser, eds., The Medieval State. Essays Presented to James Campbell (London, 2000), pp. 233–41; cf. Beatrice Forbes Manz, ‘The empire of Tamerlane as an adaptation of the Mongol empire: an answer to David Morgan, “The empire of Tamerlane: an unsuccessful re-run of the Mongol state?”?’, in May, Mongols and Post-Mongol Asia, pp. 281–91.
5For the origins of this designation, see Dai Matsui, ‘Dumdadu Mong?ol Ulus “The Middle Mongolian Empire”?’, in Rybatzki et al., Early Mongols, pp. 111–19.
6See Peter Jackson, ‘Chaghatayid dynasty’, Enc.Ir.; also idem, Mongols and the Islamic World, p. 199.
7The best survey of Temür’s rise is Beatrice Forbes Manz, The Rise and Rule of Tamerlane (Cambridge, 1989). For brief accounts, see eadem, ‘Timur Lang’, Enc.Isl.2; H.R. Roemer, ‘Timur in Iran’, in CHI, VI, pp. 43–6.
8Beatrice Forbes Manz, ‘The ulus Chaghatay before and after Temür’s rise to power: the transformation from tribal confederation to army of conquest’, CAJ 27 (1983), pp. 79–100.
9John E. Woods, ‘Timur’s genealogy’, in Michael M. Mazzaoui and Vera B. Moreen, eds., Intellectual Studies on Islam: Essays Written in Honor of Martin B. Dickson (Salt Lake City, UT, 1990), pp. 85–125. See further Jackson, Mongols and the Islamic World, pp. 384–7.
10Manz, ‘Tamerlane and the symbolism’, pp. 112–13. Morgan, ‘Empire of Tamerlane’, p. 237.
11See, e.g., Manz, Rise and Rule of Tamerlane, pp.37, 101–2; and for a different perspective, Roemer, ‘Timur in Iran’, p. 90. Beatrice Forbes Manz, ‘Tamerlane’s career and its uses’, JWH 13:1 (2002), pp. 1–25 (here pp. 2–5), discusses the contradictions in Temür’s career.
12Clavijo, p. 196 (tr. Le Strange, p. 272).
13Zeki Velidi Togan, ‘Timur’s Osteuropapolitik’, ZDMG 108 = n.F., 33 (1958), pp. 279–98. Roemer, ‘Timur in Iran’, p. 72.
14The standard work on the Anatolian expedition is M. M. Alexandrescu-Dersca, La campagne de Timur en Anatolie (1402) (Bucharest, 1942, repr. London, 1977). See further Donald M. Nicol, The Last Centuries of Byzantium, 1261–1453, 2nd edn (Cambridge, 1993), pp. 313–16.
15Anthony Luttrell, ‘The Hospitallers of Rhodes confront the Turks, 1306–1421’, in Philip F. Gallagher, ed., Christians, Jews and Other Worlds: Patterns of Conflict and Accommodation (Lanham, MD, 1988), pp. 80–116 (here p. 100), and repr. in Luttrell, The Hospitallers of Rhodes and Their Mediterranean World (Aldershot, 1992). Jürgen Sarnowsky, ‘Die Johanniter und Smyrna 1344–1402 (Teil 1)’, Römische Quartalschrift 86 (1991), pp. 215–51 (here pp. 232–3).
16On Phocaea, see Alexandrescu-Dersca, La campagne, p.90.
17Anthony Luttrell, ‘The crisis in the Bosphorus following the battle near Ankara in 1402’, in Rosario Villari, ed., Controllo degli stretti e insediamenti militari nel Mediterraneo (Rome and Bari, 2002), pp. 155–66 (here pp. 159–60).
18Clavijo, pp. 27–8 (tr. Le Strange, p. 52).
19For a brief discussion of Genoese attitudes, see Michel Balard, La Romanie génoise, 2 vols with continuous pagination (Genova, 1978 = ASL, n.s., 18:1–2), I, pp. 101–2.
20Venetian report of 10 Sept. 1401, in Iorga, ‘Notes’, p. 245, and Dennis, ‘Three reports’, p. 245 (tr. p. 253). Byzantine relations with Temür are discussed in John W. Barker, Manuel II Palaeologus 1391–1425. A Study in Late Byzantine Statesmanship (New Brunswick, NJ, 1969), pp. 504–8 (appendix XVIII).
21Temür to [John VII] the regent of Constantinople, 15 May 1402, in Alexandrescu- Dersca, La campagne, pp.123–4. Letter of Gerardo Sagredo, 12 Oct. 1402, ibid., p. 131. Clavijo, p. 93 (tr. Le Strange, p. 135). Nicol, Last Centuries of Byzantium, pp.314–15.
22Letter of Marco Grimani, Aug. 1402, in Alexandrescu-Dersca, La campagne, p.137.
23Iorga, ‘Notes’, pp. 81, 83, 84.
24Hippolyte Noiret, ed., Documents inédits pour servir à l’histoire de la domination vénitienne en Crète de 1380 à 1485 (Paris, 1892), pp. 129–30. Letter of Giovanni Cornaro, 4 Sept. 1402, in Alexandrescu-Dersca, La campagne, pp.125–6.
25Giorgio Stella, ‘Annales Genuenses’ (c.1405), RIS2, XVII:2, p. 260. Schmieder, Europa, p.185, n.588, relegates this to the realm of fantasy.
26Ni?am-i Shami, ?afar-nama (1404), ed. Felix Tauer, Histoire des conquêtes de Tamerlan, 2 vols, Monografie Archivu Orientálního 5 (Prague, 1937–56), I, p. 264; fuller version, suggesting a date in or soon after Rabi? I 805 H./Oct. 1402, in Sharaf al-Din ?Ali Yazdi, ?afar-nama (1424–5), ed. Mu?ammad ?Abbasi, 2 vols (Tehran, 1336 solar/1957), II, p. 331/facsimile edn by A. Urunbaev (Tashkent, 1972), p. 858, and tr. F. Pétis de la Croix, Histoire de Timur-Bec, connu sous le nom du Grand Tamerlan, 4 vols (Paris, 1722), IV, pp. 37, 38–9.
27Clavijo, p. 94 (tr. Le Strange, p. 136). Letter of Gerardo Sagredo, in Alexandrescu- Dersca, La campagne, pp.131–2; some of the Turks were robbed and murdered by the Italians (ibid., pp. 83–4). Luttrell, ‘Crisis’, p. 158.
28Freddy Thiriet, ed., Duca di Candia. Ducali e lettere ricevute (1358–1360; 1401–1405) (Venice, 1978), pp. 36–7 (no. 40). DAV, II, p. 95 (no. 1017, 25 March 1403). For Italian tergiversations, see Barker, Manuel II, pp.217–18 and nn.24–25.
29Donald M. Nicol, ‘A Byzantine emperor in England: Manuel II’s visit to London in 1400–1401’, University of Birmingham Historical Journal 12 (1970), pp. 204–25 (here pp. 219–21).
30P. Gautier, ‘Un récit inédit du siège de Constantinople par les Turcs (1394–1402)’, REB 23 (1965), pp. 100–17 (here pp. 108 ff., tr. pp. 109 ff.). For the complexity of the Byzantine reaction, see Klaus-Peter Matschke, Die Schlacht bei Ankara und das Schicksal von Byzanz. Studien zur spätbyzantinischen Geschichte zwischen 1402 und 1422 (Weimar, 1981), pp. 9–14; N. Nicoloudis, ‘Byzantine historians on the wars of Timur (Tamerlane) in Central Asia and the Middle East’, Journal of Oriental and African Studies 8 (Athens, 1996), pp. 83–94 (here pp. 83–4).
31Iorga, ‘Notes’, p. 264.
32CICO, XIII:1, pp. 278–82 (no. 139).
33MHSM, IV, p. 332; abstract in RDSV, I, p. 203 (no. 860).
34Andrea de Redusiis de Quero, ‘Chronicon Tarvisinum’ (down to 1428), RIS, XIX, cols. 802–4. More generally, W. Heyd, Histoire du commerce du Levant au moyen-âge, tr. Furcy Raynaud, 2 vols (Leipzig, 1885–6), II, pp. 374–6; Adam Knobler, Mythology and Diplomacy in the Age of Exploration (Leiden, 2017), pp. 23–4.
35See Benjamin Z. Kedar, Merchants in Crisis. Genoese and Venetian Men of Affairs and the Fourteenth-Century Depression (New Haven, CT, and London, 1976), p. 130, for references.
36RDSV, I, p. 217 (no. 927, 20 Feb. 1397).
37Noiret, p. 114. For Venetian reactions to rumours about Temür, see Eliyahu Ashtor, Levant Trade in the Later Middle Ages (Princeton, NJ, 1983), pp. 112–13.
38Ibn Taghribirdi (d. 1470), al-Nujum al-zahira fi muluk Mi?r wa l-Qahira, 16 vols so far (1348 H./1929–1392 H./1972), XII, p. 234; tr. William Popper, History of Egypt 1382–1469 A.D., 8 vols, University of California Publications in Semitic Philology 13, 14, 17–19, 22–4 (Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1954–63), II, pp. 43–4. His source, al-Maqrizi (d. 1442), al-Suluk li-ma?rifat duwal al-muluk, ed. Mu??afa al-Ziyada and Sa?id al-Fat? ?Ashur, 4 vols in 10 (Cairo, 1934–72), III:3, p. 1039, omits to say that the offer was ignored.
39Ashtor, Levant Trade, p.113. Schmieder, Europa, pp.182–3.
40Adam of Usk, Polychronicon, ed. C. Given-Wilson, The Chronicle of Adam Usk 1377–1421 (Oxford, 1997), p. 130 (tr. p. 131).
41CICO, XIII:1, pp. 209–10 (no. 103, 7 Jan. 1401) = BBTS, V, pp. 331–3 = Sulkowska-Kuras and Kuras, Bullarium Poloniae, III, p. 121 (no. 724).
42Ashtor, Levant Trade, p.215.
43Adam Knobler, ‘The rise of Timur and Western diplomatic response, 1390–1405’, JRAS, 3rd series, 5 (1995), pp. 341–9 (here p. 345); idem, Mythology and Diplomacy, p. 26.
44Antoni Rubió y Lluch, ed., Diplomatari de l’Orient Català (1301–1409) (Barcelona, 1947), p. 695 (no. 672, 5 March 1403). For d’Alfaro, see J. Delaville le Roulx, Les Hospitaliers à Rhodes jusqu’à la mort de Philibert de Naillac (1310–1421) (Paris, 1913, repr. London, 1974), pp. 284–5.
45C. Marinesco, ‘Du nouveau sur les relations de Manuel II Paléologue (1391–1425) avec l’Espagne’, in Atti dello VIII Congresso internazionale di studi Bizantini, Palermo 3–10 aprile 1951, I (Rome, 1953), pp. 420–36 (here pp. 430–1).
46Rubió y Lluch, Diplomatari, p.699 (no. 677).
47Ibid., pp. 700–1 (no. 679). Schmieder, Europa, p.182.
48Luttrell, ‘Crisis’, pp. 161–4: at pp. 162–3, likens the choice to that facing the Franks of Syria in 1260.
49Clavijo, p. 94 (tr. Le Strange, p. 136).
50Andrea de Redusiis, ‘Chronicon Tarvisinum’, col. 801.
51Le livre des fais du bon messire Jehan le Maingre, dit Bouciquaut (1405/9), i, 37, ed. Denis Lalande (Geneva, 1985), p. 159.
52L. de Mas Latrie, ed., ‘Commerce et expéditions militaires de la France et de Venise au moyen-âge’, Mélanges Historiques. Choix de documents, III (Paris, 1880), pp. 172–7 (no. 21).
53George T. Dennis, ‘The Byzantine – Turkish treaty of 1403’, Orientalia Christiana Periodica 33 (1967), pp. 72–88 (here pp. 78, §5, and 83, §3; abridged tr. pp. 81, 86), repr. in his Byzantium and the Franks. The treaty is also printed in Mas Latrie, ‘Commerce’, pp. 178–82 (no. 22), and Zeno’s report in Iorga, ‘Notes’, p. 259. Luttrell, ‘Crisis’, p. 162. See generally Elizabeth A. Zachariadou, ‘Süleyman Çelebi in Rumeli and the Ottoman chronicles’, Der Islam 60 (1983), pp. 268–96.
54Iorga, ‘Notes’, pp. 228, 239.
55See Dietrich von Nyem, ii, 30, p. 173.
56Beltramo da Mignanelli, ‘Vita Tamerlani’ (1416), in Ét. Baluze, ed., Miscellanea novo ordine digesta et non paucis ineditis monumentis opportunisque animadversionibus aucta, new edn by J. D. Mansi, IV (Lucca, 1764), p. 138; partial tr. Walter J. Fischel, ‘A new Latin source on Tamerlane’s conquest of Damascus (1400/1401)’, Oriens 9 (1956), pp. 201–32 (here p. 229). For the author, see Angelo Michele Piemontese, ‘Beltramo Mignanelli senese biografo di Tamerlano’, in Michele Bernardini, ed., La civiltà timuride come fenomeno internazionale, 2 vols (Rome, 1996 = Oriente Moderno 76 [n.s., 15]:2), I, pp. 213–26.
57Bourgeois du Chastenet, Nouvelle histoire du Concile de Constance (Paris, 1718), p. 499: this is the only edition that supplies the full text and the date (12 June 1404).
58Letter of Pasqualino Veniero, in Alexandrescu-Dersca, La campagne, p.135. Chronique du Religieux de Saint-Denys contenant le règne de Charles VI, de 1380 à 1422, xxiii, 10, ed. Louis François Bellaguet, 6 vols (Paris, 1839–52), III, p. 50.
59Clavijo, pp. 202–5 (tr. Le Strange, pp. 281–5); see ibid., pp. 4–6 (tr. Le Strange, pp. 24–6), for their departure from Spain.
60Knobler, ‘Rise of Timur’, p. 347.
61For doubts whether Clavijo was the author, see Lucien Kehren, ‘Témoignages d’Européens sur Tamerlan revisités Clavijo et Schiltberger’, in Bernardini, Civiltà timuride, I, pp. 325–39 (here pp. 325–30).
62For John’s career, see Anthony Luttrell, ‘Timur’s Dominican envoy’, in Colin Heywood and Colin Imber, eds., Studies in Ottoman History in Honour of Professor V.L. Ménage (Istanbul, 1994), pp. 209–29; ibid., pp. 213–15, for Francis. For John’s propaganda on Temür’s behalf, see also Schmieder, Europa, pp.181–2. He was not, as formerly believed, the Englishman John Greenlaw or John ‘de Galonifontibus’ (i.e. Gaillefontaine in Normandy): Luttrell, ‘Timur’s Dominican envoy’, p. 210, n.3; R. Loenertz, O. P., ‘Evêques dominicains des Deux Arménies’, AFP 10 (1940), pp. 258–81 (here pp. 258–68).
63Texts in Baron Silvestre de Sacy, ‘Mémoire sur une correspondance inédite de Tamerlan avec Charles VI’, MAIBL 6 (1822), pp. 470–523 (pp. 473–4, Persian text; pp. 478–9, Latin trans.; pp. 479–80, Miran Shah’s letter; pp. 521–2, Charles VI’s reply to Temür).
64Sir Henry Ellis, ed., Original Letters Illustrative of English History, 3rd series, I (London, 1846), p. 57 (no. 25): intelleximus etiam ex dictarum continentia litterarum qualiter ad partes Thurciae noviter accedentes.
65John of Sul?aniyya, Libellus de notitia orbis, extracts ed. Anton Kern, ‘Der “Libellus de notitia orbis” Iohannes’ III. (de Galonifontibus?) O. P. Erzbischofs von Sulthanyeh’, AFP 8 (1938), pp. 82–123 (here p. 102). See also Chronographia regum Francorum, ed. H. Moranvillé, 3 vols (Paris, 1891–7), III, pp. 238–9.
66H. Moranvillé, ‘Mémoire sur Tamerlan et sa cour par un Dominicain, en 1403’, BEC 55 (1894), pp. 441–64 (here p. 453).
67Ibid., p. 454. Chronographia regum Francorum, III, p. 220.
68Moranvillé, ‘Mémoire’, p. 462. Chronographia regum Francorum, III, p. 216.
69John of Sul?aniyya, Libellus, p. 104.
70Henry IV to Temür, in Ellis, Original Letters, p. 57, note f.
71Moranvillé, ‘Mémoire’, pp. 445–6: comme tout christien. Cf. Chronographia regum Francorum, III, p. 213: totus Christianus.
72Henry IV to Miran Shah, Feb. [1406], in F. C. Hingeston, ed., Royal and Historical Letters During the Reign of Henry the Fourth, RS, 2 vols (London, 1860–4), I, pp. 425–6 (no. 150). Martin I to Miran Shah, 1 April 1404, in Rubió y Lluch, Diplomatari, p. 701 (no. 680). Conrad von Jungingen, Master of the Teutonic Knights, to Miran Shah, 20 Jan. 1407, in Kurt Forstreuter, ‘Der Deutsche Orden und Südosteuropa’, Kyrios. Vierteljahresschrift für Kirchen- und Geistesgeschichte Osteuropas 1 (1936), pp. 245–72 (here p. 269).
73Clavijo, pp. 114–15 (tr. Le Strange, pp. 162–3). For his conduct, see Beatrice Forbes Manz, ‘Miranshah b. Timur’, Enc.Isl.2.
74Chronographia regum Francorum, III, p. 219. Cf. John of Sul?aniyya, as cited in n.66 above; for his other statements regarding Temür’s cruelty (Moranvillé, ‘Mémoire’, pp. 451, 456), see Chronographia, III, pp. 217, 221–3.
75Dietrich von Nyem, ii, 29, pp. 172–3; Luttrell, ‘Timur’s Dominican envoy’, p. 215. See also Dietrich von Nyem, iii, 42, p. 306, for Tëmur’s friendship with quendam episcopum catholicum, qui secum per XII annos moram traxit. This must be John of Sul?aniyya: Loenertz, ‘Evêques’, p. 264; Schmieder, Europa, p. 187, n.598; Luttrell, ‘Timur’s Dominican envoy’, p. 212.
76Knobler, ‘Rise of Timur’, p. 344, and Mythology and Diplomacy, p. 25; in addition to the works there cited, see Walsingham’s Ypodigma Neustriae, ed. H. T. Riley, RS (London, 1876), p. 392. See also Knobler, ‘Pseudo-conversions and patchwork pedigrees: the Christianization of Muslim princes and the diplomacy of Holy War’, JWH 7:2 (1996), pp. 181–97 (here p. 191).
77Giorgio Stella, ‘Annales Genuenses’, p. 260.
78Chronographia regum Francorum, III, p. 205 (ascribing the information to John). Chronique du Religieux de Saint-Denys, xxiii, 10, ed. Bellaguet, III, p. 46. Conrad von Jungingen to Temür and to Miran Shah, 20 Jan. 1407, in Forstreuter, p. 270. Alexandrescu-Dersca, La campagne, p. 82, seems to accept the release of the Christian captives as genuine but cites no source. Schmieder, Europa, p. 186.
79Dietrich von Nyem, ii, 29, pp. 171–2. Cf. also Iorga, ‘Notes’, p. 96.
80Clavijo, p. 4 (tr. Le Strange, p. 25); our only source for the identity of the two women is the supplementary comments of the late sixteenth-century writer Gonzálo Argote de Molina, ibid., p. 255 (tr. Le Strange, p. 340, n.5).
81Chronique du Religieux de Saint-Denys, xxiii, 10, ed. Bellaguet, III, p. 48.
82Henri-Joseph Costa de Beauregard, Souvenirs du règne d’Amédée VIII premier duc de Savoie (Chambéry, 1859), pp. 24–6. Ferdinando Gabotto, Gli ultimi principi d’Acaia e la politica subalpina dal 1383 al 1407 (Turin, 1898), pp. 350–1, 501. I owe these references to Dr Anthony Luttrell.
83Elemér Mályusz, Kaiser Sigismund in Ungarn 1387–1437, tr. Anikó Szmodits (Budapest, 1990), p. 134. For Eustache as a captive at Bursa in 1397, see J. Delaville le Roulx, La France en Orient au XIVe siècle. Expéditions du Maréchal Boucicaut, 2 vols (Paris, 1886), II, pp. 47–8; the participation of ‘the Great Count of Hungary’ at Nicopolis is mentioned in Livre des fais, i, 25, pp. 107, 110. Eustache called himself magnus comes de [H]ungaria: Elemér Mályusz, Iván Borsa et al., eds., Zsigmondkori oklevéltár, 12 vols so far (Budapest, 1951–present), I, no. 5793, and II, no. 71. His death was known in Hungary by 18 July 1405: MOL, DL 101957 (abstract in Mályusz, Borsa et al., II, no. 4056).
84Dennis, ‘Byzantine–Turkish treaty’, pp. 79–80 (tr. pp. 81–2).
85The Bondage and Travels of Johann Schiltberger, a Native of Bavaria, in Europe, Asia, and Africa, 1396–1427, tr. J. Buchan Telfer, HS1 58 (London, 1879), p. 21.
86Wolfgang Frhr. Stromer von Reichenbach, ‘König Siegmunds Gesandte in den Orient’, in Festschrift für Hermann Heimpel zum 70. Geburtstag am 19. September 1971, 3 vols (Göttingen, 1971–2), II, pp. 591–609 (here pp. 593–4).
87De Sacy, ‘Mémoire’, pp. 471, 519, 521.
88Clavijo, pp. 158, 159, 160 (tr. Le Strange, pp. 221, 222; at p. 223, Su fijo, quera Su amigo is rendered ambiguously as ‘the good friend of Timur and his son’); cf. also p. 200 (tr. p. 277).
89Andrea de Redusiis, ‘Chronicon Tarvisinum’, col. 801. Sarnowsky, ‘Die Johanniter’, pp. 215, 232.
90Roemer, ‘Timur in Iran’, pp. 87–90.
91Manz, ‘Tamerlane and the symbolism’, pp. 112, 118. For a survey of those shaykhs whose names are linked with Temür, see Jürgen Paul, ‘Scheiche und Herrscher im khanat Cagatay’, Der Islam 67 (1990), pp. 278–321 (here pp. 296–313).
92Clavijo, p. 96 (tr. Le Strange, p. 139). For Temür and Khwaja ?Ali, see H.R. Roemer, ‘The Safavid period’, in CHI, VI, pp. 205–6.
93Paul, ‘Scheiche und Herrscher’, pp. 313–18.
94Mignanelli, p. 135 (tr. Fischel, p. 214). Jean Aubin, ‘Comment Tamerlan prenait les villes’, SI 19 (1963), pp. 83–122 (here pp. 85–8). See further pp. 317–18.
95Moranvillé, ‘Mémoire’, pp. 462–3. Chronographia regum Francorum, III, pp. 216–17. See also Aubin, ‘Comment Tamerlan’, p. 88; Manz, ‘Tamerlane and the symbolism’, p. 118.
96Sari ?Abd-Allah Efendi, Munsha?at, text in Togan, ‘Timur’s Osteuropapolitik’, p. 294; see also ibid., pp. 280–1, 284.
97Ni?am-i Shami, I, pp. 218, 248; and see also the additions made to Shami’s account in the Zubdat al-tawarikh of ?afi?-i Abru (1433/4), ibid., II, p. 174. Sharaf al-Din ?Ali Yazdi, ed. ?Abbasi, II, pp. 188, 280 (with ’WNJ in error for ’FRNJ)/ed. Urunbaev, pp. 747, 819 (tr. Pétis de la Croix, III, pp. 260, 396).
98Ni?am-i Shami, I, p. 269. Sharaf al-Din ?Ali Yazdi, ed. ?Abbasi, II, p. 344/ed. Urunbaev, pp. 869–70 (tr. Pétis de la Croix, IV, pp. 58–9). For ‘Saqiz’ (described by Shami as a town and by Yazdi as an island) as Chios, see S. Soucek, ‘?aki°z’, Enc.Isl.2 Pétis de la Croix transliterated the name of its Latin lord (given as STH by Shami and as SBH or SYH by Yazdi) as ‘Chibo’, but the name garbled in Arabic–Persian script could conceivably be SNH = Zeno, i.e. Pietro Zeno, lord of Andros, who is known to have been in Chios in Sept. 1402 (letter of Gerardo Sagredo, in Alexandrescu-Dersca, La campagne, p.133).
99Allen, History of the Georgian People, pp.123–5. Roemer, ‘Timur in Iran’, pp. 59, 75, 79–80.
100Clavijo, p. 75 (tr. Le Strange, p. 111).
101Avedis K. Sanjian, Colophons of Armenian Manuscripts, 1301–1480. A Source for Middle Eastern History (Cambridge, MA, 1969), pp. 105–10, 113–15, 117–22, 124–5, 127–8.
102Niz?am-i Shami, I, p. 162. Sharaf al-Din ?Ali Yazdi, ed. ?Abbasi, I, p. 544/ed. Urunbaev, pp. 575–6 (tr. Pétis de la Croix, II, p. 365).
103Aubin, ‘Comment Tamerlan’, p. 99.
104Clavijo, pp. 89–90, 95 (tr. Le Strange, pp. 130, 138).
105Ibid., pp. 101–3 (tr. Le Strange, pp. 144–7).
106Ibid., p. 96 (tr. Le Strange, p. 139).
107Rubió y Lluch, Diplomatari, pp.713–14 (no. 691, 13 Jan. 1406).
108John of Sul?aniyya, Libellus, p.118.
109John of Sul?aniyya, Libellus, Graz Universitätsbibliothek ms. 1221, fo. 57v; the passage is reproduced (with omissions) in Kern’s edn, pp. 99–100. There is a vague echo of this prophecy – though attributed to St Gregory (the Illuminator) – in Dietrich von Nyem, ii, 30, p. 176.
110WR, xxxviii, 3, pp.304, 306 (tr. Jackson and Morgan, pp. 266–7). Von den Brincken, Die ‘Nationes Christianorum Orientalium’, p.193, n.84, and Schmieder, Europa, p.284, n.453, draw attention to the fact that the two travellers cite essentially the same prophecy, but this is contested by Möhring, Der Weltkaiser, p.200, n.154.
111Sanjian, Colophons, index s.v. ‘Nerses’ (esp. p. 94).
112Luttrell, ‘Timur’s Dominican envoy’, pp. 218–19, 227.
113See H. R. Roemer, ‘The Türkmen dynasties’, in CHI, VI, pp. 175–80.
114Knobler, ‘Pseudo-conversions’, pp. 191–6.
115But see Nicol, Last Centuries of Byzantium, p.316.
116Moranvillé, ‘Mémoire’, p. 451. Chronographia regum Francorum, III, p. 217.

Written by Peter Jackson in "The Mongols And The West (1221-1410)", Routledge, London, 2018, chapter 9. Digitized, adapted and illustrated to be posted by Leopoldo Costa.



THE CREATION OF GREECE

$
0
0


Life was changing fast for the Greeks of the eighth century BC. They explored farther afield and traded with distant peoples, opening up ever-more remote horizons. In their homeland, the sparse and scattered coastal and island settlements that had populated the centuries since the collapse of the Mycenaeans waged war on one another. At the same time, they began to become more centralized into city-states and to hold regular meetings at shared religious centers, such as the sanctuary of their supreme god, Zeus, at Olympia. But there was a crucial additional development, related to the Greeks’ inherent distrust of authority. In some Greek city-states a radical new idea emerged of the free male who was fundamentally equal in status to his peers, even if he possessed no inherited wealth or aristocratic identity whatsoever. The free Greek man was able to call, moreover, upon men of the same status to show solidarity with him in defense of his rights and privileges. By the late sixth century this vision of the ideal citizen of the polis (city-state) was to lead, after grueling struggles, to democracy.

These tendencies—expansion abroad, centralization at home, conflict between social and economic classes—were in some ways contradictory. Yet they collectively resulted in the creation of an ethnic identity based on those fundamental aspects of life that any one Greek speaker intuitively felt he shared with any other, despite remoteness of residence or disparity in wealth and status. These included the cherished ideal of individual self-sufficiency, often by making a living from a small farm. This in turn went in tandem with competitive values and a distinctive pride in the independence of the free individual. Men with this outlook were clear-eyed about the inevitability of conflict between rich and poor, those privileged by heredity and those who had to win wealth and respect by simply being excellent at what they did. This value system was in turn tied to the ideal of political autonomy for individuals and communities, who, however, subscribed to a joint set of practices agreed on by Greeks everywhere. In the fifth century, these practices are defined by Herodotus’s Athenians as sharing a genealogy, language, ritual sacrifices, and nomoi—laws or customs, agreed-upon rules of conduct, taboos and imperatives, such as the protection of vulnerable people conducting embassies, and rights of the dead to burial.

The outlook of the Greeks of this era is crystallized in the earliest Greek literature: four long poems. They are the Iliad and the Odyssey, epic narratives that have come down to us under the name of Homer, and Hesiod’s Works and Days and Theogony. The rebellious, independent element of the Greek character is fundamental to all of them. It is the motor of the wrath of Achilles, which drives the Iliad—the contradiction between traditional values, embodied in Agamemnon’s insistence that he deserves the greatest rewards from the Trojan War because he is by bloodline the supreme king, and rebellious, meritocratic ones, embodied in Achilles, a lesser king by birth status but a far greater warrior. The meritocratic and egalitarian tendency may have been an inevitable result of the near-subsistence economy of much of archaic Greece, which could not support the extreme wealth that the Greeks noticed among Near Eastern neighbors, especially the Lydians and Egyptians, and which they envied. In the Odyssey, for example, the property of even the king of Ithaca amounted to only fifty-nine herds of livestock and one chamber of treasure.

In another chapter I use these four early poems to explore both the internal political tensions and the emergent collective ethnic self-consciousness of these proud, self-determining Greeks, whose name for themselves was Hellenes. The poems offer an imagined backstory (with some history mixed in) for the contemporary situation in the eighth century. The Homeric epics narrate the story of the Trojan War and raise the question of the location of Troy and the historical reality of the war. Hesiod’s Theogony traces the history of the Greeks much further back, to the origins of mankind after the creation of the physical and moral universe.

 But all four poems offer unforgettable scenes of fighting, sailing, and farming—the three activities central to the archaic economy and to the archaic Greek male experience of life. They were performed at festivals where self-governing Greeks, from diverse communities, met as equals in shared sacred spaces to worship their shared gods and, in doing so, invented the competitive athletics festivals of which we possess a descendant in the Olympics. The poems recited at these gatherings were the collective cultural property of the independent-minded Greek warrior peasants wherever they sailed and were fundamental to the transmission of their values. They remained so until the end of pagan antiquity.

The poems’ core constituents—heroic narrative and wisdom literature—originated in oral composition and had been developed in the process of being memorized, repeated, supplemented, and adapted over the course of decades and (parts of them, at least) centuries. But between 800 and 750 BC, Greek culture changed forever. Some resourceful speakers of Greek, probably traders, borrowed the signs used by the ingenious Phoenicians to represent consonantal sounds, adopted some other signs to indicate vowels, and used them to write down in Greek their already canonical authors. In inscribing them, no doubt the poet-scribes (perhaps individuals really called Homer and Hesiod) made changes that ornamented the language and improved the poems’ structure. The classical Greeks knew that the Iliad was aesthetically superior to other epic poems because it is not made up of episodes loosely strung together: It is unified by one incident during the Trojan War, a period of a few weeks when Achilles became angry with both Agamemnon and Hector, but it looks backward and forward in time to engage the listener with the war’s antecedents and consequences. Older inherited material—lays about heroes, animal fables, proverbs and maxims, astronomical lore—was also shaped to express the concerns of the self-reliant eighth-century Greek male, as well as (in Hesiod’s case) personal information. In writing down these poems, the freedom-loving Greeks, newly empowered by Phoenician technology, invented and cemented themselves and their collective past.

Hesiod and Homer composed in a distinctive meter, the dactylic hexameter, consisting of lines of six feet, or emphases. These long lines create a rolling, insistent rhythm, which Victorians liked to imitate in English, as in this translation of line 8 of the Iliad: “Who of the great gods caused these heroes to wrangle and combat?” Every line is in the same meter, and there are no subdivisions into groups of verses or stanzas. But the rhythm is flexible, since half of each foot can consist of either short or long vowel sounds. Homeric and Hesiodic dactyls can dance and sparkle with a light, tripping rhythm of seventeen syllables, most of them short, or groan plangently in just thirteen mostly long ones. Poetry that is originally produced without the aid of writing is qualitatively different from the work of literate poets, and the distinctive features of Homeric and Hesiodic verse derive from its oral nature—lists, repetitions, mirror scenes, and the use of formulae. A “formula” sounds off-puttingly clinical, but it is just the name given to the marrying of two or more words in a recurrent rhythmic cluster—“rosyfingered Dawn,” for example, or “thus spoke swift-footed Achilles.”

The Iliad, “Poem about Ilium (Troy),” created for the entirety of the Aegean Greeks a picture of their obstreperous warrior forefathers. It provided them with a detailed narrative of voyage of the Greek-speaking men of the heroic age over the Aegean to Asia, outraged by the insult to their reputation when one of their wives—Helen—ran away with the Trojan Paris. The poem begins in the Greek camp ten years into the war, which has reached stalemate. Helen is living with Paris inside Troy, and neither Greeks nor Trojans have gained the upper hand on the battlefield. But Agamemnon, the Greek commander, quarrels with his best warrior, Achilles, who withdraws his goodwill and refuses to fight at all. This allows Hector, son of the Trojan king Priam, to lead the Trojans to score some important military successes. Achilles only comes back onto the battlefield when he is thrown into despair by the death of his best friend, Patroclus, killed in a duel with Hector. At the climax of the poem, Achilles kills Hector and desecrates his corpse by tying it to his chariot and dragging it around the walls of Troy. Although he does give the body back to the Trojans for burial eventually, the death of Hector marks the decisive moment in the war when Greek victory becomes inevitable.

The Iliad does not call the Greeks “Hellenes” but makes the story sound archaic by using the ancient clan names Achaeans, Argives, and Danaans; at this point in history the name Hellas only designated one small district in Thessaly. The word Panhellenes, or All Greeks, which occurs only once, may still refer only to the population of northwest Greece, not the Peloponnese. The Iliad, however, provided the charter myth of Greek ethnicity for at least twelve centuries. The catalogue of Achaean ships in the poem enacts a roll call, designed to suit the eighth century BC, of the twenty-eight contingents of Greeks, in more than a thousand vessels, who participated in the Trojan War centuries before the poem was written. These Greeks come from mainland strongholds including Pylos, Lacedaemon, Mycenae, Argos, Athens, and Boeotia (although no northern districts) and several islands, including Ithaca, Rhodes, and Crete.

The list has been scrutinized by historians seeking a straightforward account of Mycenaean Greek populations, but this reading cannot succeed. The catalogue may contain much older, inherited Mycenaean material, but it was given its present form after the Greek migrations to Asia, and this must interfere with the way that it portrays the distant past. Imagine a screenplay writer and film director who are planning a movie about, for example, the reign of the English king Alfred the Great in the ninth century AD. They want to film a spectacular scene at his court in Wessex, where the camera pans delegations from Mercia, Anglia, Wales, Kent, and so on, summoned for a council to organize defensive operations against the Vikings. The cinema professionals would be able to draw on some historical records, including the Anglo-Saxon Chronicle. But they would interpret these, to an extent, in the light of twenty-first-century viewers’ knowledge of their country, the names of its counties, and their regional boundaries. The invention of Great Britain in 1707 under the terms of the Act of Union would also interfere in the reconstruction of Arthur’s world.

Similarly, by the eighth century BC, many Greeks lived in new settlements on the Asiatic seaboard, and this is where the relationship between the social geography of the Iliad and that of the eighth-century epic poets becomes opaque. The Iliad’s list of forces mustered to defend Troy includes the Bronze Age residents of the areas in Asia Minor in which the Greeks later built cities, but it describes them as they were retrospectively visualized in the eighth century. The largest contingent by far is furnished by the Trojans and their immediate neighbors the Dardanians, both of whom share language, culture, religion, and protocols with the Greeks. The Phrygians, Lydians, and Thracians who lived farther away, but also in the northern part of Asia Minor and across the Hellespont, fight for Troy. But the poet of the Iliad carefully includes allies who “speak other tongues” from regions that lay to the south of Troy down the coast—Mysia, Caria, and Lycia—which his audience knew were in their own day heavily populated by Greeks. Listening to the Iliad required them to engage in the act of remembering, or more likely imagining, Asia before the Greeks came. Perhaps, for them, the Greek conquest of Troy, regardless of its historicity, symbolically represented the Ionian forefathers’ arrival on the Asiatic seaboard, during the putatively dark centuries, from the Greek mainland and islands. The ambiguous ethnicity of the Iliadic Trojans themselves, similarly, may have functioned to represent the fusion of cultures, Greek and Asiatic, that had necessarily resulted.

This raises the problems of the location of Troy and whether the Trojan War actually happened. There is no contemporary historical documentation of Homer’s Trojans, except a handful of controversial references in tablets inscribed by the Hittites, who from the eighteenth to the twelfth centuries BC ran a massive empire approximately coextensive with modern Turkey. Hittite tablets refer to places named Wilusa and Taruisa, which may be Ilium and Troy. One precious Hittite text, known as the Tawagalawa letter, may even mention the Trojan War. Written by a Hittite king, probably in the thirteenth century, it is addressed to the king of the Ahhiyawa (perhaps the Achaeans, one of the names of the Greeks in the Iliad) and refers to an incident in the past, now resolved, when the Ahhiyawa were involved in hostile military operations. One of the allies of Troy in the poetic tradition was Eurypylus, said in the Odyssey to be leader of the Keteioi, who might be the Hittites.
The archaeological evidence is tantalizing. The Persian king Xerxes, the Greek Alexander the Great, and the Roman Julius Caesar all later visited Troy. They identified it with the ruins of the deserted settlement they could see at what is now called Hissarlik, near the Dardanelles. But archaeologists today distinguish between many levels of occupation on the site. The two levels that have most often been identified with the Troy of the Iliad are technically known as Troy VIh (fifteenth to thirteenth centuries BC) and Troy VIIa (thirteenth to twelfth centuries BC). Troy VIh, which had imposing bastions and sloping walls, was destroyed in the mid-thirteenth century. This can be made to correspond with the assumed date of the Trojan War. But trying to fit the story told in the Iliad to thirteenth-century history is not the best way to understand it. The story told in the Iliad is how the Greeks of five hundred years later liked to imagine their past. They would have been able to see ruins at Troy, and no doubt durable antiques—armor, for example, or shards of pottery—could help them elaborate the tale. But the concerns addressed in the Homeric epics are those that occupied the minds of the Greeks of the eighth century, transposed into their fictionalized prehistory.

How should we visualize the audiences of these poems when they were first written down? The epics themselves provide several pictures of bards in action. In the Odyssey Phemius, Odysseus’s minstrel in Ithaca, is already singing about the Trojan War and plays at banquets to entertain aristocrats, and Demodocus, in Phaeacia, performs to mark the climax of a day of athletics competitions. In the Iliad, Achilles himself whiles away his self-exile from the battlefield at Troy by strumming a lyre and singing “of the glories of heroes.” But the picture of epic performance that corresponds to the experience of most Greeks in the eighth to sixth centuries features in another text attributed to Homer. It is a hymn to Apollo of Delos, the tiny central Aegean island where the god Apollo was worshipped, along with his mother, Leto, and twin sister, Artemis, and received one of his most important cults. The island, which lies near the center of the “circle” of the Cyclades, was the traditional site of the birth of the god. From as early as the ninth century, Ionian Greeks were meeting there to dedicate offerings to him and his sister in the famous sanctuary. In the Homeric hymn, the authorial voice describes the audience at a festival of Apollo on Delos, where Ionian Greeks have assembled after arriving in “their swift ships”:

The Ionians, in trailing robes, gather in your honor with their children and decorous wives: holding you in their minds, they delight you with boxing and dancing and song, whenever they hold their contests. If someone came across the Ionians assembled in such crowds, he would say that they were immortal and did not age. He would see how graceful they were, and enjoy gazing at the men and well-girdled women with their swift ships and numerous possessions.

The poet then describes the famous Delian Maidens, mysterious women who perform choral songs for Apollo; in “a hymn commemorating men and women of past days” they “charm the tribes of men.” But finally, perhaps in a bid to win the bardic competition at the festival itself, the poet tells us more about the hymns that male soloists performed on the island. First, he tells the Deliades that if asked the identity of the sweetest singer to visit the island, and their favorite, they are to respond, “He is a blind man, who lives in craggy Chios, and his songs are supreme forever.” Since Chios is the traditional birthplace of Homer, and one of the chief Ionian islands, this text shows that the participants at Ionian festivals on Delos believed that Homer had sung for them or their ancestors there. The voice singing the hymn adds that he will spend his life spreading the fame of Delos and “far-shooting Apollo, god of the silver bow, whom rich-haired Leto bore,” and will travel between sanctuaries praising the Panhellenic gods.

The Delian sanctuary became one of the richest in the ancient world, attended not only by Ionians but all the Greeks. It later became a major trading post where people of every Mediterranean ethnicity congregated. But this Homeric hymn shows Greek identity being consolidated, during the archaic period, at the shared sanctuaries to which the Greeks traveled to meet each other. It is from the eighth century that much of the earliest evidence dates for the worship of Greek gods in many other sanctuaries, always open-air spaces marked off as sacred, with low walls or rows of stone, and an altar on which to burn offerings. Many sanctuaries soon gained a temple and a dining room. Sanctuaries could be inside cities and could provide a focus for the community (Athena and Apollo were popular choices as “city-protecting” gods). Or they could be outside, used by a city in negotiating the limits of its territory or as venues for formal meetings with members of other states. A few sanctuaries were truly Panhellenic in that they belonged to all the Hellenes in a neutral space. Zeus, the supreme god of the Greek pantheon, presided over several key sanctuaries of “all the Greeks.” At Dodona, for example, his prophecies were decoded from the rustlings of the leaves on his sacred oak trees. Of the four major Panhellenic centers in Greece that were, from early on, the venues for big athletics festivals, two were sanctuaries of Zeus—Olympia and Nemea.

The Nemean games in the northern Peloponnese were the last to become established, in the early sixth century, but Olympia was already in use as a sanctuary of Zeus in the ninth or even tenth century. According to ancient tradition, it was in 776 that the famous Olympic Games were founded. Archaeological evidence shows that by 800 BC, leaders of Peloponnesian communities were meeting at Olympia to consult the oracle of Zeus and compete in athletics contests. Impressive votive offerings of varying origin, especially bronze tripods, show that Olympia and its games began to attract Greeks from ever farther afield. A similar pattern applies at Delphi, where the earliest competitions in honor of Apollo were in musical performance rather than sport. When Greeks of different tribes accomplished something together, they began to name it a “Hellenic” achievement. In the seventh century BC, eastern Greeks and men from Aegina arrived at what was then the principal port in the Nile Delta, which they called Naucratis (Ship Power); they offered their services as mercenaries to the pharaoh, exchanged silver, oil, and wine for Egyptian grain, linen, and papyrus, and created a crucial site of cross-fertilization between Egyptian and Greek culture. Some of the Greeks there built a joint shrine, which they naturally called the Hellenion, thus defining their joint Greek identity despite coming from nine different cities.

The Panhellenic shrines arose to fulfill two functions. Through the oracles they pronounced, they mediated relationships between the emerging states of Greece, who were as keen to maintain independence from one another as individual Greeks were anxious to be self-sufficient, autonomous, and indebted to no one. But they also provided a venue for aristocrats and parvenu tyrants to compete in the display of their wealth through athletics and the dedication of fabulous offerings to the gods. In their home communities, powerful families may have been under pressure not to indulge in excessively ostentatious self-promotion; at the Panhellenic shrines, they could compete with their peers in other city-states, thus declaring their joint membership in a Panhellenic elite class. The games at Olympia, held only every four years, did not satisfy their desire for such opportunities, and so further games were established at Delphi in the early sixth century (the Pythian games), and at Nemea and the Isthmus. The games were arranged to occur sequentially so that there was a Panhellenic gathering every year.

The foundation myths of all four festivals with major games claimed that they were associated with funerals, and athletics events in ancient Greece were all developed out of military training exercises. In the twenty-third book of the Iliad, Achilles holds games to honor the funeral of his comrade Patroclus. These epic games would have felt evocatively Panhellenic to archaic audiences because the competitors in the poem, like them, came from many Greek regions and islands. Games, Panhellenism, military funerals, and war formed an associative cluster in the archaic Greek mind. These poems gave the Greeks a way to think about the exciting aspects of war, of the mustering of armies and the clanging of armor, but the audience is never allowed to forget that this excitement comes at a terrible price. In episode after episode, strong, sympathetic characters enunciate their emotional pain. The Iliad shows young men dying on the battlefield, to be lamented by parents and widows. It shows the last parting of Hector from his wife, Andromache, and little son. It shows the elderly Priam and his supposed enemy Achilles weeping together over their respective losses. It foreshadows the extreme situations and moral crises of Athenian tragedy in the dilemma of Achilles, who had to choose between dying young but gloriously, or old but in obscurity. It adumbrates the harsh metaphysical conditions under which mortals in tragedy live, utterly vulnerable to the fickle whims of vindictive and childish gods.

If the Iliad gave the Greeks their sense of a collective past as warriors, the Odyssey gave them their archetypal descriptions of sailing, and provided its itinerant hero with more diverse challenges. For the free Greek male of the mid-eighth to sixth centuries, identification with the seafaring and resourceful Odysseus and his overseas adventures must have been profound. Odysseus may be a king, but he is also the definitive self-sufficient farmer whose small island produces all that his personal household requires, and who asserts his rights to autonomy as a result. Odysseus is also exciting company but by no means perfect. His mistakes include boasting to the Cyclops, falling asleep when in charge of the bag of winds, and arguably losing his head during his bloody slaughter of his wife’s potential suitors. But as the philosopher Aristotle pointed out, we identify better with a hero who is neither too virtuous nor too wicked—that is, with a hero rather like ourselves.
The cast of the Odyssey is an expression of the egalitarian streak in the Greek character in that its characters are not confined to an elite, aristocrat group. Besides the significant slave characters (Eurycleia, Eurynome, Melantho, and Eumaeus), the poem includes an ordinary rower (Elpenor) and the beggar Irus. Men and women, rich and poor, and old and young were offered sympathetic characters with whom they could identify. The poem also includes stories about lowlife merchants and pirates, and much backbreaking peasant labor, in the fields, in the orchards, and at the loom.

In the practical and resourceful Odysseus, archaic Greek men could enjoy a hero who was a glorified version of their own self-image. A competent all-rounder, gifted with brains as well as brawn, he possesses the skills to survive anything life on land or at sea can throw at him. He is a supreme orator and world-class warrior, seen in fighting action in books 22 and 24 of the Odyssey and as an expert city-sacker in book 9. Odysseus is an excellent navigator and swimmer, the ideal pioneer, frontiersman, and colonizer. Besides his moral qualities (diplomacy, courage, self-control, patience, self-reliance, and so forth), Odysseus has surprising skills, grounded in the life experience of the seagoing archaic Greeks: He is a shipwright who builds a sizable raft in four days, from tree felling to sailmaking. His expertise at carpentry is also exemplified in the bedroom, with its built-in bed, which he made for himself and his bride, Penelope. Odysseus is no slouch as a farmer, either; he is an expert behind the plow, and his father promised him trees and vines of his own to tend when he was a boy (thirteen pear trees, ten apple trees, forty fig trees, and fifty rows of vines). But the Odyssey also celebrates its hero’s status as a prizewinning athlete. He not only wins the discus-throwing competition at the Phaeacian games but is an able wrestler, javelin thrower, and, of course, archer. His amazing feat with his bow at the contest organized by Penelope, ostensibly to find her a new husband, heralds his return to the Ithacan throne.

Odysseus’s success with women will also have endeared him to many archaic Greek males. He had the asset of a loyal wife, Penelope, whose resourcefulness matched his own. But he has affairs with two beautiful supernatural females, Calypso and Circe, is attractive to the much younger Phaeacian princess Nausicaa, and even the goddess Athena flirts with him when he awakes on a beach in Ithaca. The Iliad offered ancient Greek men a model of idealized love between men in the relationship between Achilles and Patroclus, but Odysseus is one of antiquity’s few exclusively heterosexual heroes. This is part of the poem’s anthropological dimension, which defines, among other things, the patriarchal social structure of archaic Greek communities by sending Odysseus into encounters with feminine power from which he invariably emerges with the upper hand. The Odyssey defines the male psychology that went with patriarchy by presenting various versions of the feminine—as desirable and nubile (Nausicaa), sexually predatory and matriarchal (Calypso, Circe), politically powerful (Arete, queen of the Phaeacians), domineering (the Laestrygonian king Antiphates has a huge daughter and a wife “the size of a mountain”), monstrous and all-devouring (Scylla, Charybdis), seductive and lethal (Sirens), but also as faithful, domesticated, and maternal (Penelope). In the “real” world of Greek island peasant farming, a good wife, like Penelope, protects her husband’s interests and in his absence keeps her legs crossed for twenty years.

The distinction between the supernatural world through which Odysseus wanders and the reality of Ithaca provides an insight into other aspects of the archaic Greek’s life. In Ithaca, men toil to produce food, whereas the Phaeacians are magically supplied from nature. The Cyclopes drink milk, but Greeks drink wine. Greeks abhorred the idea of eating human flesh, in contrast to the cannibalistic habits of both the Cyclopes and the Laestrygonians. But perhaps the strongest contrast with the Greeks is provided by the mysterious people whom Tiresias says Odysseus must visit on one more journey. They live so far inland that they have never heard of the sea, do not use salt, and know nothing of ships or oars. There Odysseus is to plant his oar in the earth and make a sacrifice to Poseidon, before returning to meet a gentle death that will come to him, mysteriously, “from the sea.” It would be hard to imagine any story more profoundly Greek in its symbolism.

The other portrait of the fiercely independent farmer in the earliest Greek poetry is Hesiod’s self-portrait in his agricultural poem Works and Days. Hesiod is the first author in world literature we feel we can understand as an individual. He exemplifies several of the ten characteristics that collectively constituted the distinctive ancient Greek mind-set, especially his strong authorial “I” voice and the emotional directness and mordant humor of his advice: “Do not let a flaunting woman coax and flatter and deceive you: she is after your barn.” He despises his idle, litigious brother, Perses, and scathingly suggests that he stop worrying about legal disputes and do some work: “the man who has not laid up a year’s store of food, Demeter’s grain, has no business concerning himself with quarrels and courts of law.”

Hesiod was a farmer in Ascra, a village in Boeotia he describes as “dismal in winter, excruciating in summer, never pleasant.” Ascra lay below Mount Helicon, a name that became associated forever with poetic inspiration and idyllic visitations by Muses, since it was there that Hesiod realized his poetic vocation. Hesiod’s father came from the trading city of Kymai in Asia Minor but had been driven to move by poverty. Hesiod was thus an archetypal ancient Greek: His family had undergone sea voyages, deracination, and transplantation, and he was a farmer. The leitmotif of his Works and Days, from which we learn about his personal situation, and which furnished the Greeks with seminal aspects of their collective identity, was the ever-present threat of hunger.

More than three-quarters of citizens in almost all Greek states, at least in the archaic and classical periods, eked out their living from the land (Sparta, where the ruling class forced slaves to do the agricultural labor, was in this, as in other ways, an exception). The three essential crops were grains, vines, and olives—the plants sacred to Demeter, Dionysus, and Athena, respectively, all of whom have appeared in Linear B. Hesiod gave the Greek farmer this memorable instruction: “Strip to sow, and strip to plough and strip to reap, if you want to harvest all the fruits of Demeter in due season.” The farmer’s priority is to “get a house and a woman and ploughing ox—a slave woman, not a wife, to follow the plough.” The image of the cantankerous old Boeotian poet, asserting his independence by stripping naked to the waist and sweating behind his plow, speaks volumes about the reality of life for the less wealthy Greek—and his slave woman—everywhere. If poor Greeks were to avoid starvation or enslavement, they must do all Hesiod advises, and “add work to work and yet more work.” The early Greeks had little help from mechanical devices or power not supplied directly by humans and animals. It was not until Hellenistic Egypt that sophisticated water-lifting devices were developed to aid irrigation, under the influence of the treatise On Pneumatics, by Philo of Byzantium. The water mill also dates from this later period.

The farmer’s calendar began in late autumn with the plowing of a fallow field. Hesiod advises plowing the soil three times. The plowing needed to be repeated because the ancient plow, rather than turning the soil, simply drew a line with a bronze or iron plowshare. Wheat, barley, corn, and cereals were sown with hand and hoe, and the field needed to be weeded through the winter and spring. In May or June, unremitting labor commenced. The reaper stood with his back to the wind and cut every clump and stalk near the roots with a sickle, before binding them into portable bundles. These were carried to the threshing floor and trampled by oxen until the precious seeds were released. Even then they had to be winnowed hard, with basket and fan or shovel, to remove every fragment of chaff.

The olive has been cultivated in the eastern Mediterranean since 3000 BC. In mainland Greece the olive lay at the heart of the economy, because it thrives in a climate with long summer droughts. The olive is hard work and requires planning and intelligence. It takes years for trees to come to fruition, so a man who planted them might expect to benefit not himself but his son or grandson. They require rigorous pruning, watering, and fertilizing, and can only be harvested every other year. Creating olive oil is labor-intensive. Harvesting the olives required several workers to cooperate in shaking and beating the tree, with one of them climbing to the top to get the highest fruit, before the olives were gathered as they fell on the ground. These were then processed, from fruit to sealed jar of oil, in work areas near the groves where they were grown. A wealthy household might have owned between two hundred and three hundred olive trees. Olives were not only a dietary staple, olive oil was also a luxury, both as a condiment and as a toiletry. It was used for cleaning precious wooden statues and marble tiles. Until the Hellenistic era, it was usually produced on a small scale for domestic use, by farming families themselves, on unsophisticated presses.

The other plant at the center of Greek identity was the grapevine. Like olive farming, viticulture requires brains to supplement intensive labor. The Greeks planted grapevines wherever they settled, except when the climate would not allow it. Vineyards were dug in spring, and vines were grown from cuttings planted in carefully prepared holes. Barley or pulses (legumes) were grown between the vines to maximize yield in relation to land available, especially while one waited for the vines to mature. Once the vines were well established—which could take three years—they needed to be pruned hard every autumn and trained on stakes. The new leaves and shoots were thinned by hand. The ripening grapes were coated with dust in order to delay their maturation and thus increase their sugar content. The soil needed to be hoed regularly and parasitic weeds removed. Once ripe, the vintner picked the grapes and put them in baskets. The juice was extracted by treading the grapes in a wickerwork tray over a board or vat with a spout, through which the juice flowed into jars. The Greeks were not alone in drinking wine. The Mesopotamian elite imported wine from farther north, and Egyptian kings as early as the fourth dynasty (circa 2613–2494 BC) were buried with supplies of wine. But wine was not an elite luxury for ancient Greeks: It was integral to their religion and ethnic identity everywhere.

In Works and Days, the eighth-century Greek peasant farmer’s life is a relentless struggle to survive, and this is contrasted with a mythical age long ago when men of the “golden race” lived in primordial bliss, until Pandora—the first woman—caused their fall. Up until this event, they did die, but painlessly and without aging first. They lived like the gods, did not have to work, and feasted constantly. But after the fall the gods replaced them with the second, silver race. Silver people took a hundred years to emerge from childhood and then did not last long, because they constantly wronged one another and did not honor the gods with sacrifice. The third race, made of bronze, was enormously strong, but so addicted to war and violence that they wiped each other out. The fourth generation were actually an improvement. They were the heroes of myth—Cadmus and Oedipus at Thebes; the heroes of the Trojan War. But the fifth race, of which Hesiod and his audience are members, the race of iron, know nothing but work, sorrow, and death. Only further decline awaits the iron men in the future according to Hesiod. They will all become incapable of agreement, dishonor their parents, break oaths, and bear false witness. Men will no longer feel ashamed of themselves or indignant at malefactors. They will become entirely amoral. Hesiod’s view of mankind’s existence through time places remarkably little emphasis on the gods, making humans themselves largely responsible for their own terminal moral decline.

This lapsarian, or Fall, myth describes humanity’s past in ways that foreshadow the Greek historians. Hesiod is interested in the earlier races of men because they may help to explain the world he inhabits himself. Later, Herodotus and Thucydides both stressed that they did not just want to record events but to explain the nature of the present and help to illuminate the future. But Hesiod’s myth of the Fall also adumbrates Greek rational philosophy. His vision of the races of man is on a universal scale. It has a secular tendency—humans’ choices about actions determine what happens to them just as much as divine intervention. The information communicated in this myth is also given unity by its overarching moral lesson: the importance of moral decency and of living an upright life.

Hesiod’s vision of history explained aspects of Greek ethnic identity. In a poem about famous heroines, which has unfortunately survived only in fragments, Hesiod related how heroes were often descended from male gods’ sexual encounters with mortal women. He traced the heroic families’ genealogies to their three tribal ancestors—Dorus (the Dorian Greeks), Xuthus (the Ionians), and Aeolus (the Aeolians). They were all sons of Hellen, the original Greek and the son of the only couple to survive the Greeks’ version of the Flood myth, Deucalion and Pyrrha. But the human race itself crashes into world history in the Greeks’ Creation story, told in Hesiod’s Theogony.

In the beginning there was only Chaos (the word means something more like “void” than “chaos” implies nowadays). Chaos is followed by five primordial entities: Earth, who contained Tartarus (the lowest region of the cosmos) within her, Eros (Love), Erebos (Shadowland), and Night. From Night and Earth the other residents and elements of the universe sprang: Night mated with Erebos and produced Aether (Air) and Day. But it was Earth who became the mother of most primary beings. By parthenogenesis she created a son, Ouranos (Heaven), the Mountains, and Pontus (Seawater). But then she lay with her son Ouranos, and conceived numerous children, representations of both elemental principles and more ethical or cultural ones.

So, by this stage, male and female constituents of the universe are being brought together sexually, and the physical and material scenography of the world has already been created—earth, air, mountains, sea. Earth produces beautiful daughters, including the personifications of three immaterial concepts that distinguish (the Greeks believed) human experience from that of animals: belief in gods (Theia), morality (Themis), and an ability mentally to transcend the here and now of bodily experience to move around in time (Memory). But the first, shocking conflict is about to afflict this elemental, dominantly feminine, and womblike world of mountain summits, watery beings, and incipient consciousness. The next child whom Earth bears by Ouranos is a “terrible” boy, Cronos, who, for no reason, detests his father. Without justification, long before Freud invented the Oedipal complex, this boy-child sets up the first intergenerational antagonism within the first nuclear family.

Cronos bides his time before attacking the father he loathes, by whom Earth has now conceived six further male children: Three mighty one-eyed Cyclopes are followed by three overpowering monsters with fifty heads and a hundred arms each (Hecatoncheires). These six hideous youths are all “terrible” and, according to Hesiod, “hated immediately by their own father.” Earth and Ouranos’s large brood have now set the stage of the universe for the ethical conflict that became the stuff of Greek myth. Cronos feels for his father the first unmotivated hatred to corrupt the peaceful coexistence that had characterized the earlier world. Equally, the Cyclopes and their hundred-armed brothers may be unpleasant to look at but do not deserve their father’s odium.

To make matters worse, Ouranos thrusts the last six children back inside Earth the minute each is born, delighting in what Hesiod calls his “evil deed.” The unfortunate mother of his children, distended to bursting point, decides that enough is enough. Ouranos is now abusing her as well as the six of their children “straining” to leave her womb, which is what their Greek title, Titans, means. Here we see conflict between parents enter the history of the world. Earth invents flint, makes a sickle, and asks her sons to punish their father. The all-important principle of revenge now arises. Ouranos has done a bad deed, and one of the sufferers (Earth) wants retribution. But even this first retaliatory violence is not a simple case of a victim punishing her persecutor. The only son who offers to help her is not an injured party. It is the son and elder brother of Ouranos’s victims. Cronos’s motive, as we have seen, was an unaccountable loathing of his father felt from birth.

Hesiod shows through their cosmic origins that conflict and revenge are nuanced. Hatred, like Cronos’s for his father, can be irrational. Sometimes hatred, like Ouranos’s dislike of his six monstrous sons, is unfair but understandable. Some cruelty is arbitrary and—worse—can give the cruel party pleasure, as interring his children inside Earth gave pleasure to Ouranos. Some victims do not attempt revenge: The Cyclopes and Hundred-Handers did not dare defy their father. Other victims may use surrogates, who are not victims themselves, in order to exact revenge, as Earth uses Cronos to punish Ouranos.

She lets Ouranos lie with her again so that Cronos can perform his ambush. He slashes off his father’s genitals and throws them down behind him. The bloody drops that fall from them engender new entities. Drops falling onto Earth produce the Erinyes (Vengeance Spirits or Furies), the Giants, and the Ash Tree Nymphs. Drops falling onto the sea produced the foam from which Aphrodite—sexual desire—emerged near the island of Cyprus. For the Greeks, not only was Aphrodite the first Olympian god to be created, but she is born from the same ejaculation as her half-sisters the Erinyes, personifications of revenge—the dark impulse that often accompanies sexual passion in human experience.

After this cataclysmic showdown—the cruelty of the father-husband, the revenge of the hate-filled son, the genesis of Revenge and Lust—cosmic reproduction accelerates. Night establishes a dynasty of vile entities including Doom, Fate, and Death (Thanatos). Seawater is the progenitor of the aquatic deities. Monsters (many of them destined to be killed by Heracles) are the offspring of Ocean’s daughter Callirhoe. A daughter of Earth produces the Sun, Moon, and Dawn; Dawn in turn gives birth to the winds and stars. Ocean begets the rivers, both those in Greece and those in the rest of the world, such as the Nile, the Ister (Danube), Phasis (Rioni in Georgia), and several in modern Turkey—the Granicus, Parthenius, and the Scamander at Troy. Cronos begets six major Olympians by Earth’s daughter Rhea: Hestia, goddess of the hearth, Demeter, Hera, Hades, Poseidon, and Zeus. In due course Zeus vanquishes his father, Cronos, assumes supremacy in the universe, gives Hades and Poseidon their portfolios, and puts the navel stone beneath the earth at Delphi.

Hesiod introduces humans abruptly. The third generation of gods has been born, including Death, although it is not yet clear who is subject to this dread divinity. Political affiliations between the immortals are tense: Zeus has dislodged Cronos from power and established the first cult center, at Delphi, and relationships are strained between the Titans (Earth’s children) and the aerial Olympians. The ascendancy of the gods over other supernatural beings (giants and monsters) is not yet settled, either.

Gods require humans to worship them. So within this politically unstable world, Hesiod suddenly presents human beings. Rather, he introduces us, specifically, to “mortal humans”—beings vulnerable to death—who will all turn out to be male. The historical development that Hesiod is about to explain is sacrifice—the slaughter of animals to provide burnt gifts for the gods, the ritual that defined pagan religion for all antiquity. “For when the gods and mortal humans were contending at Mecone, Prometheus with forward thinking cut up a great bull and set out portions, trying to deceive the mind of Zeus.” Mecone is in the heart of Greece, near the Gulf of Corinth. It is here that the scene of the primordial sacrificial feast is set. But before the meat is sliced, gods and mortals are already contending. The verb here, krinein, related to the modern terms crisis and critical, is both problematic and astonishing. It is problematic because it encompasses a range of meanings in English. It could, with equal legitimacy, be translated “were distinguishing themselves from each other” or “were in the process of coming to a legal settlement.” Just how hostile were the negotiations at Mecone? Gods and mortals are equally involved in determining their relative positions; they are both agents of the identical verb. The relationship between the divine and human inhabitants of the universe seems surprisingly balanced. It is also, undeniably, politicized.

The issue is dealt with—though by no means resolved happily—by Prometheus’s invention of animal sacrifice and establishment of the customary way of dividing the meat among participants. Parts of the animal, however, are more desirable than others. Prometheus tries to trick Zeus into accepting a portion that contains not meat but bones cleverly dressed in fat. Hesiod is providing an etiology (a mythical explanation) for a traditional practice: The meat was always allocated to the humans, while the aroma of burning bones and sizzling fat was sent up from the altars to the gods. Zeus does not fight over the meat, but he is wrathful, and refuses to give mortals fire (which they would need, among other things, to conduct more sacrifices). But this time Prometheus, the original rebel, successfully deceives Zeus, stealing fire in a fennel stalk and carrying it to man. In the myths of the Greeks, ever suspicious of established power, the origin of human progress is thus made to depend on a primeval flouting of authority.

When Zeus realizes that men have fire, he punishes them with the creation of Pandora, beautiful but deceitful, foremother of the race of women who brought suffering to mankind, especially poverty and labor. Despite the obvious parallel with Eve, there are large differences between this account of the creation of humankind and the story told in the Judeo-Christian tradition. Humans—at least male ones—are on the cosmic scene and already in arbitration with the gods, before the power politics have been fully settled on the divine level. At least one immortal—the Titan Prometheus—favors mortals: He gives them not only superior servings at the first sacrifice but also fire, the emblem of mental and technological advancement. At Mecone there is no temptation by serpents, no woman’s sin of biting an apple of knowledge, no shame and no expulsion from paradise. There are preexisting power struggles, in which men are implicated; as a result of Mecone, they receive the means by which to communicate with the immortals (sacrifice) and to develop technology (fire), but they also are introduced to marriage and endure labor and misery. Unlike Eve, Pandora is given little sympathy: Eve, as Genesis acknowledges, will have her own sufferings in childbirth; Pandora is just there to harass men. But the way that Hesiod presents human’s relations with Zeus and the other gods is also radically different: It is politicized. The mortals who are already “contending” with the immortals, on their first appearance in history, are the forefathers of all the philosophers, scientists, and democrats who subsequently put the distinctive, striving, and often rebellious dynamism into Greek society.

By the end of the eighth century BC the Greeks knew who they were as a group and what they had in common through their shared history. They treasured their independence both as individuals and city-states but met in joint sanctuaries to affirm their bonds by sacrificing and competing in athletics and musical performances. In their epic poems, which they transported as written texts across the sea, they possessed a portable library of images that affirmed that identity. The Iliad gave Greek men images of iconic warriors, battles, and military funerals that sustained them in their constant fighting. But it also offered them a poetic idiom of melancholy and grandeur, a picture of their shared heroic past and—however mediated by myth and fantasy—their sense that they had achieved conquests in Asia. The Odyssey gave them scenes of sailing and a charismatic quest hero who embodied an idealized version of the self-reliant, versatile farmer-seafarer of the archaic period, sufficient unto himself and equipped with advanced mental, practical, and social skills. Hesiod’s psychologically astute poems outlined the Greeks’ joint family tree leading back to Hellen, but also crystallized their relations with the gods, their ethical outlook, the power of hatred, revenge, and sex, their identity as farmers who might have to move because of poverty, their wit, and their contentious streak. Above all, the archaic period put human experience—of sea and land, war and travel, sex and work, food and drink—at the center of its cultural output. In the pictures painted on Athenian pottery, by the mid-eighth century, the human figure becomes increasingly dominant, but also glamorized, as if there was a conscious effort among the artists to create generic scenes that lent human activities prestige and heroism. With the eighth-century self-invention of the disputatious Greeks, the stage had finally been set for their expansion across the entire Mediterranean and Black Sea worlds.

Written by Edith Hall in "Introducing the Ancient Greeks", Bodley Head (is part of the Penguin Random House), London, UK, 2015, chapter 2.Digitized, adapted and illustrated to be posted by Leopoldo Costa.

(Edith Hall is one of Britain’s foremost classicists, having held posts at the universities of Royal Holloway, Cambridge, Durham, Reading, and Oxford. She regularly writes in the Times Literary Supplement, reviews theater productions on radio, and has authored and edited more than a dozen works on the ancient world. She teaches at King’s College London and lives in Gloucestershire.











O CASAMENTO DE D. PEDRO I

$
0
0

Francisco I designara gentilmente o dia 13 de maio, aniversário de D. João VI, para a realização do casamento da filha. E enquanto, em Viena, ia uma lufa-lufa de preparativos, a notícia do ajuste, no Brasil, tinha uma repercurssão ruidosa. D. João comemorou-a com festas. Decretou gala na Corte. Deu beija-mão ao corpo diplomático. As fortalezas embandeiraram-se Salvas reais, repiques de sino, foguetório. À noite, no Teatro S. João, houve espetáculo de honra. El-Rei compareceu em pessoa. A multidão ovacionou com delírio a futura Princesa. Foi uma noite alegríssima.

Certo dia, por um paquete inglês chegado de Falmouth, desembarcou no Rio o Conde de Wrbna. Era o Mordomo-Mor do Imperador austríaco. Vinha especialmente de Viena, como mensageiro de Francisco I, trazer a D. João VI a notícia oficial de que se realizara, com grandes pompas, o casamento do Príncipe e da Arquiduquesa. E o Conde Wrbna contou, com minúcias, o que foram essas pompas. Que maravilha!

É o dia 13 de maio. Oito horas da noite. A capela do Palácio Imperial rebrilha. A corte austríaca, alvoroçada e sôfrega, acorreu garridamente à cerimônia retumbante. Há um forte dardejar de pedrarias. Branquejam decotes estonteantes. Ruge-ruge de sedas. Fuzilam insígnias nas casacas verdes. Muitas casacas verdes. O Senhor Marquês de Marialva, rodeado pelos nobres do seu séquito, atrai, como um foco, os olhares de toda a Corte. A suntuosidade do Embaixador estonteia. Ultrapassa tudo o que já se viu em Viena.

De repente, na Capela Imperial, soa uma trompa de ouro. O Reposteiro-Mor levanta a tapeçaria de veludo. Os cortesãos abrem alas respeitosas. O Imperador e a Imperatriz da Áustria entram. Trazem a noiva. D. Leopoldina vem toda de branco. Está deslumbradora! O seu vestido é um poema de rendas de Bruxelas. Faisca nele, orvalhando-o de luzes, uma pedraria imensa. Tomba-lhe da fronte, como uma cascata de espumas, a grinalda finíssima, apresilhada nos cabelos por fuzilante diadema de pedras brasileiras, mimo do noivo. A cauda tem cinco metros. Sustêm-na oito damas de honor. Todas em grande gala, fulgurantes, com enormes "balões" de seda rosa broslados de arminhos. É encantador! Ao lado da noiva, magnífico na sua casaca preta, luvas brancas, brilhantes chispando no peitilho rendado, vem o Arquiduque Carlos. Sua Alteza representa o noivo. E ambos, sob a música aristocrática de Haydn, debaixo de pétalas de rosas, que tombam num chuveiro, encaminham-se até ao altar. Então, no vasto silêncio que se fez, Sua Eminência, o Cardeal Camerlengo, assistido por quatro Bispos, realiza o casamento. A grandiosidade do ato eletriza a todos. O Imperador está comovidíssimo. A Imperatriz chora. Nessa noite, por entre júbilos fragorosos, Viena inteira iluminou-se. A cidade estrugiu debaixo da mais frenética atoarda de festa. E enquanto, nas ruas, o povo bramia de entusiasmo, lá dentro, no Palácio Imperial, festejando o acontecimento altíssimo, Francisco I, oferecia à Corte, na Sala dos Espelhos, o grande jantar de gala.

O BAILE DE MARIALVA

O Marquês de Marialva deu um baile em honra de sua Princesa. Foi um dos bailes mais culminantes da Europa. Acontecimento imorredouro nos fastos da diplomacia galante. Marialva arruinou-se com ele. Não se contentou em gastar as grossas ordens que vieram de D. João: dissipou nessa festa toda a herança que herdara do pai. O grande fidalgo, desde a sua chegada triunfal, aturde a Corte da Áustria, então a corte mais faustosa do mundo, com as suas esbanjadas magnificências de nababo. E com uma prodigalidade torrenciosa, novo Buckingham, o embaixador derrama às mãos cheias por todo o Paço, desde Metternich até o último dos camareiros, presentes de opulentissima suntuosidade, punhados de diamantes, soberbos fios de pérolas, pedras de toda cor, pilhas de barras de ouro.

Para o baile, esse baile nobre, gentilíssimo, em que empenhara com alma a sua reputação de homem mundano, Marialva cometeu loucuras incríveis. Verdadeiras fantasias de rei oriental! Mandou construir pavilhões riquíssimos nos jardins de Rugarten. Recheou-os de móveis italianos da Renascença. Decorou-os com tapeçarias velhíssimas, "gobelins" raros, assinados Lebrun. Cobriu-os de sedas e de damascos. Estrelejou-os de lustres de cristal. Inundou-os de quadros e de mármores. E, enfim, com aquelas grandezas de espantar, o gentil-homem abriu os seus salões para a. festa única. E recebeu, na noite memorável, a corte inteira de Viena. A Duquesa de São Carlos, embaixatriz de Espanha, mulher do célebre Duque de São Carlos, amigo íntimo do rei, fez as honras da casa.

Às nove horas, ao som do hino, entraram os Imperadores. Vieram com Suas Majestades todos os Arquiduques e todas as Arquiduquesas. Vieram também o Príncipe Real da Baviera e o Duque de Saxe. Metternich, com o fardão recamado de crachás, compareceu em grande gala. Os pavilhões borborinhavam. Trançavam por eles os nomes mais altos da Áustria. Rompeu o baile a Senhora D. Leopoldina. Sua Alteza dançou uma polonaise com o Senhor Marquês de Marialva. Os monarcas não dançaram. Mas, Suas Majestades felicitaram rasgadamente o Embaixador pelo deslumbramento da festa. Aquilo era um conto de fadas! Metternich dizia a todo momento, alto, derramando olhos tontos por aquele faiscar:
- Mas é uma festa das mil e uma noites! É uma festa das mil e uma noites!

As onze horas, serviu-se a ceia. Marialva sentou-se com os Imperadores à mesa da família real. Havia quarenta talheres. E toda a baixela desse serviço, gravada com as armas dos Marialvas, era de ouro maciço. Os demais convivas espalharam-se em pequenas mesas. Foram todos - e eram mais de mil! - servidos em baixelas de prata. Os Imperadores retiraram-se às duas. O baile continuou até ao amanhecer. Custou, nesses velhos tempos, mais de um milhão de florins! E Marialva, num gest muito seu, ofereceu no dia seguinte, aos pobres de Viena, os pavilhões com todas as maravilhas que lá havia. Não retirou deles uma única alfaia.

A PARTIDA

Dias após, dentro dum coche dourado, partia D. Leopoldina para Liorne, onde a aguardavam as naus de D. João VI. Em Florença, à espera de Sua Alteza, chegara o Marquês de Castelo-Melhor, vindo especialmente do Brasil para receber a noiva. Também já lá estavam o Príncipe de Metternich e o Marquês de Marialva. O Grão-Duque de Toscana, cunhado de D. Leopoldina, recebeu-a com grandes brilhos. Hospedou-a no Palácio Pitti. E nessa mesma noite, no salão nobre do velho Palácio, o Grão-Duque reuniu a Corte numa solenidade de gala. E aí, com muitos ritos, entregou protocolarmente a Arquiduquesa, em nome de Francisco I, ao Marquês de Castelo-Melhor, o enviado de João VI.

A comitiva, luzida e bela, partiu na manhã seguinte para Liorne. No porto, muito airosa, ancorava nau "D. João VI" que devia conduzir Sua Alteza ao Brasil. D. Leopoldina embarcou. Acompanhavam-na o Marquês de Castelo Melhor, o Conde de Louzâ e o Conde Penafiel. A princesa escolheu como camareiras, para servirem-na, a Condessa de Huembourg, a Condessa de Berentheim, a Condessa de Londron, todas damas da Corte austríaca. Comboiava a nau "D. João VI" uma corveta de guerra. Era a "São Sebastião". Vinha nela o Conde de Eitzi, como Embaixador Extraordinário de Francisco I, escudando a Princesa até a América.

Assim, na Aústria, realizou-se um dos mais estrondosos casamentos que já viu o mundo. Mas, o brilho espaventoso das festas não se apagou em Viena. Repercutiu também no Brasil. Que é que fez a Corte do Rio para receber a mulher do Príncipe herdeiro?

A CHEGADA

Do Arsenal de Marinha, vistosamente embandeirado, parte a galeota do rei. Vai nela a Família Real. D. João VI viera com o fato novo de pano inglês e a grossa bengala de castão de ouro. D. Carlota pusera o vestido rodado, cor de pérola, e o seu famoso trepa-moleque de safiras. D. Pedro embarcara, fremindo. Os seus olhos fuzilavam. O coração batia-lhe aos saltos.

E a galeota, com seus bigodões de espuma, fura a ondada mole, rumo dos barcos que entram. Estaca. Na nau "D. João VI", com os seus uniformes de veludo e prata, os marinheiros estendem-se em continência. Tomba a escadinha de bordo. Rompe o hino. E D. Leopoldina, varando a ponte, surge ante os olhos da Família Real. Sua Alteza vem acompanhada pelo Marquês de Castelo-Melhor. Desce com majestade do tombadilho. Salta airosamente para dentro da galeota E ali, na baia azul, sob o céu brasileiro, D. Leopoldina precipita-se aos pés dos soberanos. D. João ergue-a carinhosamente. Beija-a na testa:
- Minha filha!

D. Carlota toma-a nos braços. Aperta-a. Beija-a longamente. Depois... Depois é o momento curioso. Nada mais galante. D. João, com um gesto, apresenta D. Leopoldina a D. Pedro:
- Minha princesa, eis ai o teu príncipe!

Os dois fitam-se. Sorriem. E na galeota, - sob a curiosidade brejeira dos tripulantes, o príncipe e a princesa beijam-se na face. D. Pedro é moço formoso. Com os seus dezoito. anos, sadio e desempenado, com o seu moreno tropical, os seus olhos negros e enormes, o príncipe é um galhardo tipo de homem, um mancebo varo nu e sedutor. D. Leopoldina devora-o com os olhos. Toda ela ri! E afagando a mão do noivo, com ternura:
- Mein liebling!
E D. Pedro, radiante, num enlevo:
- Minha princesa!

Na galeota, com grandes ansiedades, esvoaçam logo as perguntas. E a travessia? E a saúde? E a nau? D. Leopoldina responde. E sorri. E papagueia. Sua Alteza fala em francês. Às vezes por mera caçoada, tenta um português cômico;
- "Prrazil mui linda! Mui linda"!

E aponta as montanhas, a baía crespa, o céu, todas as embebedantes maravilhas do Rio. Durante meia hora, foi um grulhar amistoso. A galeota encheu-se dum alvoroço quente. Uma alegria! E assim, dadas as boas-vindas, combinou-se o desembarque para o dia seguinte. D. João marcou a hora. E D. Leopoldina ergueu-se. Beijou a el-Rei. Tornou para a nau. D. Carlota e D. Pedro acompanharam-na até ao tombadilho.

OS ENFEITES E OS ARCOS

D. João alindou a sua cidadezinha com atavios de gala. Enfeitou tudo com garridices vistosas. O pobre Rei timbrou em receber a nora com luzimentos únicos. No cais, em frente ao Arsenal de Marinha fez construir uma vasta ponte de madeira que avançava pelo mar. A princesa poderia desembarcar ali com mais comodidade. Alcatifou-se a ponte com tapetes caríssimos. Cobriram-se os corrimãos de panos de Arrás. Ergueu-se, logo à entrada, um pavilhão soberbo, muito berrante, onde se viam, em cores fortes, as armas de Portugal e da Áustria. Quatro águias enormes seguravam nos bicos festões de folhagem que tombavam baloiçantes. Por toda parte, onde devia passar o séquito, houve um esbanjar de aprestos. Areia branca, folhas esparzidas, pétalas de rosa por todo o chão. Os monges de S. Bento alegraram de sedas ruidosas as fachadas do seu mosteiro.

Não houve casa, no itinerário, que não se enfaceirasse. Eram colchas da Índia, tapeçarias nas varandas, cortinas, veludos colgados à parede. Um esplendor! Na Rua Direita, deslumbrando, ergueram-se três arcos. Foram a grande maravilha decorativa. A maior suntuosidade dos festejos. Os jornais falaram deles com louvores rasgados. Um, o "Arco Romano", era oferecido pelo Comércio. Fora concebido e realizado por Grandjean de Montigny e por Debret, os dois grandes artistas que o Conde da Barca mandara vir da França. Era um arco magnífico, com cinqüenta palmos de altura, sustentado por oito colunas dóricas. tendo no pedestal os símbolos do Rio de Janeiro e do Danúbio. Um trazia as quinas e castelos de Portugal; outro, as águias imperiais. Sobre cada um a legenda: "Januarius" - "Danubius". Havia baixos-relevos de grande efeito. Dum lado, a Europa e a Fama: uma tocava a trombeta; outra depositava sobre um altar as iniciais em ouro dos noivos: P. L. Por baixo, também em ouro, fulgia a inscrição típica: "À feliz união, o Comércio".

Mais além, na esquina da Rua do Sabão, o segundo arco. Era tão alto como o de Montigny. Fora risco de Luís Xavier Pereira, maquinista do Real Teatro. Destacava-se nele, lá acima, a figura do Himeneu, circundada pelas figuras da Glória e da Fama. No meio, um medalhão; e no medalhão, em relevo, os retratos de D. Pedro e D. Leopoldina.

No pedestal, em alegorias coloridíssimas, a Europa, a Ásia, a África, e a América. Enfim, em frente à Igreja da Cruz, o último arco. Era um "Triunfo romano". Oito estandartes fincados em terra recobertos de grinaldas e flores. Palmas por toda parte. Em vez da águia romana, a águia austríaca de duas cabeças. Em vez do busto dum general conquistador, o busto em bronze da princesa. Em vez do nome de batalhas ganhas, o rol das virtudes e graças de D. Leopoldina: "Bondade" - "Amabilidade" - "Doçura" -"Sensibilidade" - "Beneficência" - "Constância" - "Espírito" - "Talento" - "Ciência" -"Encantos" - "Graça" - "Modéstia".

O DESEMBARQUE

Onze horas. Dia glorioso. Um sol de ouro redourando tudo. Do Paço da Cidade, aos sons de caixas e de clarins, D. Carlota Joaquina toca para o cais em grande estado. No cais, já na galeota real, D. João VI espera a Rainha e as Princesas. Sua Majestade viera por mar da Quinta da Boa Vista. E a galeota, sem mais tardança, zarpa rumo da nau "D. João VI". Centenas de escaleres engaivotam o mar. Toda a corte parte na espumarada de el-Rei. É um belo torvelinho de damas e de titulares. Balões de seda rosa e casacas de riço em verde. E tudo alegre, fascinante! O cais embandeirado, as naus embandeiradas, os escaleres embandeirados. E salvas nas fortalezas, e repiques de sino, e estrondo de morteiros, e rojões, e músicas atroando os ares. Lindo! A galeota fundeia. Os marinheiros, no tombadilho, fazem continência em honra do Rei. E logo, conduzida pelo braço cortesão do Marquês de Castelo-Melhor, D. Leopoldina desce a escadinha de bordo. E desce encantadora, garridíssima. O mesmo vestido branco de rendas de Bruxelas. O mesmo diadema de pedras. A mesma grinalda tombando-lhe, como uma cascata de espumas. Acompanham-na o Conde de Penafiel e o Conde de Louzã, veadores de Sua Alteza. Depois, em vastos decotes, as Damas austríacas que acompanharam a Sua Alteza. E D. Leopoldina entra na galeota. Os reis recebem-na com efusão. Beijam-na na testa. O Príncipe beija-a na face. As Princesas beijam-na.

D. João, nesse instante, abre uma caixa de xarâo que o guarda-jóias trouxera. Toma dum colar de pérolas. É magnífico. Tem quatrocentas pérolas. E cavalheiresco, todo num sorriso, enrodilha-o no pescoço da nora. D. Carlota, por sua vez, enroda-lhe nos braços duas pulseiras de safiras imensas. São safiras incomparáveis, as maiores do Brasil. D. Miguel oferece-lhe uma afogadeira de rubis. D. Maria Teresa um trepa-moleque de brilhantes. D. Maria Francisca uma colossal borboleta cravejada. Todas as infantas trazem o seu mimo. É uma profusâo de riquezas. D. Leopoldina a cada jóia, sorri encantada:
- Oh! oh!

D. Pedro enfia-lhe no dedo um anel opulentissimo. Há nele uma pedra de dez quilates, azul-querosene. Depois, galantemente, adorna-lhe os cabelos com um diadema de pedrarias. E entrega-lhe, enfim, uma caixa de ouro muito lavrada. D. João, vendo a Princesa abrir a caixa explica modestamente:

- Estão ai dentro, minha filha, os frutos da terra. Este é o país dos diamantes. A caixa estava atulhada de diamantes brasileiros.

O veador de el-Rei, nesse instante, faz um sinal ao mestre da galeota. Os marinheiros, a um só tempo, batem os remos na água. A embarcação voa. E uns instantes depois, debaixo dum sol de ouro, sob a alegria frenética dos campanários, D. Leopoldina pisa a terra do Brasil.

Um séquito único, brilhantíssimo, como nunca mais se viu no Brasil, acompanhou os noivos até à Capela Real. Não o descreva eu, para não me acoimarem de imaginativo. Descreva-o esse tão saboroso cronista, o Padre Luís Gonçalves dos Santos, testemunha presencial da festa. Lá diz o padre nas suas "Memórias":

O SÉQUITO

"Vinha adiante uma partida de Batedores. Seguião-se quatro Moços a cavallo, e os Azemeis cobertos de veludos carmezim. Logo depois os Timbaleiros com atabales. Todos a cavalo, agaloados de ouro, coletes azues agaloados de prata. Seguião-se immediatamente oito Porteiros da Cana. Os dois dianteiros com canas, os mais com maças de prata ao hombro. Vinhão vestidos de casacas pretas com capas da mesma côr. E tudo era de seda. Atraz delles, vinhão os Reis d'Armas, Arautos, e Passavantes, vestidos com armaduras de seda ricamente bordadas. Marchava em um soberbo cavallo o Corregedor do Crime da Côrte. Trazia a beca, a vara alçada, o chapéo de plumas na mão. Acompanhavão-no dous Criados da Casa Real a pé. Após do Corregedor seguindo-se noventa e tres carruagens, todas de quatro rodas, puxadas a dous e a quatro. As primeiras conduziam os do Conselho d'Estado, as últimas os Bispos e Grandes do Reino. Levava cada huma dous Criados á portinhola, muito bem fardados, segundo a variedade das librés dos seus Amos, trazendo todos plumas brancas nos chapeos, que levavão nas mãos. Esta extensa fila de carroagens, todas mui aceadas, e ricas, puxadas por soberbos machos enfeitados com plumas e fitas, por longo espaço de tempo entreteve com prazer os espectadores pela sua brilhante vista. Mas o que era Estado da Casa Real, isto sim, surpreendia pela sua grandeza e magnificencia. Estadeou-se nesta Côrte pela primeira vez, com todo o esplendor. Vinhão tres coches da Casa Real. O primeiro levava os Guarda-Roupas; e os outros os Estribeiros Móres, os Mordomos Móres, o Camarista, os Viadores. Cada hum destes coches era puchado a seis, acompanhados de quatro Criados a pé. O que occupava o ultimo lugar tinha mais dous Moços da Estribeira ao lado das portinholas. Seguia-se o Tenente da Guarda Real e o Estribeiro Menor, ambos a cavallo, cada hum assistido de dous criados a pé.

Via-se então o coche de el-Rei. Era forrado de veludo carmezim. Este a todos sobrepujava em riqueza e magnificencia. Era tirado por oito formosissimos cavallos com areios de veludo e ouro. De cada lado tinha huma ala de Moços da Camara a pé, e descobertos. Pela parte de fóra destes, hião os Archeiros com as suas alabardas; e mais por fora ainda, quatro Moços de Estribeira ricamente fardados. Ao pé do Real coche, de cada lado, hião a cavallo dous Ferradores com pastas. Junto de cada cavallo hum Criado a pé.

Neste riquissimo coche conduzião Suas Majestades a Serenissima Senhora Princeza Real, que vinha assentada á frente ao lado do Augusto Esposo. Sua Alteza Real vinha riquissimamente vestida de seda branca, bordada de prata e ouro, e riquissimamente ornada de brilhantes; hum finissimo véo de seda branca, que da cabeça pendia sobre o rosto realçava a belleza do seu Real semblante. Em seguida, noutro soberbo coche, forrado de veludo verde, vinhão o Serenissimo Senhor Infante D. Miguel e as Serenissimas Senhoras Princezas. Em outro, igualmente soberbo, o qual era forrado de seda ouro, vinhão a Serenissima Princeza, e as Infantas. lmmediato ao coche de Suas Magestades trotava o Capitão da Guarda Real, o Excellentissimo Marquez de Bellas, seguido de varios Criados a pé. Seguia-se atrás o magnífico coche do Estado, puxado a oito, com oito Criados a pé. E fechavam este pompossissimo acompanhamento os coches das Camareiras Móres, das Donas de Honor, das Damas Açafatas. Hia ao lado do coche das Damas hum Moço de Camara, a cavallo, servindo de Guarda-Damas, acompanhado de hum Criado a pé com telis encarnado no braço.

Ao passar Suas Magestades e Altezas Reaes por baixo do primeiro arco, fronteiro ao Arsenal, dous lindos Meninos, ricamente vestidos, que estavam em pé sôbre os pedestaes das columnas, hum com os emblemas do Amor, outro do Himeneo, apresentaram a Suas Altezas Reaes huma grande corôa de flores artificiaes, delicadamente dobradas. Esta corôa, no momento da passagem, desceu da abobada do arco, donde estava suspensa: ao mesmo tempo, sobre o Real Coche, esparziram-se nuvens de flores naturaes. Parou depois o coche por baixo do segundo arco. Nesse instante voaram grandes volutas de aromas, que se queimavam em dois vasos, ao mesmo tempo que cahiam chuveiros de flores da abobada, das varandas, e das janellas das casas vizinhas. Penetrou depois o Real Coche, por entre as verdes palmas do terceiro monumento, sob vivas e aplausos que nunca mais cessaram até a Real Capella, onde chegou o coche. Seriam tres horas da tarde.

Por entre mil vivas e applausos, descerão do coche Suas Magestades e o Serenissimo Senhor Principe Real, que immediatainente deo o braço para descer sua Augusta Esposa. Apearam-se dos seus respectivos coches o Serenissimo Senhor Infante D. Miguel e as Serenissimas Senhoras Princezas e Infantas. Assim entrou El Rei Nosso Senhor, com toda Real Família, para dentro da Egreja. Seguiram-n'o a Côrte, os Bispos, a Nobreza, o Senado da Camara. Rompeu immediatamente a grande orchestra da Real Capella Mór, onde havia hum riquissimo Solio de lustrina de ouro encarnado. Debaixo do docel estavão dez cadeiras, nas quaes El-Rei, e as mais Pessoas Reaes se sentarão. Entretanto o Bispo, Capellão Mór, subiu ao seu Solio, e o Cabido tomou logar na quadratura. Feito hum breve repouso, o Mestre de Ceremonias deo o signal. Levantaram-se todos. O Serenissimo Senhor Infante toma pela mão o Serenissimo Senhor Principe Real. A Rainha Nossa Senhora pegou na mão da Serenissima Senhora Princeza Real. E forão apresentar os Augustos Desposados ao Bispo para lhes lançar as Bençãos Nupiciaes. Puzerão-se então Suas Altezas Reaes de joelhos sobre almofadas, diante do Altar. E Sua Excellencia deo as Benções em canto festivo".

Assim, com essas pompas incríveis, casou-se aquela que foi a nossa primeira imperatriz. Assim, casou-se aquela que foi a mais humilhada das mulheres e, talvez, a mais desgraçada de quantas já se sentaram em trono.

OS CIÚMES DA PRINCESA

Na chácara do Cauper, à Rua Conde da Cunha, o Príncipe D. Pedro acabara de almoçar. Era todos os dias a mesma coisa. D. Pedro vinha sentar-se à mesa, pedia o almoço O Cauper, de Pé, servia a sua Alteza. As filhas do Cauper, também de pé, assistiam honradíssimas ao comer do herdeiro do trono. E D. Pedro, moço democrático, inteiramente sem protocolos, jovializava a mesa com a irrequieta folgazanice dos seus dezoito anos. O almoço corria sempre alegre. Ferviam as futilidades. D. Pedro bisbilhotava tudo. Indagava dos mexericos. Punha-se ao corrente dos escândalos sociais, das festas, dos namoros que houve na serenata em casa do Marquês de Santo Amaro. E tudo entre meado de muito mimo e de muita galantaria sem nenhuma intenção. Tudo ingênuo. Tudo sem malícia.

O Cauper - Pedro José Cauper - era o guarda-roupa do príncipe. Foi o último guarda-roupa da solteirice de D. Pedro. Não havia nesses tempos problema mais difícil do que descobrir um palaciano que calhasse para tal cargo. Se o homem era sisudo e grave, pessoa de bons conselhos, D. Pedro embirrava-se logo, metia-se a descompô-lo, armava ao pobre diabo toda a casta de diabruras e de pervesidades. Se o homem era peralta e folião, D. Pedro, de parceria com ele, botava-se a fazer estroinices, patuscadas incríveis, ceatas no Botequim da Corneta, mil proezas que, ao reboarem em S. Cristóvão, arrepiavam o pacato e burguesissimo D. João VI. Ao sair de Lisboa - D. Pedro tinha apenas seis anos - veio como guarda-roupa de sua Alteza aquele pachorrento Marco Antônio Montaury, "homem probo, mas incapaz de uma advertência ao príncipe". Este Montaury morreu no Brasil. Sucedeu-lhe no alto e honrosíssimo posto o seu irmão, João Martinho Montaury. Este também, logo depois falecia no Rio de Janeiro. Entrou então para o serviço do príncipe Manuel Francisco de Barros, o filho do Visconde de Santarém.

"Este guarda-roupa era mui sério e grave (lá diz o cronista) e por isso D. Pedro não gostava dele e nem Manuel Francisco gostava do comportamento do príncipe". O herdeiro do trono teve horror ao seu camarista. Foram tão incompatíveis, tão encontrados em tudo, que D. João tirou o oficio a Manuel Francisco e mandou-o para a Europa. Galardoou, porém, os seus préstimos, nomeando-o embaixador. Manuel Francisco brilhou então na diplomacia e brilhou nas letras. Seguiu-se no emprego Joaquim Valentim de Sousa Lobato. Este já ocupava o cargo de guarda-roupa do próprio Rei. Era irmão dos Lobatos. Dos homens mais afortunados no tempo de D. João VI. Daqueles que abiscoitaram os empregos mais lucrativos da época. Tanto, e de tal forma, que no Rio se tornou expressão corrente: - "Fulano é um sujeito muito feliz. É feliz como os Lobatos!"

Este Joaquim Valentim era um cortesão desbragado de modos, costumes soltos, escandaloso. Fez com D. Pedro todas as peraltices imagináveis. Tinha tais condescendências com o príncipe, tão despudoradas, que, no dizer horrorizado e pitoresco do cronista, "chegava a ponto de levá-lo à casa das moças!" D. João, ao saber das inconveniências de Sousa Lobato, também lhe tirou o oficio. Foi então que chamou Pedro José Cauper e nomeou-o guarda-roupa.

O Cauper era homem excelente, casado, mas pouco cioso da reputação da sua casa. O povo murmurava dele. E murmurava com razão. Cauper tinha filhas solteiras e bonitas. Deixaram fama, no Rio, de raparigas lindíssimas. Era natural que Cauper, nesses tempos de impiedosa maledicência, zelasse ferozmente pela reputação delas. Mas qual! O guarda-roupa recebia o príncipe todos os dias em sua casa. E obrigava, todos os dias, as filhas a fazerem companhia ao moço Bragança. E era certo, depois do almoço, D. Pedro virar-se com singeleza para o Cauper:

- Oh, Cauper! Fica-te por ai: eu vou me divertir um bocado com as tuas filhas... E lá se ia. Às vezes, metia-se no bilhar. Outras vezes, punha-se a jogar gamão. E no mais das vezes, quase sempre, saia a passear com as moças pela chácara. Não passava disso. Tudo ingênuo. Tudo sem malícia. Mas era chocante! A nomeada do príncipe fora sempre tenebrosa. Todo o mundo sabia que D. Pedro era um atrevido. Um grandíssimo maroto que não respeitava sequer as famílias. Nada mais lógico, portanto, que a freqüência do rapaz conquistador em casa onde havia moças belas e solteiras desse muito que falar às más línguas. E o povo falava sem dó. Diziam-se coisas crespas... Por esse tempo, na Corte, andava uma lufa-lufa. Fervia um rodopio de preparativos. Esperava-se a todo o instante a chegada de D. Leopoldina, arquiduquesa da Áustria, noiva de D. Pedro. A nau "D. João VI", que se redourara nos estaleiros, já havia partido para Liorne com o fim único de trazer a escolhida do herdeiro do trono. E como partira linda a nau! Novinha, toda alcatifada, muita seda, os marinheiros agaloados de veludo e prata.

Foi num daqueles dias, terminado o almoço, que D. Pedro falou comovido:
- Hoje é o dia das despedidas, Cauper; amanhã, fundeia no porto a "D. João VI", que vem ai com a minha noiva. E eu, ao depois, não poderei cá vir todos os dias como agora venho. - Pena é, Senhor D. Pedro, tornou o Cauper, consternado; e pena grande! Vossa Alteza honra tanto a nossa casa...
Caiu um silêncio embaraçante. Mas, o príncipe, que não suportava mágoas, quebrou logo o silêncio dorido:
- Não falemos mais nisso... Tristezas não pagam dividas. Oh, Cauper, fica-te um instante por ai; eu vou me divertir um bocado com as tuas filhas...
E saiu a passear com as moças pela chácara.

D. Leopoldina chegou. O Brasil inteiro desentorpeceu-se com o ribombo das festas. Que alvoroço! Revolucionou tudo. Saíram das velhas arcas mil tafularias de gala. A corte cobriu-se de louçanias. Ferreteava toda a gente uma grande ânsia por conhecer a futura imperatriz. Mas... que decepção! D. Leopoldina era feia. Ruiva e gorda, lábios grossos, olhos esverdeados, a princesa encarnava em si o tipo clássico dos Habsburgos. Não tinha elegância e não tinha graça. D. Pedro, como ninguém, sentiu o desfulgor da mulher.

Aquilo gelou-o.

Nada mais explicável, nada mais humano, do que esse desapontamento do príncipe. D. Pedro havia deixado os braços da Noemi, a bailarina do Teatro São João, essa francesinha endoidecedora que enchera os seus dezessete anos com o mais picaresco romance de amor. O coração ainda sangrava-lhe. O moço boêmio ainda sofria perdidamente de paixão. E eis que nesse momento, ainda na dor que curtia, surge-lhe a mulher. Surge-lhe uma criatura sem encantos e sem feitiços, D. Leopoldina era feia! E por isso, só por isso, a filha de Francisco I não teve nunca a boa fortuna de seduzir o coração do príncipe. Não pôde nunca cicatrizar a ferida rasgada impiedosamente naquela alma de namorado.

D. Pedro, desde o momento em que viu a esposa, comprendeu nítido o abismo que foi intransponível. Dia a dia, quanto mais íntima se tornava a vida conjugal, mais fundamente se acentuava a incompatibilidade daqueles dois gênios.

O príncipe foi sempre, em toda a sua existência, um louco por mulheres. Foi o seu fraco. O traço culminante do seu caráter. D. Pedro amou furiosamente na vida. Amou quando príncipe. Amou quando imperador. Amou quando rei no exílio. E amou com todos os desbragamentos da sua índole de fogo. Mas, por ironia, D. Pedro só não amou a esposa. Por quê? É que D. Leopoldina não foi hábil. Não teve a astúcia de se fazer amar: preocupou-se muito pouco em ser mulher. Desleixou sempre a arte de seduzir pela graça.

Não cuidou nunca desses pequeninos nadas de toucador, essas frioleiras encantadoras com que as "coquetes" tecem a rede dourada de caçar os homens. D. Leopoldina nunca se enfeitou. Nunca teve paixão por vestidos. Nunca mostrou capricho por um perfume. Nunca pôs uma flor na trança. Nunca se carminou. Nunca se frisou. Aparecia sempre com umas roupas muito amplas, o corpo muito largado, os cabelos muito corridos, sem colete, os seios balouçando. Todos os contemporâneos, afora Carlos Seidler, pintam-na assim. Jacques Arago, que a viu muitas vezes, descreve-a num flagrante: "point de collier, point de pierres aux oreilles, pas une bague aux doigts. La camisole attestait un grand usage; la jupe était fripée..." E a baronesa de Fisson de Montet, dama da corte austríaca: "I'archiduchesse Leopoldine n'était pas jolie; elle n' avait ni grace, ni tournure, ayant toujours eu l'aversion des corsets et des ceintures, etc.".

Além desse feitio negligente, tinha ainda a princesa uma paixão que mais a distanciava do marido; gostava loucamente de livros. Foi uma estudiosa tremenda. Adorava as ciências naturais e positivas. Ficou célebre o seu entranhamento por matemática e por botânica. Encerrava-se dias e dias nos seus aposentos devorando Keppler. Passava dias e dias empalhando sagüis ou catalogando flores exóticas. Foi ela quem trouxe da Áustria os dois famosos sábios Spix e Martius, que tão altos serviços prestaram à fauna e à flora tropicais. Ora, contrastando com a mulher, D. Pedro era um ignorantão. O que deixou nosso primeiro imperador como amostra das suas humanidades envergonha a gente. As suas cartas arrepiam. Um ginasial, hoje, ri-se da pasmosa incultura do Bragança. Nunca se preocupou com livros, e, muito menos, com Kepplers e sagüis empalhados. Ele mesmo, ao mandar educar o filho, o nosso grande Pedro II, dizia com chiste e bom humor:
- Este há de aprender, garanto! Não há de ficar como o pai. Porque eu, e o mano Miguel, se Deus quiser, havemos de ser os últimos ignorantes da família...

D. Pedro, portanto, não tolerava livros. Preferia descer às cavalariças e ir ferrar, ele próprio, os seus cavalos. Ai, estava à sua vontade. Apertava a mão dos picadores, igualava-se a eles, discutia, montava em potros bravos. Uma verdadeira paixão! Ora, dada essa diversidade de gostos, era evidente que o príncipe não achasse na mulher a mulher sonhada. E foi um infeliz. A vida de ambos, portas a dentro, tornou-se um pungente desfiar de rusgas. D. Pedro esfriou logo. E essa frieza veio à tona sem tardar. Mal findaram os festejos, quinze dias após a chegada, já D. Pedro se enfarava da lua de mel. E para desenfastiar-se, reprimindo a custo os bocejos, D. Pedro pensou logo no Cauper. Certo dia, com espanto de toda corte, o príncipe levou a princesa almoçar em casa do seu guarda-roupa. O palaciano e as filhas receberam suas altezas com júbilos irreprimíveis. Foi uma festa! Um renascimento! D. Pedro tinha a mesma jovialidade de solteiro. A mesma alegria, a mesma folgazanice, a mesma simplesa. Ao terminar o almoço, com a sem-cerimônia dos velhos tempos, D. Pedro lá foi bradando:
- Oh, Cauper, fica-te por ai com a princesa; eu vou me divertir um bocado com as tuas filhas.

E saiu com as meninas pela chácara. Evidentemente, não passava disso. Tudo ingênuo. Tudo sem malícia. D. Leopoldina, porém, não gostou. Mordeu o lábio; achou estranho. Mas, não deixou escapar palavra. E começou, na chácara do Cauper, a mesma freqüência de antes. Era todos os dias a velha coisa. D. Pedro vinha, trazia a princesa, almoçava. E depois do almoço:
- Oh, Cauper...
E saia com as moças. Mas, não passava disso. Tudo ingênuo. Tudo sem malícia.

Aquela assiduidade ao Cauper, aqueles passeios pela chácara, aqueles mimos e galantarias para com as moças, foram um espinho na alma da princesa. D. Leopoldina começou a sofrer. O ciúme, o tal "green ey'd monster" de Shakespeare, cravou-lhe a primeira mordida no coração. Tornou-se-lhe um suplício acompanhar o marido ao almoço dos Caupers. Aquilo doía-lhe. Aquilo infernizava-lhe a lua de mel. E D. Leopoldina não se conteve. Certa manhã, ainda nos seus aposentos, D. João recebeu a visita da nora. A princesa vinha nervosa, estranhamente inquieta. Entrou. Atirou-se aos pés do monarca, soluçando. El-Rei ergueu-a carinhosamente. E condoído, muito solicito:
- Que há, minha filha? Que há?
D. Leopoldina contou-lhe tudo. Os almoços, as intimidades, os passeios pela chácara, o estribilho de todos os dias:
- Oh, Cauper, fica-te por aí com a princesa: eu vou me divertir um bocado com as tuas filhas.
D. João ouviu. Consolou ternamente a desesperada austríaca. Fez-lhe um agradozinho no queixo:
- Eu sei de tudo, minha filha! De tudo! O Sousa Lobato já me pôs a par dessas leviandades do Pedro. Aquele rapaz é assim mesmo, minha filha: um desmiolado! Mas deixa o caso por minha conta. Eu serei por ti. Beijou a nora, fez-lhe outro agradozinho, mandou chamar ali mesmo o Visconde de Parati, o valido, a fim de resolverem aquele caso de família.

Dias depois, na corte, arrebentou uma notícia palpitante. Uma notícia inesperada, ruidosíssima: o Cauper fora agraciado com um oficio em Lisboa! Um oficio ótimo, dos melhores do Reino, que rendia a bagatela de dezoito mil cruzados! Além do oficio, como alta prova da confiança real, levava o guarda-roupa a missão de transmitir ao governo português ordens e instruções secretas do rei. Tornar a Portugal! Por esse tempo, no Rio, o mais acarinhante desejo da corte era voltar para o Reino. Ninguém se acostumava no Brasil. Os fidalgos detestavam aluda vida sensaborona, colonial, numa cidadezinha suja, tristíssima, cheia de negros e de mosquitos. Ficar com el-Rei era sacrifício. Era um morrer de tédio. Um suicidar-se. Eis porque, na corte, ao arrebentar a notícia do embarque do Cauper, não houve cortesão que não suspirasse, invejoso:
- Ora, vede o Cauper! Não há como ser valido do príncipe... Que felizardo! É feliz como os Lobatos...

Enfim, numa corveta inglesa, embarcou para o Reino o guarda-roupa do príncipe. D. Pedro e D. Leopoldina foram a bordo levar aos amigos o abraço de despedida. O Cauper estava chocadissimo. Ao dizer adeus, então, desenrolou-se uma cena tocante. O guarda-roupa chorava. As moças choravam. D. Pedro chorava. D. Leopoldina chorava... Foi um mar de lágrimas.

Nessa noite, depois do terço, no oratório, D. João perguntou baixinho à nora:
- Está contente, minha filha?
E a princesa, com um súbito clarão nos olhos:
- Contentíssima!
E beijou, agradecida, a mão do rei.

Texto de Paulo Setúbal em "As Maluquices do Imperador", excertos p.16-26. Digitalizado, adaptado e ilustrado para ser postado por Leopoldo Costa.

WHAT KILLED THE MAYANS?

$
0
0


How the Maya met their end.

Up to around AD 750, the Mayan civilisation was thriving. Dozens of monuments were being built every year in what is now Mexico and Central America. By AD 900, however, such building ceased altogether and some cities in the southern lowlands were abandoned. What happened?

One idea is that a prolonged drought was to blame, and now we have the best evidence yet that this was the case. Analysis of “fossil water” shows that there was half as much rain as usual between AD 800 and 1000, and that at times during this period there was 70 per cent less rainfall.

During prolonged dry periods, gypsum may precipitate out of lake waters and be deposited in sediments. The presence of such deposits in Lake Chichancanab in Mexico provided the first evidence of prolonged droughts around the time of the Mayan decline. But their severity was unknown.

To find out how significant they were, geochemist Nicholas Evans at the University of Cambridge and his colleagues extracted ancient water trapped in the gypsum and analysed its isotopic ratios. Water molecules that contain, say, an oxygen-17 atom instead of the more common oxygen-16 are heavier and less like to evaporate. Heavier water molecules therefore accumulate in the lake during times of low rainfall and high evaporation.

Although isotopic analysis has been around for decades, Evans’s team has developed a method that allows simultaneous measurement of the levels of all the different isotopes of oxygen and hydrogen. This reveals a wealth of information: rainfall, water temperature and even humidity levels.

“We get the full climate picture,” says Evans, who is using the technique to study past climate in many other places and says it could even reveal what Mars used to be like.

While this work cannot prove cause and effect, there is growing evidence from around the world that many periods of upheaval and war coincided with climate change. The drought could have had a domino effect, says Evans, with food shortages leading to unrest, warfare and political disintegration, and the eventual downfall of the Maya’s ruling elite.

“The changes [in rainfall] were considerable, but not overly dramatic,” says Eelco Rohling of the Australian National University, who has also studied how rainfall changed at this time. “In other words, they are a good illustration that no dramatic changes in climate are needed to cause enormous problems. This truly is the lesson humanity should learn for our future.

Written by Michael Le Page in "New Scientist",UK, volume 239, no. 3190, August,11-17, 2018. Digitized, adapted and illustrated to be posted by Leopoldo Costa.

THE THEORY OF COMMUNISM

$
0
0


One of the contradictions in communism most frequently highlighted is that between the theory and the practice. While this is to some extent justified, it also needs to be borne in mind that, as with most concepts, there is no single theory of communism. Rather, there are numerous theories and variations on a theme – and some versions of the theory are more compatible with the practice than others. This theoretical diversity exists not only because so many individuals have contributed their ideas to the concept of communism, but also because of gaps, ambiguities, and even contradictions within the works of some of the best-known theorists. Nevertheless, there is sufficient agreement among most analysts of communist theory to permit the drawing of a reasonably coherent picture. Since this book is primarily concerned with the practice of Communism, the emphasis here is on those aspects of theory that provide a better understanding of how Communists in power perceived the world, why they acted as they did, and how they attempted to justify their actions.

While there were many theorists of various kinds of communism both before him (e.g. Henri de Saint-Simon, 1760–1825; Charles Fourier, 1772–1837) and as contemporaries (e.g. Pierre-Joseph Proudhon, 1809–65), the person almost always seen nowadays as the father of communism is Karl Marx (1818–83). In fact, however, Marx’s main contributions were to provide a broad theoretical framework for interpreting the world – in particular, the march of history – and a deep analysis of the nature of capitalism. In many ways, more influential on Communism in practice were the Russian revolutionary leader Vladimir Lenin (1870–1924); his successor, Josef Stalin (1878–1953); and Chinese revolutionary leader Mao Zedong (1893–1976). The contribution of each to communist theory needs to be considered. First, however, it is important to note that – in the cases of Marx, Lenin, and Mao at least – the interest in communism was to no small extent the result of a profound alienation from the existing system and a desire for a better world.

Marxism.

Much of what is usually called classical Marxism was in fact based on the ideas of Marx himself and his colleague Friedrich Engels (1820–95). But Marx was the dominant partner in this intellectual relationship, so that we shall follow the usual custom of describing even their co-authored works as Marxist, and the focus here will be on Marx himself.

As with any thinker, it is important to locate Marx in time and place. He was born in what is now Germany – though he spent most of his adult life in England – at a time when the Industrial Revolution and the development of capitalism were already underway in Western Europe. It was also a time when the ramifications of the French Revolution (from 1789) were still being felt throughout Europe, and there were several other revolutionary phases during his lifetime, notably in 1830, 1848–9, and 1871. Marx was fascinated by these various revolutionary situations, and believed he could discern patterns in historical development. These patterns were formed by reactions to events and developments; once the reaction had occurred, there were in turn reactions to this.

Marx’s approach to history has thus been called a dialectical one, meaning that he saw history progressing through conflict, or the interplay between actions and reactions – while his conviction that there are identifiable laws to the march of history has led many to label him an historicist, and his approach to history historical materialism. This last term requires explanation.

In their attempts to explain the nature of reality, philosophers are often classified as either idealists or materialists. The core of the first of these terms is the word ‘idea’. In this approach, the world around us comprises manifestations of concepts or ideas; it is the ideas that constitute reality, not their worldly manifestations. The best-known idealist is the German philosopher G. W. F. Hegel (1770–1831). While Marx was heavily influenced and impressed by Hegel, he adopted a fundamentally different approach to reality. For Marx, the physical – or material (hence materialism) – world around us is reality, and our ideas and perceptions are determined by our relationship to that reality. How we see that world – how we interpret material reality – varies according to who we are, and when and where we live. For instance, one’s interpretation or conception of what a city is would be very different if one lived in New York in the 21st century – when we might think of skyscrapers, freeways, subways, congestion, pollution, jazz clubs, and so on – from what it would have been to someone living in Florence in the 15th century or Athens in ancient Greece. The material nature of these three cities in three different eras varies enormously, which in turn affects perceptions of what a city is. But Marx believed that there was more than just temporal and geographic dimensions for explaining differing perceptions. In addition, he argued, a person’s position in society affects the way that person perceives the world. For example, the owner of a factory would see the factory in a different light from how a worker in that factory would see it. For the former, it might represent personal achievement, prestige, and high income; for the latter, it might represent alienation, and hard work for a meagre income.

Marx’s materialist view of the world is closely related to his historicism; his combination of the two explains why his approach is so often described as historical materialism. For Marx, the driving force of history is class relationships. He defines class in terms of a person’s relationship to the means of production; crudely, this means that most people’s class position is determined primarily by whether or not they own property, particularly property that can generate wealth. Thus, in the feudal system that preceded the Industrial Revolution and the emergence of capitalism, the most fundamental class division was between those who owned land, and those who had to work for those who owned the land. With the advent of the spinning jenny, the steam engine, and other inventions of the early Industrial Revolution, themost important class division became that between those who owned factories, and those who worked for the factory owners.Marx called the former ‘capitalists’ or ‘the bourgeoisie’, and the latter the ‘proletariat’, which literally means ‘without property’. While his class analysis is more complex and sophisticated than the simplified outline provided here, it is these most basic divisions within any given era – centred on private property – that, for Marx, lead to fundamental or revolutionary change. This argument is summarized in the opening chapter of what is themost famous and most widely read book on communism, the short Communist Manifesto (1848) – ‘The history of all hitherto existing society is the history of class struggles.’ According to this theory, the tensions between classes build up over time, and eventually result in revolutionary change. However, until the emergence of capitalism, it was not tensions between what he saw as the main exploiting and the main exploited classes that led to revolutionary change; often, scientific, technical, and economic changes led to the emergence of a new elite that sought to wrest power from the existing ruling class. ForMarx, the French Revolution could largely be understood in these terms.

However, Marx believed that the era in which he was living was different from all previous ones, in two ways. First, the class structure of capitalism was becoming simpler than that in earlier epochs, with society even more clearly dominated by just two main classes. Second, the class struggle under capitalism would be primarily between the bourgeoisie and an increasingly alienated proletariat, not between the existing ruling class (the bourgeoisie) and some new potential elite class. He believed for most of his life that the tensions between these two main classes would eventually build up to such a point that a socialist revolution would occur. Unlike all previous class revolutions, therefore, this one would be followed by a political system dominated by the majority of the population, not a minority or small elite as in the past. But Marx was vague about what would follow a socialist revolution. He maintained that, in the long term, a new type of society – communism – would emerge, in which there would be no ruling class and no alienation. Indeed, in this ultimate society, there would be no politics as such and no need for a state, which would ‘wither away’; the ‘government of persons’ would be replaced by the ‘administration of things’. But immediately following the socialist revolution, before this ultimate stage was reached, there would be a temporary or transitional state, the dictatorship of the proletariat. What Marx meant by this is not entirely clear; he only used the actual phrase twice in his writings, and never provided much detail on it. But he was impressed by the short-lived experiment in France known as the Paris Commune (1871), and saw many features of that experiment, including the way in which ordinary workers exercised power – became the new ruling class – as indicative of what a dictatorship of the proletariat might look like.

An important point to emphasize about Marx is that he was above all a theorist and polemicist; while he was politically active at several points in his life, he was not a national leader. This helps to explain why much of his writing and analysis is abstract, and short on practical details. As already noted, his descriptions of the state following a socialist revolution are hazy. However, three important points need to be made before moving on to Lenin. First, Marx was reasonably clear that only advanced industrial societies could have socialist revolutions; predominantly rural, agricultural societies would not be ready for such changes, and history had to follow its own logic. Second, Marx was consistently an internationalist; he did not believe that one country alone could have a successful socialist revolution. Finally and importantly, there is a common misperception that Marx’s references to communism were only to the final end-goal. In fact, Marx made it clear in The German Ideology (completed in 1846) that communism meant for him the political movement that undermines and overthrows the existing political system as much as the final goal: Communism is for us not a state of affairs that is to be established, an ideal to which reality [will] have to adjust itself. We call communism the real movement that abolishes the present state of things. [emphasis in original]

Leninism

Lenin was born in the late 19th century into a Russian family that lived in a small city on the River Volga. Both of his parents were teachers, and had highly developed senses of civic responsibility. When Lenin was just a teenager, his older (but still teenage) brother was arrested and subsequently executed for allegedly plotting to assassinate Tsar Alexander III; a number of commentators have argued that this traumatic experience hardened the young Lenin and helps to explain his passionate hatred of the Russian Tsarist autocracy. This combination of a sense of social responsibility and hatred of the system in which he lived helps to explain Lenin’s approach to politics, history, and the Russian Empire. Soon after the death of his brother, Lenin began to study revolutionary ideas, in particular those of Russian radicals such as Nikolai Chernyshevsky and of Marx. By the late 19th century, he had fallen foul of the Russian authorities, and was sent into exile.
But his influence on Russian radicals was profound, and by the end of 1917, following the third Russian Revolution of the 20th century (the October Revolution; there were also revolutions in 1905 and February 1917), he and his party – the Bolsheviks – had taken power. Russia was now to be ruled by Communists for more than seven decades.

Unlike Marx, Lenin was deeply involved in national politics, and while he did occasionally produce more abstract analyses of his longer-term vision of socialism and communism, notably in The State and Revolution (1917), most of his contributions to communist theory arose out of his own experiences of and reactions to the world around him, as well as from his polemics with other Marxists. His most important theoretical contributions were on the role of the revolutionary party; his analysis of imperialism; and the distinctions he drew between socialism and communism.

Marx had said little about political parties, in part because they had not been as salient a feature in his day as they became in the 20th century. But Lenin believed that political consciousness of its exploited situation would be slow to develop in the Russian working class, and hence developed his theory of the vanguard party. In What is to be Done? (1902), Lenin argued that some people are much more politically aware than others, and should assume responsibility for leading society to socialism. This was an elitist approach to a political party, and has been compared to Plato’s arguments in favour of rule by ‘philosopher-kings’. Moreover, the party was to be highly secretive. While some have defended Lenin’s position on the grounds that the type of clandestine and closed party he advocated was necessary in the repressive conditions of the Tsarist autocracy of the early 20th century, the fact is that the Bolshevik party – which eventually became the Communist Party of the Soviet Union – did not changemany of its key features even after it had seized power. Indeed, Lenin called for much stricter discipline.

Lenin’s theory of imperialism is particularly relevant here because it ultimately led to the justification of a significant change to Marx’s approach – one that was subsequently used by revolutionaries in many parts of the world to justify their seizure of power in situations Marx himself would have considered quite inappropriate. In a long analysis of the reasons for the outbreak of World War I published in 1917, Lenin maintained that imperialism was ‘the highest stage of capitalism’. The world’s major empires had essentially divided up the world between them and, according to Lenin, the only way individual imperial powers could now continue to expand in their search for resources, new markets, and cheap labour was to seize colonies from other imperial powers.

Lenin saw this constant drive for expansion and profit as the basis of the conflict between major European powers that constituted the Great War. The relevance of this to the development of Communism is that Lenin used his theory to justify the Bolshevik takeover of power in Russia, despite his awareness that, according to classical Marxist analysis, Russia was not yet ready for a socialist revolution. He argued that Russia, which had begun its industrialization in earnest in the late 19th century but was still overwhelmingly an agrarian country, constituted the weakest link in a chain of capitalist countries; if the chain were to be broken at its weakest point, the whole edifice of international capitalism would collapse. Russia would then be absorbed into the new international socialist orbit by the countries that were sufficiently developed to move on from capitalism, such as Britain, France, and Germany. By the early 1920s, it was clear that capitalism had not collapsed; but the Bolsheviks were unwilling to surrender the power they had seized in October 1917, and Lenin had made a significant change to classical Marxist theory.

A final point about Lenin’s contribution to communist theory is that he drew a sharper distinction than Marx did between socialism and communism. Marx often used the terms interchangeably, although he did sometimes describe the former as the early phase of the latter. But Lenin was more explicit that the distribution of wealth under socialism was to be on a different basis from that under communism; whereas the guiding principle under the latter was to be ‘from each according to their ability, to each according to their need’, under the former it was to be ‘from each according to their ability, to each according to their labour’. This distinction has been used to justify sometimes significant differences in income in Communist states. Lenin also placed more emphasis than Marx did on the need for a strong state immediately following a socialist revolution, which subsequently played into the hands of Communists in power.

Stalinism

Lenin died in January 1924, and a salient feature of Communist systems – their inability or unwillingness to introduce formal leadership succession arrangements – immediately became obvious. By the late 1920s, the Georgian Stalin had won the leadership succession struggle against rivals such as Leon Trotsky; Stalin’s image until then as a moderate compromiser was in marked contrast to that of Trotsky, who was seen as a brilliant but often hotheaded and ruthless intellectual. Stalin’s conciliatory image was ironic since, once he had consolidated power, he emerged as one of the cruelest dictators in history. Although not possessed of a highly original intellect, Stalin did contribute to communist theory, and sometimes justified his actions (practice) through quasi-theoretical means.

Stalin’s most important contribution to communist theory was in his advocacy and adoption of the notion of ‘Socialism in One Country’ in 1925–6. This was not a particularly insightful concept, since it represented little more than a theoretical justification of actual developments in and beyond what had since 1922 been called the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (USSR). Nor was it Stalin who originally devised the concept; while he had made vague references along these lines in late 1924, it was another of his rivals for the top leadership position,Nikolai Bukharin,who really developed the idea, which Stalin then adopted as official policy. The policy basically justified attempts to build socialismnot only in one country, but also in a country that Lenin had admitted was not, by itself, ready for socialism. The policy thus contradicted two basic tenets of classical Marxism. On the other hand, it appealed to Soviet citizens much more than Trotsky’s notion of permanent revolution; most citizens were tired of wars and revolutions, andwanted stability. Socialismin One Country was also used to justify the introduction of other key features of Stalin’s approach, and which became salient aspects of Communist systems. These were industrialization via a centrally planned economy, and collectivization of agriculture. Although it would be stretching a point to argue that two further features of Stalinism – high levels of state terror and a personality cult – were part of communist theory, they did become salient features of Communist practice in many other countries.

Marxism–Leninism

Although the term was not used by Lenin, Communist ideology was often called ‘Marxism-Leninism’, a term apparently devised by Stalin. Some Communist states made additions to this term to give their ideology a national or local flavour. Thus Chinese ideology was long called ‘Marxism-Leninism and Mao Zedong Thought’ – though this has now been updated to incorporate the contribution of Mao’s successors, and has since late 2002 been known by the unwieldy title of ‘Marxism-Leninism, Mao Zedong Thought, Deng Xiaoping Theory, and the Thought of Three Represents’ (the Chinese Communist Party must always represent ‘the development trend of China’s advanced productive forces, the orientation of China’s advanced culture, and the fundamental interests of the overwhelming majority of the Chinese people’, according to former Chinese supreme leader Jiang Zemin). Similarly, North Korean ideology has been labelled ‘Marxism-Leninism and the Juche Idea’; Juche is a Korean conception of self-reliance, and clearly resonates with Stalin’s Socialism in One Country.

Maoism

Like Lenin, Mao was attracted to Marxism because of his profound dissatisfaction with the situation in his country in his earlier years; but he was particularly attracted to Lenin’s theory of imperialism and Stalin’s notion of Socialism in One Country. China had overthrown the imperial system in the 1911 Chinese Revolution, but had then entered a period of rule by warlords and nationalists that, as Mao saw it, was not helping the country’s development. According to contemporary Chinese ideologists, Mao’s major contribution to communist theory was to develop a theoretical justification for the building of and rule by a Communist party in a ‘semi-colonial, semi-feudal society comprising mainly peasants and petty bourgeoisie’. Although Stalin distorted classical Marxism in various ways, he did accept that the Marxist model was based on an urban proletariat, not the rural peasantry; indeed, although this quotation is often cited out of context, Marx and Engels had referred in The Communist Manifesto to ‘the idiocy of rural life’. But Mao took power in an overwhelmingly agricultural country, and needed to justify his claim that this was in line with Marxism. In fact, he was better able to legitimize his actions and ideas in terms of ‘Marxism-Leninism’ – particularly Stalin’s notion of Socialism in One Country – than of classical Marxism.

Eurocommunism

Lenin, Stalin, and Mao all elaborated their theories in the context of what would nowadays be called developing states. But given Marx’s own focus on advanced industrial states, it is important not to overlook the fact thatWestern states such as France and Italy had powerful Communist parties formuch of the 20th century.However, conditions in these and other Western countries differed significantly from those in the USSR, China, and other Communist states, so that it is hardly surprising that some Communists in Western Europe developed a quite different approach to communism. While some, notably in France, remained loyal to Moscow from the 1940s until at least the late 1960s, others soon began to question the suitability of the Soviet model for their own countries and conditions. Leading this were the Italians. Already in the 1950s, Italian Communist leader Palmiro Togliatti had argued that it was inappropriate for Communists to revere one country or system, and that each country should develop its own blueprint for achieving communism, depending on its specific circumstances. He therefore advocated ‘polycentrism’, rather than a world Communist movement focused on one centre (i.e.Moscow). This initially received only limited support among other Western Communist parties. But the Soviet-led Warsaw Pact invasion of Czechoslovakia in August 1968 led to widespread criticism of the USSR among Western Communists generally, not only the Italians. Many left their parties in disgust. Others, however, preferred to remain in their parties, criticize Soviet Communism, and develop their own softer andmore democratic version of Communism. One other spur to the emergence of what by the mid-1970s was being called ‘Eurocommunism’ was the collapse of the right-wing Franco dictatorship in Spain and the re-emergence of the Spanish Communist Party.While many other Communist parties in Western Europe were also more or less attracted to the new, more tolerant and less dogmatic version of communism, it was really the French, Italian, and Spanish parties – particularly the latter two – that led the way. Although the movement eventually faded, with most Italian Communists even abandoning the term‘communism’ altogether and re-naming themselves the Democratic Party of the Left in 1991, it had constituted a serious intellectual and theoretical challenge to Communists in power in Eastern Europe, the USSR, and Asia for much of the 1970s and 1980s.

Conclusions

Communist theory is ambiguous, often incomplete, and sometimes overtly contradictory. This is partly because the various theorists were writing at different times about different conditions and in different personal situations; not being a political leader himself, Marx did not have to justify his actions – unlike Lenin, Stalin, or Mao. It is partly because they were sometimes interpreting the past, sometimes analysing the present, sometimes discussing the near-to-medium-term future, and occasionally speculating on the long-term goal of a communist society. In part it is also because, like most theorists, they were not completely consistent throughout their lives. And in part, it is because they were sometimes writing from a more normative perspective (i.e. what should be), at other times from a more descriptive one (i.e. what is).

But in addition, there are also fundamental differences of approach among communist theorists, which are best explained in terms of the voluntarism versus determinism debate. Marx himself mostly tended towards a determinist interpretation of history, meaning that he believed history had to work its way through its various stages – the actions and reactions of the dialectic. While he believed that Communists could and should help to keep the pace of historical change moving – ‘the philosophers have only interpreted the world . . . the point is to change it’, he wrote in Theses on Feuerbach (completed 1845) – Marx was wary of what might happen if they attempted artificially to accelerate it too much. Indeed, Marx became more of a determinist in his later years. In his never completed major analysis of the political economy of capitalism, Capital (Vol. 1 published 1867; the incomplete Vols. 2 and 3 were edited by Engels and published post-humously in 1885 and 1894 respectively), Marx describes a more abstract, impersonal, and globalized capitalism, in which the structural contradictions inherent within the system itself, rather than a conscious struggle between capitalists and workers, leads to crisis and the collapse of capitalism.

Conversely, leaders such as Lenin and Mao were clearly voluntarists, in that they believed that the application of human will could and would accelerate or even bypass historical processes. Whether they were voluntarists because of their assertive personalities, or because of a perceived need to use a revolutionary theory to justify their actions to overthrow repressive regimes and modernize their societies, or – most likely – because of a blend of these, the fact remains that they adapted Marxism to suit their objectives. In the process, they distorted the original ideas – even more so Marx’s later writing than his earlier theorizing. For this, they were sometimes criticized by other, more determinist Marxists; the German–Austrian Karl Kautsky (1854–1938) was often highly critical of Lenin’s voluntarism, for instance. This said, and as has been shown, Marx’s own writings on socialist revolution and what would follow this were often vague or incomplete, so that they lent themselves to very diverse interpretations. But there are tensions and contradictions even within Lenin’s work, and his views on what would succeed a socialist revolution as expressed in The State and Revolution were sometimes at odds with what he wrote and did following what he claimed was a socialist revolution in Russia. Given all this, the best way to understand what Communism is or was is to study it in practice.

Written by Leslie Holmes in "Communism - A Very Short Introduction", Oxford University Press, UK, 2009, excerpts pp.1-16.Digitized, adapted and illustrated to be posted by Leopoldo Costa.

THE SEX LIFE OF JOSEPH AND MARY

$
0
0



I wonder if any of you have ever seen the film, “Bambi Meets Godzilla?” If so, you know that it opens, as most movies do, with a long series of credits, naming everyone who purportedly had anything to do with the film, including Bambi’s hairstylist, as we see Bambi dreamily walking through a spring meadow. When the credits are over, a huge, fashionably monstrous leg with a clawed foot steps massively and carelessly into the set while the music simultaneously thunders one single chord. It happens so fast, we do not even see Bambi disappear; end of movie. Perhaps, in like manner, the title of this paper might lead one to believe that after a few preliminary observations and teasers, the monstrous foot of tradition will ensure that the glimmers of seemingly humane and enlightened sympathy for Mary and especially for poor Joseph, her “most chaste spouse,” will be stamped out as decisively as Bambi was stamped out by Godzilla. Joseph and Mary did not have sex.

In fact, this paper does begin from the traditional conviction, shared both by Orthodox and Catholics, that Mary is “ever virgin,” and so that, in at least the most obvious sense, Mary and Joseph did not have a sex life. But is that really the end of the story? For contemporary people, especially contemporary Catholics who have gained, since the Second Vatican Council, a renewed appreciation for the goodness of sex within marriage, the traditional answer seems incomprehensible and offensive, and perhaps in voicing their scruples these Catholics are echoing some of the worries that have prompted some Protestants (though not all) to leave the doctrine of Mary’s perpetual virginity behind. Everyone, of course, accepts as Scriptural the virginal conception of Jesus. But why, then, could not Joseph and Mary have had a normal sex life after that, the line of questioning goes. The Scriptural evidence is actually inconclusive taken on its own. Catholics and Orthodox have thus allowed the traditional conviction to guide them, and, as noted, this paper accepts this decision, and yet goes on to try to “understand” what traditional faith “believes,” in a way that aspires to give the traditional doctrine some purchase in the imagination of contemporary questioners. Is this tradition to be reduced to a now outmoded ascetic sensitivity stemming from the fourth century, so that all it amounts to is, to one degree or another, a negative assessment of marriage, and one that we have outgrown? And, even if Mary and Joseph did not have sex, does this mean they did not in any sense of the phrase have a “sex life”? As far as sex is concerned, were they simply partners in the joint renunciation of sex, like two ascetics toughing it out side by side, with the conception, birth, nurturing and growth of the Incarnate Word thrown in as a kind of interesting sideshow giving their interesting first-time experiment something to do together to distract them from their strict ascetic regime? Can one even ask these questions? Having done so already, it would seem possible. And, having asked them, trying to answer them might prove a source of insight to people—perhaps all of us, to some unspoken extent—who may worry that the doctrine carries no intrinsic merit worth considering now that, like a hapless fourth-century Bambi, it has met with the potent and formidable Godzilla of modern sensibilities about sex. In trying to answer the question of the sex life of Mary and Joseph, I present something even more tentative than most of my first time airings of an idea.

To begin in the East, in his Homilies on the Gospel of Luke, Origen considers the perpetual virginity of Mary already a settled point of doctrine, fully consistent with the biblical testimony (see Homily 7.4). He also points out that the reason Mary was frightened by the greeting of the angel, “Hail, full of grace,” is that she, as a good student of the Law, knew that this form of address was unprecedented in Scripture (Homily 6.7). In other words, Origen is pointing out that Mary’s participation in grace is unique, and this conviction continues in both Eastern and Western Christianity, a grace of sinlessness in the East, and Immaculate Conception in the West. For Origen, however, the uniqueness of Mary is not isolated from her marriage to Joseph. His comments on her uniqueness come immediately after a discussion of the divine dispensation which committed the Incarnation to a woman who was already betrothed. In Origen’s reading, then, the marriage of Mary and Joseph is not accidental to the divine plan, but part of it, and so itself becomes theologically significant. It is not Teresa of Ávila, but Origen, who first makes the mystery of St. Joseph and his marriage to Mary an intrinsic part of the mystery of the Incarnation Origen reports:

I found an elegant statement in the letter of a martyr—I mean Ignatius, the second bishop of Antioch after Peter. During a persecution, he fought against wild animals at Rome. He stated, “Mary’s virginity escaped the notice of the ruler of this age.” It escaped his notice because of Joseph, and because of their wedding.

Origen continues to ponder the mystery of St. Joseph, pointing out that it is because he is the husband of Mary that the devil does not suspect that the Savior “had taken on a body.” Origen connects the mystery of St. Joseph with Paul’s reference in 1 Cor 2:6-8, where, as Origen reports, Paul comments that:

We speak wisdom among the perfect, but not the wisdom of this age or the wisdom of the rulers of this age. They are being destroyed. We speak God’s wisdom, hidden in a mystery. None of the rulers of this age knows it. If they had known it, they would never have crucified the Lord of glory.

The marriage of Mary and Joseph is thus an intrinsic part of God’s Wisdom, an intrinsic part of the logic of the Incarnation, which is the logic of God’s philanthropia, a logic of foolishness, invisible to the ruling powers because it is, to them, foolishness and not wisdom. Origen invites us to contemplate the marriage of Joseph and Mary as an outcropping, one might say, of this foolishness.

Before citing 1 Corinthians, Origen had commented that without the presence of Joseph, the rulers of this age might have suspected a more than human origin for Jesus. They would not then have killed Him, but this is more than a clever ruse where Joseph is a mere placeholder to keep up appearances. Origen explicitly comments that the devil, in tempting Jesus, did not know who He was, and that Jesus does not reveal His identity to Him, implying that that itself is part of the temptation, to reveal His identity prematurely, and to conquer on the basis of an identity claim alone. [Had they known His identity, the Rulers of this world would not have crucified the Lord of Glory, and presumably would not have tempted Him either.] But this is not how the philanthropia of God, revealed and enacted in the Incarnation, conquers the devil. He does not pull rank—that’s a temptation—but rather He lives and grows, struggles and wrestles with the temptations that season all human souls in Origen’s theology. In fact, He is, to use an expression from the Contra Celsum, the “Great Wrestler,” who defeats the rulers of this age not by exempting Himself from temptation but by taking it on at its largest dimension, conquering not by the abstract power of rank and identity, but by giving that up, the largest claim on rank and identity that anyone has, for a real fight. St. Joseph is very much a part of the wrestling. In the Contra Celsum, Celsus mocks Jesus as an inadequate God because the father of the god could not take proper care of Him as an infant, but rather He had to be taken into Egypt lest He be murdered. Origen comments, in effect, that the Incarnation is not a myth, in which God enters human history as other than a true historical agent in a truly historical narrative. God does not, by a vulgar display of the miraculous, pull rank and impede the free will of those who would kill Jesus. The mystery remains “hidden.” Origen paints an icon, as it were, of the flight to Egypt, allowing us to contemplate the awesomeness of the Great Wrestler, even as a baby. St. Joseph brings the family to Egypt, participating in the wrestling of the Great Wrestler, not just vacantly acting as a placeholder, but as an active agent of God’s Wisdom, hidden in a mystery. Returning to the homilies on Luke, this time no. 11, Origen pictures someone in his congregation asking,

“Evangelist, how does this narrative help me? How does it help me to know that the first census of the entire world was made under Caesar Augustus; and that among all these people the name of Joseph, with Mary who was espoused to him and pregnant, was included; and that, before the census was finished, Jesus was born?”

Origen answers the question:

To one who looks more carefully, a mystery seems to be conveyed. It is significant that Christ should have been recorded in the census of the whole world. He was registered with the world for the census, and offers the world communion with himself. After this census, he could enroll those from the whole world in the book of the living (Rev 20:15 and Phil 4:3) with himself (11.6).

Far from using His divine identity or pedigree as a trump card, Jesus accepts and wills His identity as Joseph’s son, Joseph espoused to Mary, as His entry into true solidarity with all of us, the locus of His communion in wrestling.

Commenting still later in the homilies (17.1), Origen states:

Luke . . . clearly handed down to us that Jesus was the son of a virgin, and was not conceived by human seed. But Luke has also attested that Joseph was his father when he said, “And his father and mother were astonished by the things that were being said about him” (Lk 2:33). Therefore, what reason was there that Luke should call him a father when he was not a father? Anyone who is content with a simple explanation will say, “The Holy Spirit honored Joseph with the name of father because he had reared Jesus.” But one who looks for a more profound explanation can say that the Lord’s genealogy extends from David to Joseph. Lest the naming of Joseph, who was not the Savior’s father, should appear to be pointless, he is called the Lord’s father, to give him his place in the genealogy. Thus his father and mother were astonished by the things that were being said about him—both by the angel and by the great number of the heavenly army, as well as by the shepherds.

It is Jesus’s identity as the son of Joseph that permits Him to be enrolled as in the line of David, as in an authentic human line of descent, not in a way that reduces Him to that descent, but in a way that catches all of our lines of descent up into His descent, such that His wrestling lifts us all with Him into the most authentic genealogy, that created by the philanthropia of God. The paternity of Joseph is the identity by which Jesus accepts us into HIS genealogy. Nor is this feature of Joseph’s paternity of Jesus separate from his identity as Mary’s husband. Jesus, Origen notes, wills His subjection to Joseph and to Mary, and Joseph, for his part, knows that Jesus is greater than he, so exercises his power over Jesus in all humility (Homily 20.5). Without calling it “the holy family,” Origen paints an icon of Jesus, Mary and Joseph where the identities are all functions of the mystery of God’s self-emptying philanthropic love, and contemplating the family, we find ourselves contemplating that mystery.

As noted above, Origen regards the perpetual virginity of Mary as settled doctrine in the Homilies on Luke, as well as in the Commentary on Matthew (10:17), where he comments that the brothers and sisters of Jesus mentioned in Matthew are not the children of Mary and Joseph. Mary and Joseph are the parents, and biblically so designated, of Jesus only. Nothing else would make sense as Origen has laid it out, because it is by refusing to conquer Satan by revealing His identity as Only-Begotten of the Father, but by emptying that identity into hiddenness, into His identity as Joseph’s son, into His place in the genealogy of Joseph, that Jesus catches all of our genealogies up into true life, the Book of Life. The paternity of Joseph, as husband of Mary, is extended to us, even more, I would argue, than the maternity of Mary is extended to us, at least as far as Origen’s thinking goes. This is true only because of the uniqueness of the grace extended to Mary in the Incarnation, and because Joseph is her husband. Mary is the link with our flesh, and Joseph is the link with our identities, as these are caught up and configured in communion with Christ. In that sense, as the bearers of a transfigured identity in Christ, we learn what the paternity of Joseph is to us and he immediately becomes close to us. To put this still another way, because Origen explicitly regards the marriage of Mary and Joseph as an intrinsic part of the mystery of the Incarnation, it means their marriage is in one sense no longer private. It is “open” to all of us. It is not the start of a private family, but one where the hiddenness of Christ’s identity as son of Joseph is completely constitutive of the married life of Mary and Joseph, which is thus completely turned outward toward all people equally. The marriage of Mary and Joseph is already full of children, and for Mary and Joseph to have had sex and begun their own private family, as it were, would be to in some sense decrease the scope of their married life—in their case and in theirs alone We can all call Joseph “Dad,” and will do so the more we are caught up into the human genealogy of Christ’s philanthropia.

Can we say more? It would be stretching the text of Origen perhaps, but is there any basis of thinking further say about the marital intimacy of Mary and Joseph given Origen’s groundwork? If Origen is in some way painting an icon of the Holy Family as a mode of contemplating the mystery of divine philanthropia, perhaps we can look to the iconographic tradition of the East both to help, and to purify, our imagination. I am thinking in particular of the icon of the Nativity, which features both Mary and Joseph but each in their own way. Mary and the baby are the center of attention, but Joseph is always present in the lower left hand corner, looking concerned, and talking to a seemingly wise old man. He represents worldly wisdom and as such, the devil. He is tempting Joseph with the thought that there is and can be no such thing as a virginal conception and birth, that such things are absurd.

The icon thus invokes a passage from the Gospel of Matthew on which Origen’s commentary is, unfortunately, lost. Joseph received his own annunciation but unlike Mary’s, no permission was asked of him, though they are betrothed. Number one cause of possible resentment. Then the seemingly absolute contradiction of “conception/ birth” and “virginal.” These very hard “secrets” were, as Origen pointed out according to St. Ignatius of Antioch, hidden from the Prince of this World from eternity. Here he is, tempting Joseph, sure that these things cannot happen. Since he is so convinced, it is proof that these are mysteries of profound love. The devil does not believe in love. It is “foolishness” and so is “hidden” from him. Wouldn’t this be the supreme challenge to a marriage? Requiring not just Mary to hold these things in her heart, but Joseph to believe what the angel has revealed and to accept that it is a fait accompli and that Mary has a higher allegiance? And yet, in his trust in God. Joseph reveals he has a higher allegiance too. Their shared higher allegiance, exchanged over the sharing of the most intimate secrets proper only to husband and wife, define them as husband and wife and in their shared love and trust the “secrets” hidden from all eternity remain hidden, precisely as marital intimacy. This marriage, we can see in the icon, and we would expect from Origen’s homilies, was not exempt from the wrestling, the temptations, and struggles that all married couples endure, though in this case, as directly occasioned by the divine philanthropia that is the essence of “foolishness,” they are even greater, as the icon depicts. The devil never understands marital intimacy anyway, seeing only pragmatic alliances of one sort or another—if he could have, he would never have crucified the Lord of glory.

So much for our imaginative work on an Eastern insight into the intimacy of Mary and Joseph. What about the West? Any hope of sex there? The patristic West is, if anything, even more adamant than the East about the perpetual virginity of Mary. However, because Catholics and some Protestants disagree about the value of these traditions and how they are to be received into contemporary faith, I do not want to begin with the texts in Augustine that are rather well known in any event, because it is not my purpose in this paper to make a claim about these disagreements so much as to understand the Catholic position. For this, I begin with the doctrine of the Immaculate Conception, an advance beyond Augustine, but one that makes no sense, precisely as such, without the specifically Augustinian doctrine of Original Sin (and this is, I believe, the basis for potential East-West agreement on this point of Marian doctrine).

So, here goes. We grant the virginal conception of Jesus. No biblical Christian that I know of believes this insults the mystery of marriage. The Incarnation cannot come from the world. Karl Rahner, among others, has ably  explained this aspect of the Incarnation in his little book, The Mother of the Lord. To put it in Origen’s terms, the Incarnation does not come from the genealogy of Joseph, but instead lifts it up. To put it in Augustinian terms, the Incarnation is the most signal and complete act of grace, a sovereignly free act of God, and so it must be initiated by God. Everything else really flows from this.

The Immaculate Conception, meaning that Mary, redeemed from the moment of her conception, does not have the taint of Original Sin, is the correlate grace which ensures that creation, in the person of Mary, participates in the act of God’s grace freely with no external pressure coming from the greatness of God’s stature and the persuasiveness of His Almighty power, not to mention His inherent charming character (no kidding—it’s what Jeremiah complained about: “You seduced me, and I was seduced”). Mary must be free from the passions of fear and ambitio saeculi if she is to truly say “Yes” in a way that admits of no suspicion of sexual harassment, or rape, even divine date rape, in this relationship in which the power dynamic is so evidently uneven. As such, the doctrine really is the correlate of the idea that the Incarnation is the supreme act of God’s grace. This act would be no true grace if it destroys, co-opts or takes over created agency, but only if such agency is freed. In other words, this doctrine flows from, and supports, with the most tender and loving intuition of the Church, the doctrine of the virginal conception of Jesus as an act of God’s grace on behalf of all people. It is, as it were, the original spousal contract between God and human being, henceforth giving virginity a spousal form and at the same time revealing the deepest meaning of spousal love as free and utterly complete self-gift, empowering and engendering other self-giving. It is not the myth of a god sleeping with a human virgin. It is not rape disguised as a marriage.

As we have already mentioned, Scripture is not conclusive on whether or not Mary and Joseph had sex after the birth of Jesus, but tradition weighs in here and supplies the datum of faith that, in fact, they did not. In trying to understand what this means, let’s try to conceive what we mean by the opposite situation, that is, that Mary and Joseph did have sex after the birth of Jesus. What would it mean for us if Joseph and Mary had sex? I believe that this way of asking the question is more likely to generate insight on the basis of the Western theological charism.

Again, taking as our starting point the traditional belief and contemplating the mystery revealed in the spirit of trying to “understand” it (which really means trying to love it better), let’s try to conceive the opposite scenario. Here St. Augustine is a help, for, in the City of God, Book 14, he conducts a thought experiment about what sex between unfallen spouses would have been like. It actually doesn’t look that interesting, but in a way, that is Augustine’s point, to expose the appalling lack of imagination we bring to the topic. Whether or not one agrees with his specific suggestion about sex in paradise, his main contribution here is to teach that sex could have taken place in paradise before the Fall, but that it is impossible for us to imagine it now, because what he calls “lust” intervenes and blocks our imagination. All of the signifiers that are used to indicate “sex” are configured by the fallen sexual desire that Augustine calls lust and that is all a fallen creature can feel. One cannot talk about sex without arousing the passions in some way, and one cannot use the words referring to sex without lust intervening in some way. This is a topic I tried to cover in an earlier essay of mine.

So—what would it mean for Joseph and Mary to have sex? We cannot imagine this. More specifically, the question would be what would it mean for Mary to have sex, as someone exempt from the passions of Original Sin? It is not something we can imagine. We do not know what it means. We do not know what we are saying when we say, “Surely Mary had sex, what’s wrong with it? She was married after all, and Joseph, if not unfallen, was a reasonable facsimile, a ‘just,’ i.e. righteous man, so they must have had beautiful sex.” The question, “What’s wrong with it?” however, presumes we know what “it” is in this case. But Augustine’s insight is that we do not, and our every attempt to imagine it will only and inevitably distort it, for all we can do is imagine it on the basis of our own experience, in which, however beautiful sex in marriage may be, it is always to some degree ambiguous, to some degree opaque, to some degree “lustful” in the Augustinian sense, to some degree always tempting us away from fidelity as well as forming fidelity, etc. Mary having sex is a blank in the imagination, if we accept the doctrine of Original Sin. And to have sex with Joseph, “righteous” but not redeemed from the moment of his conception, adds to the confusion. Can a fallen and an unfallen person engage in the very activity that creates human community? Are the children fallen or unfallen? Does Mary fall, then, in having sex with Joseph? Or, does she somehow redeem his sexuality? But that is the work of Christ, not of Mary, to redeem any aspect of our being.

Sex and marriage are themselves difficult mysteries to contemplate despite the true joy that accompanies them. They are in themselves complex. One effect of “lust” as Augustine sees it is to turn sex into a “work” about which one can (at the crudest end) brag, or (at the more sophisticated end), imagine you are getting “good at it.” What is “it”? What are you getting good at? This imagines sex primarily as a skill which one masters. This is “lust” in its most laundered and seemingly acceptable form. Instead of receiving a gift, I get “good” at a skill, something I can just as easily read about in the comedies of Terence in Augustine’s world, or at the supermarket checkout stands in ours.

So, we could begin to imagine that Joseph and Mary, especially Mary, did it better than we can. That is what unfallen sex means. They do it better. They are better at it. They are at the top of the competition of sexual ability. Now the pressure is on! Sex is a “work.” If I do it right, I can take pride in my accomplishment and the sacrament will work for me!! Works righteousness, works righteousness, works righteousness! Anxiety sets in. Compared to Mary’s and Joseph’s, my sex isn’t holy enough, isn’t sacramental enough, isn’t blissful enough, isn’t expert enough, isn’t self-forgetful enough, isn’t good enough . . . What would it mean to have to contemplate unfallen sex in this world from the perspective of fallenness? To think of Mary having sex is already to have fallen into a works righteousness mode and to have rejected the grace of the Incarnation, and the correlate grace of the Immaculate Conception. Contemplating a true act of unfallen sex in a fallen world would be contemplating something that is not recognizably human to us. Paradoxically enough it is THAT, and not the perpetual virginity of Mary, that would take the fun out of sex, spoil its beauty for us, insult sex as we know it, because it would turn sex into a “work,” an unattainably righteous “work”—the only way we can imagine unfallen sex, and so the only way we can try to imitate it. An act of unfallen sex in our world would break the structure of sex as we know it. It would be an act of violence to our world, not a loving, saving intervention.

The loving, saving intervention is “silent”—“how silently, how silently the wondrous gift is given,” to quote the Christmas carol. It does not in a direct way intrude the unfallen economy into the fallen, as a kind of competition and contempt. The openly unfallen, directly side by side with the fallen, is contempt, not love; is competition, not invitation; is bullying, not tenderness. Instead this all happens “silently,” to use St. Ignatius’s image, taken over by the hymn, that is, “sacramentally.” Christ takes on the likeness of sinful flesh and by this means He marries us, not a better version of us had we not fallen, but us, where we are, here in this world, how beautiful, He still loved us, He didn’t care, He married us anyway in the most complete and supreme act of lavish unselfcenteredness, as foolish as any act of sex is, in fact the very form of “foolishness,” which is grace, the Incarnation. And within that sacramental economy, the economy of foolishness, sex is possible again as itself—NOT in a way that is parallel to the sacramental economy.

Incorporation of fallen human beings into a society that is being redeemed, that is in via, on pilgrimage, the Church, the officially “foolish” society—this incorporation is the place where sexuality is reformed and transformed and its essence as stupidly foolish selfgift—not a “work” of self-justifying righteousness—is revealed. The possibility of being sacramentally configured to the supreme act of self-giving, of espousal, is given in Baptism and then especially in the Eucharist. “How silently, how silently the wondrous gift is given!” Mary is “redeemed” from the moment of her conception, not created anew apart from Christ. It is not Mary, therefore, who renews marriage. Mary is not presented to us as a parallel economy, an immaculate version of our own lives to which we have no access, but as the first and most perfect fruit of grace and configuration to the one economy of redemption. Mary is the bridal chamber, in an Augustinian idiom, the fully free created response to the supreme grace, and incorporation into the Church means incorporation, too, into that fully free response, sacramentally, and not by trying to emulate something perfect as a “work” of our own. There is no short cut. There is no unfallen sex. There is the beauty of the spousal love of Christ, forming the human community of man and wife and lifting it into a supernatural reality that provides its heart and was intended to be its heart all along. Grace builds on nature, but that means, in a fallen world, grace heals, transforms and transfigures nature so that it is most fully itself in God.

Contemplating marriage is contemplating complexity and difficulty, joy, sorrow, etc. Contemplating the marriage of Joseph and Mary is to retain, in an unutterable act of tenderness, this contemplation of marriage as just that, complex, difficult, joyful, sometimes sorrowful. In this, our Western meditation merges with our Eastern one. To contemplate the marriage of Joseph and Mary as without sex is to retain the “difficulty” of the mystery of marriage. To regard them as having had sex, or to regard this as essentially a question of no consequence one way or the other, is to give up on the density of marriage, its difficulty and hence also its joys, the joys of a gift given and received in all of the fearsome and ineffable and so therefore intimate dimensions of gift giving. What further gift could be required of St. Joseph than to accept that his wife, his legal wife, is pregnant without his being consulted, even if it IS God? What further gift could be required of Mary, with respect to Joseph, than that she present him with the Incarnate Word as their child and that she entrust Joseph with His person and her own, not to take pride in Him as a personal possession and a “work” of theirs, but to share between them as the most beautiful and supreme gift there is? “How silently, how silently the wondrous gift is given!” This silence is the substance of the married intimacy of Mary and Joseph, is the depth of intimacy, the “secret” kept from the Prince of Darkness from all eternity according to St. Ignatius of Antioch, transforming their married intimacy, once again, into something more deeply private and personal even than sex, and yet as such something open and available to everyone, the most open marriage of all.

What would sex mean in this situation? In an Augustinian vocabulary, it would be a signifier without a signified. Mary’s fiat is a perfect configuration to the “foolishness” of the Gospel, a perfect and perfectly loving self-forgetfulness, more “foolish” and more ridiculous than any act of sex could be. She and Joseph share that gift as married love. The bond between a fallen and an unfallen creature is called, not “sex between Mary and Joseph, but—the Church.” It is not Joseph’s marriage to Mary, but rather the union of both of them with the Incarnate Word, which for them, and for them alone, is a bond in a special way, a unique participation in the grace of the Incarnation, one which obviates sex and makes of it a sign without a signified because that which it normally signifies in a marriage, the spousal love of Christ and the Church, is replaced by the Word Himself in person, and the intimate sharing of the trust, deeper than that required of any normal marriage, which constitutes the sharing of this gift, transfiguring the marriage of Joseph and Mary into a bond so solid that it is entirely hospitable to anyone and everyone else. This does not destroy the beauty of sex for the rest of us, but preserves it from the horrors of a narrow works righteousness that uses sex to achieve a kind of spiritual mastery and a separate return to the unfallen, paradisiacal condition. In this one case, sex, as a sign without a signified, would be an abuse of sex, and the renunciation of it a loving preservation of it for the rest of us.

Written by John Cavadini and published on December 18, 2017 Church Life Journalof Institute for Church Life University of Notre Dame USA churchlife.nd.edu/2017/12/18/the-sex-life-of-joseph-and-mary/. Digitized, adapted and illustrated to be posted by Leopoldo Costa.

(John Cavadini is the McGrath-Cavadini Director of the Institute for Church Life and a professor in the department of theology at the University of Notre Dame USA.)

THE PORNOCRACY IN THE PAPAL STATES 890-950

$
0
0


Although the lewd in mind may think they have landed on their feet, you would be wise to stay on your toes instead. During the Pornocracy – or the Age of Harlots, as it is also known – you are just as likely to find yourself stabbed in the back as you are to get caught up in a bacchanalia.

The women of the aristocratic House of Theophylact, particularly Theodora and her daughter Marozia, pull the strings in the Papal States, deciding for themselves who will be pope, as well as brutally dispatching those they don’t like.

Although many historians will blame these ‘harlots’ for the period’s horrors, this is merely reflective of the distrust and sexism often directed toward powerful women. Others prefer to refer to this nadir in the history of the Papal States as the saeculum obscurum (Latin for dark age) as neither man, woman nor beast comes out free of sin in the eyes of God.

WHERE TO STAY

For glamour, gluttony and gold there is no more exciting city than Rome. It is the epicentre of politics and culture, and home to the highs and lows of society. There is no better place to forge your career and no better place to forge your carreer and no better place to see it smashed to a thousand pieces.

Spend your evenings on the Isola Tiberina, an island in the middle of the River Tiber, to experience the pleasures and dangers of the night. Hang around with the right people long enough and you too could see yourself taking the role of pope.

WHO TO BE FRIEND

Marozia

As well as being the mistress, murderess, mother and grandmother of popes, this canny noblewoman became senatrix and patrician of Rome, and queen consort of Italy. Ever since she was the teenage lover of Pope Sergius III, producing a bastard heir, she aligned herself with those who could help her further consolidate power, while killing those that stood in her way. Despite years of supreme influence, and ensuring the House of Theophilact dominated the Papal States for years to come things did not end well  for Marozia. She was topped by her own scheming son Duke Alberic II. who imprisioned her in a tower for five year until her death in 937.

WHO TO AVOID

Pope John XII

A synod of bishops once called this pontiff a “monster wirhout a single virtue to atone for his many vices" It is perhaps no surprise then that he mutilated many of them for their treachery. The grandson of Marozia, he ascended to the papacy around the age of 18 in 955. He lived a life of brazen immorality, making the sacred
Lateran Palace his brothel Fittingly, brothel. Fitting he died in 964 after being caught in the act of adultery. As a ruler, he was cruel and duplicitous but also foolish, turning the Holy Roman Emperor Otto I into an enemy, and almost being dethroned by him in 963.

**********

DOS & DON'TS

1. Follow orders

With the majority of popes earning their position only at the whims of the ruling nobles in Rome, not doing what you are told after can end in disfigurement or, even worse, death.

2. Bring your bow

Hunting boar is a favourite pastime of the upper classes. Have your horse ready and waiting when you leave mass.

3. Blind your rivals

One of the popular ways to see off a rival during this time is to blind them. This way, they no longer pose a threat, but remain alive to suffer!

4. Learn your proverbs

While no-one will expect you to walk the walk during this period, boning up on the Bible will ensure you can at least
talk the talk.

5. Look to the pope for guidance

With their constant gambling, orgies and drinking, it’s safe to say you would be better off teaching yourself the word of God.

6. Be afraid to fight

When the Saracen raiders invade, you don’t want to be caught between the sheets.

7. Take the job of pope

It may sound glamorous, but most who accept the post meet a suspicious end.

8. Visit Castel Sant’Angelo

This is a beautiful papal residency, but also serves as a prison for foes of the ruling classes.

In "All About History", UK, issue 70, 2018. Excerpts pp.84-85. Digitized, adapted and illustrated to be posted by Leopoldo Costa.

THE INDUS - AGRICULTURE

$
0
0


The Indus seals provide clues to the agriculture of the Indus civilization, chiefly through their astonishing range of animal motifs, after making due allowance for the ambiguous or plainly mythical nature of many motifs. So, too, do excavated animal bones and preserved plant remains, such as carbonized grain, and the impressions of stalks and grains in pottery and bricks. Overall, however, the evidence for Indus agriculture is ‘extremely patchy’, notes McIntosh,1 as the following three examples illustrate. The elephant is frequently depicted on the seals, and elephant bones have been recovered from many Indus sites (Lothal and Kalibangan, as well as Harappa and Mohenjo-daro, among others), but it is debatable whether the Indus elephant was domesticated or not. Rice was undoubtedly domesticated in the Indus valley later than in the Ganges valley – but it is not obvious from the small amount of evidence available whether rice domestication started before the Mature period of the Indus civilization, occurred during the Mature period, or quite possibly belonged to the Late period of the early second millennium BC. As for grain storage, there is strong evidence for very early grain storage facilities within mud-brick structures at Mehrgarh – but the supposed brick granaries described by Wheeler at Harappa and Mohenjo-daro most likely had some other, unknown, purpose, as we know.

The uncertainty extends to the climate and the river systems, as we also know. While many current archaeologists think that the ancient climate was similar to today’s climate, they have no doubt that the Indus and other rivers, such as the ancient Saraswati, have considerably changed their courses and deltas over the past five millennia. How did Indus agriculturalists relate to the ever-changing rivers?

The zooarchaeologist Richard Meadow sums up the relationship as follows: ‘agriculture in the Greater Indus Valley traditionally depended not on elaborate artificial irrigation works, but on the manipulation of flood waters and of features of the landscape to contain or exclude them.’2 In other words, in the valley the farmers may have used simple technologies for water storage and flow regulation and also created embankments to contain water, yet they do not appear to have invested in dams and canals, as the ancient Egyptians did. (On the other hand, such structures might have existed and been obliterated by subsequent erosion and modification of the land.) One such technology was probably the shadoof, an elementary water-lifting device consisting of a bucket pivoted against a counterpoise that was common along the Nile river in Egypt. A seal image from Mohenjo-daro convinced Marshall that it depicted a man operating a shadoof, ‘whose counterpoise is seen at the end of the pole above and behind his head’.3 Probably he was right, although the seal drawing is decidedly sketchy. Certainly, outside the Indus flood plains, dams and reservoirs were used to slow down water, trap runoff and store water. In the hills of Baluchistan, evidence exists of dam-like stone structures known as gabarbands, which were constructed about halfway across hill torrents and small rivers in order to capture both soil and water. At Dholavira there is a sophisticated, stone-built water conservation system consisting of channels and reservoirs, one of which is more than 5 metres deep with a series of 31 steps leading from top to bottom. Perhaps the so-called dockyard at Lothal was another such reservoir.

Freshwater fishing in the rivers was probably commonplace, unsurprisingly. Copper fishhooks have been excavated from many houses. Fishing nets, too, were used, as depicted on a potsherd from Harappa; the nets were weighted with terracotta sinkers, which have been found in settlements ranging from cities to villages. Saltwater fish, caught on the coast, were transported – presumably in dried form – as far inland as Harappa, where their bones have been discovered in considerable quantities.

Crops were grown when the heaviest flooding of the rivers had receded, during two basic growing seasons – the winter and dewy season, and the summer and rainy season (monsoon) – as discussed earlier. In some places the ground was fertile enough for seed to be broadcast without prior preparation; in others ploughing was required. No ploughs survive, but their existence is strongly suggested by a terracotta toy plough found at Banawali and a miniature clay yoke discovered at Nausharo, not to mention terracotta models of carts pulled by bullocks. Moreover, studies of cattle bones indicate pathologies characteristic of the type of physical stress caused by traction for transport and ploughing. There is also the remnant of a ploughed field found at Kalibangan – the world’s earliest-known ploughed field – that corresponds with a method of ploughing still used in the region. The field was first ploughed in narrow strips in one direction, and then in wider strips at right angles to the first direction. The seed planted today in the narrow strip is horsegram (a variety of bean) and in the wider strip mustard – the second of which was grown in the Indus civilization, though there is no evidence that mustard was the crop planted in this ancient Kalibangan field.

The wide variety of Indus crops was mentioned earlier, too. Not all of these were cultivated during the same period, however. Agriculture in the Mature period concentrated on wheat, barley and pulses – that is, the West Asian group of domesticated crops, grown across an area from western Europe to the Indus area. At the very end of this period, or during the Late period, new crops – several varieties of millet and also rice – came under cultivation, although it is possible that these new crops were cultivated in Gujarat earlier than this, as early as the beginning of the Mature period. Millet and rice were more suited than wheat and barley to a monsoon climate, since they could be planted after flooding. They changed the productivity of some areas that were already under cultivation and brought new areas under cultivation.

Millets, supposedly originating in Africa, were cultivated in Arabia during the fourth millennium BC, from where they eventually made their way to the Indus area, via the Indus trade with Oman. Today, they are known in the Indian subcontinent by their Hindi-Urdu names: jowar (sorghum, Sorghum bicolor), bajra (pearl millet, Pennisetum typhoideum) and ragi (finger millet, Eleusine coracana). As Possehl explains:

The importance of these [millets] is that they are summer grasses that prosper during the southwest monsoon, unlike wheat and barley, which are winter grasses that do not thrive as monsoon crops. The millets thus led to double or year-round cropping and were important, if not critical, additions to the prehistoric food supply.4

The beginning of rice cultivation is more obscure, as remarked. Indeed, many books on the Indus civilization, including Marshall’s 1931 study Mohenjo-daro, do not mention rice, or mention it only in passing, because the evidence for its cultivation is deemed to be too slight. A complicating factor is that rice is indigenous to parts of South and East Asia, including the Indus area and the Ganges valley; in other words, it grew wild there, before it was domesticated. In Gujarat, at Lothal and Rangpur, Indus pottery has revealed charred rice husks and impressions of rice husks and leaves. But, according to studies by at least one scholar, Naomi Miller, this fact probably does not suggest the presence of rice domestication. Miller thinks that the rice in question was wild rice, which had been eaten by grazing cattle, excreted in their dung and then burned by people as fuel or used as a tempering agent in the firing of pottery.

The domestication of rice probably involved a number of different centres. On the basis of genetic evidence, it happened in at least two areas of Asia: ‘a perennial wild rice in East Asia produced the short-grained japonica variety’, whereas in South Asia, ‘an annual wild rice gave rise to the long-grained indica variety, which also spread through Southeast Asia and China’, according to McIntosh.5 The South Asian development may have occurred as early as 5000 BC in the Ganges valley, ‘if not earlier’, argues Chakrabarti, but it was definitely underway by the third millennium BC.6 Yet it is not at all clear how or when rice domestication got going in the Indus valley, and whether it was influenced by domestication in the Ganges valley. ‘The evidence for rice as a crop is limited in the Indus region as a whole,’ McIntosh cautiously writes, ‘though it may have been present at Harappa’ – where rice husks have been found in pottery and bricks.7 Its domestication could conceivably have started with the sowing of wild rice in the wetlands created by Indus flood water retained in valley depressions, rather as today’s rice farmers take advantage of the margins of the artificial Lake Manchar, a fluctuating body of water located west of the Indus and created in the 1930s by the construction of the Sukkur Barrage. However it was that domestication actually began, the earliest unequivocal occurrence of cultivated rice, of the indica variety, seems to belong to an eastern Indus site, Hulas, in the Ganges-Yamuna region, dating from the end of the Mature period (2000 BC or later).

Animal life in the Indus civilization was abundant, judging from the seal motifs, painted imagery on pottery, terracotta figurines and fossil bones. Among real species, the seals depict the humped bull or zebu (Bos indicus), the non-humped bull (Bos taurus), the water buffalo (Bubalus bubalis), the gaur or Indian bison (Bos gaurus), the Indian rhinoceros (Rhinoceros unicornis), the tiger (Panthera tigris), the Asian elephant (Elephas maximus) and the gharial, a fish-eating crocodile (Gavialis gangeticus). Not included in the seal motifs, but depicted in other art, are the bear, dog, hare, monkey, parrot, peacock, pig, ram, squirrel and some birds too roughly portrayed to be definitely recognized. For example, a model in pottery from Mohenjo-daro with a long and wide-spreading tail and eyes represented by oval pellets may be a peacock, a creature plainly painted on pottery from Chanhu-daro. (Meluhha is said in cuneiform sources to have been a land of ‘haia-birds’ with cries able to ‘fill the royal palaces’ – probably peacocks.) The goat is surprisingly under-represented, though it does appear in its wild form as the ibex and the markhor, sporting easily identifiable horns. Not depicted at all, either in the seal motifs or in other art, are horses and camels. A puzzling, one-horned animal is very frequently depicted on the seals (over 60 per cent of the Mohenjo-daro seals and around 46 per cent of the Harappan), and is also modelled in several one-horned terracotta figurines (from Harappa, Mohenjo-daro and Chanhu-daro). It is generally termed a ‘unicorn’, a creature legendarily associated with India by ancient Greek writers; its zoological identity, if it actually existed, is much debated. In Marshall’s view, its lack of naturalism in the seals suggested the ‘unicorn’ was a mythical creature.

Cattle, goats, sheep and dogs had undoubtedly been domesticated. Cattle – that is, the humped zebu, the non-humped bull and the water buffalo – were the most important of the domesticated animals. ‘These distinctive species were adapted to different habitats and were probably used in different ways by the Indus people’, argues Kenoyer, basing his view on the marked varieties of hump and horn displayed by Indus figurines of cattle, combined with observations of cattle in the present-day Indus area and how they are used. He explains:

"Several breeds now found in the greater Indus valley result from selective breeding and geographic adaptation that may have begun during or even before the period of the Indus cities. Large humps and medium-length horns are characteristic of the cattle found in the central plains, while in Gujarat and parts of Sindh, the cattle are distinguished by smaller humps and wide, spreading horns. Both varieties are well adapted to the heat, and their lumbering gait is effective in pulling ploughs or oxcarts. The smaller non-humped cattle and a range of crossbreeds are found along the foothills and highland regions, where they easily graze on the rocky slopes. Because of their adaptability to the highlands, these species would have been useful pack animals, carrying much more than the twenty-kilogram average for human porters".8

The water buffalo, by contrast, inhabits the marshy land near the rivers, suitable for wallowing in mud, as required by its relatively hairless skin. Although it, too, might have been used for pulling carts and ploughing, it was probably used more for milk production, judging from current agricultural practice in an area around the Ravi river not far from Harappa. Sahiwal has long been noted for its breed of water buffalo, which produces milk with a higher fat content than cow’s milk. Sahiwal buffaloes may have been famous in the days of ancient Harappa, too.

The domestication of goats (Capra hircus) and sheep (Ovis aries) is clear from the bones of both species discovered at various sites. At Harappa, goat remains are relatively rare, whereas sheep remains are plentiful. The large size of the sheep bones suggests that the animals were bred to produce meat and wool, according to Kenoyer. However, direct evidence for Indus wool production from goats and sheep is lacking. For example, the surviving impressions of vanished textiles mentioned earlier do not include wool; nor are woolly sheep and woollen textiles ever depicted in the Indus area, as they are in Mesopotamia; nor have any combs (for removing wool from sheep) or spindle whorls (for spinning wool) been discovered, as they have been in Europe. Additionally, analysis of sheep remains from the coastal Indus settlement of Balakot indicates that most male sheep were culled young, before the best age for wool production. Possibly the Indus civilization did use wool but preferred to import it from Mesopotamia.

Dogs (Canis familiaris) were part of Indus households, judging from the occurrence of their bones and from dog imagery. The bones of a dog unearthed in a house at Mohenjo-daro led zoologists to conclude that: ‘the remains are those of one of the domestic or semi-domestic dogs that are common at the present day around every Indian village, and at the present time live around the site of the excavations’, according to Marshall’s 1931 report.9 Dog figurines often wear collars. One such is clearly a pet dog, another is a performing dog in the act of begging, yet another a fighting dog, and a fourth may be a retriever for hunting, since it has a kill in its mouth. It could be that Indus hunters captured, trained and even exported wild red dogs, which are celebrated hunters, since cuneiform texts refer to a ‘spotted dog’ or a ‘red dog’ from Meluhha. A brick from Chanhu-daro, which must have been laid out to dry in the sun, carries a trail of paw prints of a dog pursuing a fleeing cat. Whether or not cats, as well as dogs, were domesticated, is unclear.

Elephants must have been hunted for their meat and their ivory, which was carved into ornaments, gaming pieces and inlay. In the seal motifs and in other imagery, elephants are always depicted without human riders, which perhaps suggests that they were not employed for heavy labour, unlike in historic India. Yet, one seal does show an elephant with a cloth on its back (a caparison?), while a lively terracotta figurine of an elephant’s head from Harappa – perhaps a toy or a puppet – bears traces of coloured paint: red-and-white bands across its face. This decoration is reminiscent of the present-day Indian custom of painting the faces of elephants, especially for festivals and religious processions. So it is possible that Indus elephants were domesticated, too.

The earliest definite evidence for the domesticated horse (Equus caballus) in the Indian subcontinent comes from the Punjab in the period between 1700 and 1500 BC, post-dating the disappearance of the Indus civilization, according to most archaeologists. A few researchers, mostly from India, including Chakrabarti and S. P. Gupta, argue for the horse’s earlier presence during the Mature period. The issue is controversial, as we already know, because of its political connotations for Hindu nationalists. While there is definitely no imagery of horses from the Mature period, it is at least conceivable that there are bones of horses. But Meadow’s detailed studies of equid bones from the Mature period and before indicate that the bones are most probably those of the onager, also known as the steppe ass (which resembles a donkey to untutored eyes). This wild equid, Equus hemionus, is native to northern South Asia, unlike Equus przewalskii, the ancestor of Equus caballus (the domesticated horse), which is indigenous to the steppe region from Ukraine to Mongolia. ‘Morphologically, the two species are similar and it is often difficult to distinguish their bones’, notes McIntosh.10

We now have a picture of the plants and animals available for consumption by the Indus civilization. How did its people prepare them as food? Unfortunately, the evidence is very thin. There are few remains of ancient vegetables, for instance, and ‘no representations of elaborate feasts are preserved’, as Kenoyer remarks. Reconstruction of Indus meals must therefore depend on what is known to have been available in the cities’ markets, plus information about vegetables, fruits, nuts, honey and so forth known to be indigenous to the Indian subcontinent.

Kenoyer guesses that: ‘Wheat probably was the foundation for most meals, but other staple dishes would have been made from roasted barley, stewed or fried lentils, gram (chickpea) flour, baked tubers and various wild grains’ – perhaps including wild rice. ‘Meat preparations would have been grilled and roasted, stewed or fried and even minced with various herbs and spices.’11

Exactly what those herbs and spices were can only be conjectured on the basis that basil, coriander, garlic, onion, ginger, turmeric, cinnamon, fenugreek and cumin grew wild in north India, whereas cloves, cardamom, nutmeg and various types of black pepper grew primarily in south India. But we should not assume that these latter, sought-after spices – which are mentioned in the later Vedic texts – were unavailable to the Indus area during the third millennium BC. Long-distance trade is a remarkable, if somewhat underappreciated, fact of the ancient world – whether in the Mediterranean area, Mesopotamia or Asia as a whole. If Meluhha could successfully trade with Mesopotamia at this exceptionally early period (as it unquestionably did), then it is possible that south Indian spices were available at Indus settlements near the coast such as Lothal and Dholavira, which enjoyed easy access via the Arabian Sea to the coasts of the Indian peninsula. Conceivably, even inland at Harappa and Mohenjo-daro, Indus cooks spiced their dishes with such exotic subcontinental imports.

NOTES

1 Jane R. McIntosh, The Ancient Indus Valley: New Perspectives (Santa Barbara, CA, 2008), p. 109.
2 Richard Meadow, ‘The Domestication and Exploitation of Plants and Animals in the Greater Indus Valley, 7th–2nd Millennium BC’, in Forgotten Cities on the Indus: Early Civilization in Pakistan from the 8th to the 2nd Millennium BC, ed. Michael Jansen, Máire Mulloy and Günter Urban (Mainz, 1991), p. 51.
3 John Marshall, Mohenjo-daro and the Indus Civilization (London, 1931), p. 389.
4 Gregory L. Possehl, The Indus Civilization: A Contemporary Perspective (New Delhi, 2003), p. 64.
5 McIntosh, The Ancient Indus Valley, p. 113.
6 Dilip K. Chakrabarti, ed., Indus Civilization Sites in India: New Discoveries (Mumbai, 2004), p. 18.
7 McIntosh, The Ancient Indus Valley, p. 121.
8 Jonathan Mark Kenoyer, Ancient Cities of the Indus Valley Civilization (Karachi, 1998), p. 164.
9 R. B. Seymour Sewell and B. S. Guha, ‘Zoological Remains’, in Marshall, Mohenjo-daro, p. 651.
10 McIntosh, The Ancient Indus Valley, p. 132.
11 Kenoyer, Ancient Cities of the Indus Valley Civilization, p. 169.


Written by Andrew Robinson in "The Indus - Lost Civilizations", Reaktion Books, London, UK, 2015, chapter 5.Digitized, adapted and illustrated to be posted by Leopoldo Costa.





PORTUGAL PARSED - A QUICK REGIONAL GASTRONOMIC TOUR

$
0
0


Portugal has been called a lot of things—diminutive, minuscule, a pipsqueak even—but one thing it’s never been called is insignificant. About the size of the state of Indiana, it measures a meager 349 miles from north to south, a trip ambitious travelers can pull off in a day. Yet its major historical provinces offer wild extremes of temperature, weather, and terrain that for centuries have resulted in an amazing variety of some of the finest foods on the Iberian Peninsula. Distinctive and artisanal, these foods have shaped local diets, customs, and traditions, many of which have remained virtually unchanged for generations. Anyone with good sense and a better palate would do right to reserve at least a month to make that 349-mile trek.

Despite its size, Portugal has contributed mightily to world cuisine. During the Age of Discovery (fifteenth to seventeenth centuries), under the watchful eye of Henry the Navigator and, later, the explorers Bartolomeu Dias, Vasco da Gama, and others, Portugal forged expeditions along the African coast and, eventually, to the East. The result? Formerly exotic spices such as cinnamon, pepper, nutmeg, and cloves were brought back to European kitchens and filled Portuguese coffers with unparalleled wealth. At about the same time, Pedro Álvares Cabral sailed westward, reaching Brazil, and opened up routes that introduced the continent, and the world, to many New World ingredients that have become hallmarks of Portuguese cooking, including chile peppers and potatoes.

But to appreciate the contemporary Portuguese table, it’s necessary to understand the new Portuguese Paradox: since joining the European Community in 1986, Portugal has found itself straddling two eras, nearly one hundred years apart. New ingredients, techniques, and chefs have flooded into the country while the old guard continues to march on, oftentimes oblivious to the radical changes occuring around it. Case in point: Grab a table at the tony 100 Maneiras, a waterfront restaurant just west of Lisbon praised for its Portuguese-inspired fusion menu crowded with foie gras, black pig carpaccio, and all types of seafood risottos, then glance out at the water. Chugging by are small, dilapidated fishing boats, weighted down with the day’s catch. Onboard are living anachronisms: some men mending heaps of nets by hand, others gutting fish, and still others, with caps drawn, catching a few moments of sleep before reaching home—as if they’ve somehow willed away the past one hundred years.

At the same time, cooks are using the country’s iconic ingredients—fish right off the boat, vegetables picked from backyard gardens, and deeply smoked meats—in innovative ways. And it’s this dichotomy that’s redefining the cuisine of Portugal, a delicious frisson that’s felt differently throughout the land. Although classic dishes still hold sway over much of rural Portugal, many of them are being tweaked and reinterpreted in metropolitan areas, as well as sharing menu space with new dishes that build upon tradition to bring exciting modern cooking to the fore. There has never been a more thrilling time to eat and drink one’s way through Portugal.

So here’s a peripatetic look at the eleven historical provinces, from north to south, plus Madeira and the Azores, along with just some of their traditional specialties—without which there wouldn’t be a modern Portuguese cuisine.

ATENÇÃO  Portugal’s historical provinces and wine regions don’t overlap perfectly; some of the wine regions spill over into several provinces. In order to give you concise information as you travel through the country, I’ve grouped the most important wine producers by provinces. This way you can learn about and enjoy the food and wine of each area.

MINHO (meen-yoo)

If Portugal ever had an emerald province, it’s the Minho. Tucked inconspicuously between the Minho River, which marks the northernmost border between Portugal and Spain, and the Douro River to the south, the region benefits from idyllic temperatures (55° to 75°F), warm Atlantic breezes, and a good amount of rain. The result is commercial farms and home gardens bursting with vegetation, as well as a prodigious amount of vineyards that produce the famous vinho verde, or green wine. Perhaps because of its distance from any major metropolitan center, the Minho is considered Portugal’s most traditional region: a place where men with ox-drawn carts still work the field and unattended herds of cattle leisurely cross pencil-thin roads at will, tossing half-lidded glances at any impatient driver cheeky enough to lean on his horn. In the distance, backdrops of burnished granite mountains, a haven to many endangered animal and plant species, silently preside over the region.

What to Eat

Caldo verde (puréed potato-onion soup swimming with slivers of kale and slices of sausage); rojões (cubes of pork or pork belly fried with cloves and cumin until crisp); broa de milho (hearty corn bread); the Carnival specialty cozido à Portuguesa (a boiled dinner of pork, chicken, beef, potatoes, blood sausage, chouriço, and cabbage); sopa dourada (in this region, at least, layers of delicate sponge cake covered with ovos moles, or thickened sweetened egg yolks).

What to Drink

Vinho verde (literally, “green wine”) is the go-to drink. This crisp, slightly effervescent wine, which comes in red, rosé, and primarily, white, is meant to be drunk while still young, or green, hence the name. Producers: Adega de Monção, Anselmo Mendes, António Esteves Ferreira, Casa de Vila Verde, Quinta da Aveleda, and Quinta de Serrade.

TRÁS-OS-MONTES (trahzh oozh mawn-tizh) and ALTO DOURO (ahl-too doh-roo)

Hidden in the northeast corner beyond the Marão, Gerês, and Alvão mountain ranges, Trás-os-Montes (“behind the mountains”) is brutally cut off from the warmer Atlantic winds that favor the neighboring Minho. In place of lush green vegetation and undulating hills of vineyards, this desolate and punishingly un-tamed region is blanketed by moors of heather, dense forest, and scraggy brush, suitable for hardy herds of sheep, goats, and pigs. This is meat country.

The Alto Douro, in the south, near the mighty Douro River, is less forbidding, as the peaks slope down to the river and are dotted with wealthy quintas, or large estates. The reason? Cut into the hills, ziggurat-style, are what some say is the most expensive real estate in Portugal: hectares upon hectares of land that produce the finest grapes that go into the country’s liquid gold—port wine. So important is this area that in 1756 it became the first wine region in the world to be demarcated, or defined, serving as a model for the wine industry.

What to Eat

Presunto (smoked ham, especially from the towns of Chaves and Lamego); creamy Monte cheese; feijoada (stew of kidney beans plus nearly every part of the region’s pigs fattened on sweet chestnuts); sopa de castanhas piladas (chestnut soup); and, arguably, the most confusing Portuguese dessert: toucinho do céu (literally “bacon from heaven”). This sweet has nary a pork product in it, although some claim it had some originally. A dense flan, it’s rich with egg yolks, pumpkin, and ground almonds.

What to Drink

Wines from CARM, Casa Ferreirinha, Lemos & Van Zeller, Niepoort, Quinta da Carolina, Quinta do Crasto, Quinta do Noval, Quinta do Sobreiro de Cima, Quinta do Vale Meão, and Quinta do Vallado.

DOURO LITORAL (doh-roo lee-too-rahl)

The heart of the Douro Litoral is Portugal’s second-largest city, Porto. As the name implies, everything—from the colorful boats that bob in the Douro River outside the port lodges of Vila Nova de Gaia to the economy to the food served to both hungry vineyard workers and elegant tourists—is fueled by port wine and the busy harbor from which it’s shipped.

Although the weather is favorable to many crops, if it weren’t for the ingenuity and backbreaking work of generations of Portuguese, little would grow. The solid schist slopes of the inland valley, as in the Alto Douro, are so steep and impassable that everything from small whitewashed cottages and their tiny gardens to immense terraced vineyards are carved into the mountains. Still, trees bowed heavy with peaches, plums, quince, apples, almonds, pears, and figs—the stuff that preserve dreams are made of—manage to flourish.

What to Eat

Tripas à moda do Porto (slow-cooked casserole of tripe, pigs’ feet, chicken, sausages, navy beans, vegetables, and a good dose of cumin); bacalhau à Gomes de Sá (casserole of potatoes, sautéed onions, and salt cod garnished with slices of hard-boiled eggs and black olives); pastéis de bacalhau (salt cod fritters); and bolo de amêndoa (almond cake made from flour, sugar, eggs, and blanched almonds).

What to Drink

Port, of course. Some producers: A. A. Ferreira, Calem e Filho, Croft, Delaforce, Fonseca, Graham, Niepoort, Quinta do Noval, Ramos Pinto, Taylor-Fladgate, Sandeman, and Warre.


PORT PRIMER

Legends abound regarding the creation of port wine—from acts of god to the efforts of mercenary Liverpudlian merchants trying to find a replacement for the fine wine in Britain that disappeared because of a French embargo. But the fortified wine, which is the dictionary definition of a postprandial drink, was in reality the product of good business and better weather. British merchants were regularly adding brandy to Portuguese wine to prevent spoilage while in transit to England. Then in 1820, particularly favorable conditions made for a superb, naturally sweet wine, one that Britain couldn’t resist. Seeing an opportunity, Portuguese producers began adding more brandy to their wines earlier in the fermentation process to mimic the sweeter, higher alcohol content of that blessed year. Eventually they refined the process, creating a wine similar to what we know as port.

VINTAGE PORT
The finest and rarest of all ports. Vintage ports make up a mere 2 to 3 percent of all port production. The wines are made only in extraordinary years, called “declared” years (hence the term “vintage”) when the growing season has all the conditions for making an exquisite and lasting wine. When that happens, grapes from only that year and from only the finest vineyards can be used by producers to make the port. The wines are aged in barrels for two years and then bottle-aged for as long as several decades, giving the port its defining depth, richness, and character. Vintage ports are never filtered, so they need to be decanted.

LATE-BOTTLED VINTAGE PORT (LBV)
The name is a bit misleading. LBVs aren’t as tony as they sound, for they don’t have the same complexity as vintage ports. Although they are made from grapes from a single vintage, LBVs are produced in a “nondeclared” year. These delicious, plummy-tasting wines are barrel-aged for four to six years and then are ready to be drunk.

TAWNY PORT
Hands-down the world’s bestselling ports. Blending finely aged superb ports from different years, some a century old, is what lends tawny port its nutty flavor with overtones of vanilla, butterscotch, and caramel. And the name? Because of long barrel-aging, the wine’s color lightens from a deep red to an orange brown. Tawny ports are designated on the bottle as ten, twenty, thirty, and more than forty years old. Colheita is the Portuguese term for an extraordinary rare tawny port made from a single vintage.

RUBY PORT
This is a good entry-level port. It’s a blend of good but not stellar ports from different years that are barrel- or tank-aged for no more than three years and receive little bottle aging. Therefore, it has a straightforward character with spicy, red-fruit flavors.

WHITE PORT
These dry or sweet wines, made from white grapes, are aged briefly in wood and have a mild nutty, slightly sweet taste. Served chilled with a twist of lemon or a splash of soda, they make an excellent aperitif.

BEIRA LITORAL (bay-rduh lee-too-rahl), BEIRA BAIXA (bay-rduh buy-shuh), and BEIRA ALTA (bay-rduh ahl-tuh)

Beira Litoral, Beira Baixa, and Beira Alta—collectively known as the Beiras—cut a huge swath through central Portugal. Second in size only to the vast Alentejo, the Beiras run from the mountains abutting Spain in the east to the Atlantic in the west. The provinces got their respective names because, as you travel east, the region rises precipitously like half of a giant bell curve, from balmy sea (litoral means “coast”) to squat hills (baixa means “low”) to soaring, thickly forested mountains (alta translates as “high”). But, more important, the provinces act as a curtain between the lush green regions to the north and the summer-parched provinces to the south. And because of their sheer size, they offer perhaps the wildest changes in topography (including Serra da Estrela, the highest point on the mainland, topping out at 6,532 feet), the greatest differences in culture, and the widest variety of food.

What to Eat

Cheese, including queijo da Serra (unctuous runny sheep’s-milk cheese), Requeijão (soft and ricotta-like), Castelo Branco (similar to Serra), and peppery Rabaçal; cabrito assado (roast kid rubbed with plenty of garlic, then doused in rich brandy before cooking); chanfana de cabrito (red wine–based kid stew); leitão (roast suckling pig); and torresmos (here, pork cracklings).

What to Drink

Wines from Adega Cooperativa de Cantanhede, Adega Cooperativa de Mealhada, Álvaro Castro, Campolargo, Casa de Santar, Caves São João, Companhia das Quintas, Filipa Pato, Luís Pato, Quinta de Cabriz, Quinta do Encontro, Quinta dos Carvalhais, and Quinta dos Roques.

ESTREMADURA (ess-treh-muh-doo-ruh)

Literally translated as “boundary,” Estremadura was once the extreme southern border of Christendom. The rest of the country was at the time under the hands of the Moors, from the eighth to the eleventh century. But even with their endless occupation, the Moors were unable to conquer this long and sinuous coastal province, etched by sandy beaches to the west and rugged cliffs to the south, all bisected by the languid Tejo River, on which Lisbon sits. Estremadura’s name could just as easily be translated as “seafood”: it has a rich history of classic fish dishes and specialties that fed the bodies and spirit of the Portuguese even before they had to defend themselves against the Moors.

What to Eat

Sopa de mariscos and caldeirada de peixe (shellfish stew and fish stew, respectively); bacalhau à Brás (clouds of softly scrambled eggs encasing bits of salt cod and crispy matchstick potatoes); açorda de marisco (hearty seafood bread soup studded with plenty of shrimp, clams, scallops, and, sometimes, lobster); frango com piri-piri (grilled chicken doused with Portugal’s incendiary hot sauce); pastéis de Belém (luscious custards in crisp pastry cups served warm with a generous sprinkling of confectioners’ sugar and cinnamon); and queijo de Azeitão (semi-soft cheese with buttery overtones and a slight bite).

What to Drink

Wines from Casa Santos Lima, Caves Velhas, Companhia Agricola do Sanguinhal, DFJ Vinhos, José Maria da Fonseca, Quinta de Chocapalha, Quinta da Cortezia, Quinta de Pancas, and Quinta da Romeira.

RIBATEJO (rib-eh-tay-zhoo)

Lying square in the middle of the country, northeast of Lisbon, is the flat, fertile province of the Ribatejo. Its name is a conflation of riba de Tejo, meaning “banks of the Tejo,” and it spreads out north and south of the river. The Tejo cleaves the region’s terrain and agriculture. To the north are low hills that are intensely cultivated with huge swaths of olive groves. The oil produced is so extraordinary it qualifies for Denominação de Origem Protegida (DOP) demarcation, guaranteeing it was produced and processed in this region using local traditions and techniques. The northern region boasts vast vegetable farms of beans, corn, tomatoes, and green peppers plus orchards of apples and lemons. To the south, the land opens up into wide fields of bluegrass and lezírias, or marshes, where Arabian horses and black bulls graze freely. Farther south grow long rows of irregularly spaced olive and cork trees, looking at first glance like combs with missing teeth. In the spring, the river overflows its banks, creating an alluvial plain, where rice—a staple of the Portuguese diet—is tended.

What to Eat

Sopa de pedra (“stone soup,” filled with pork ribs, sausage, beans, root vegetables, and cabbage); enguias (eels—stewed, fried, or grilled), açorda de sável (here, a bread soup made with shad roe); ovas de sável à pescador (grilled shad roe); arroz de tomate (tomato rice); lebrada (hare stewed in red wine); and pão-de-ló (here, an ethereally light sponge cake moistened with flavored syrups).

What to Drink

Wines from Casa Cadaval, Falua Sociedade de Vinhos S.A., João Portugal Ramos, Quinta da Casal Branco, Quinta do Falcão, Quinta da Lagoalva, and Pinhal da Torre.

ALTO ALENTEJO (ahl-too ah-len-tay-zhoo) and BAIXO ALENTEJO (buy-shoo ah-len-tay-zhoo)

This immense region regally commands almost a third of the country, and its undulating hills are dotted with gorgeous whitewashed villages that have for centuries attracted admirers from around the world.

The province is a continuum of color because of its agriculture. In spring, the wide plains in the south are caught up in blizzards of almond blossoms, while the long roads that connect the great halves of the region—alto (upper) and baixo (lower)—are lined with brilliant yellow broom. Beyond, vast fields of wheat, rye, oats, and barley stretch to the horizon, for this is the center of Portugal’s grain industry. Here, too, are endless groves of luscious sweet oranges, greengage plums, and apricots.

In the summer, the punishing sun, which can blast well over 100°F at midday, mutes the colors. It’s then that the silvery-green olive trees and the much darker cork oaks, which produce two thirds of the world’s supply, stand out in stark contrast to the now-straw-colored fields. Into these groves farmers let loose their famous porco preto, or black pigs, encouraging them to gorge on the oaks’ fallen acorns to fatten them up before the winter matança, or slaughter.

What to Eat

Gaspacho (Portuguese version of the cold soup, filled with chopped sweet red or green peppers, garlic, cucumbers, and dense bread softened with a tomato-vinegar broth); açorda Alentejana (intensely flavored cilantro and garlic broth, poured over day-old bread and topped with a poached egg); empadas de galinha (savory chicken pies); carne de porco à Alentejana (pork cubes and clams served over fried potatoes); and migas (literally “bread crumbs,” moistened day-old bread suffused, for example, with pork drippings or mixed with spinach, molded into ovals, and pan-fried).

What to Drink

Wines from Adega Cooperativa de Borba, Caves Aliança, Cortes de Cima, Eugénio de Almeida, Francisco Nunes Garcia, Herdade da Calada, Herdade da Malhadinha Nova, Herdade do Esporão, João Portugal Ramos, Margarida Cabaço, Monte do Trevo, Paulo Laureano, Quinta Dona Maria (Júlio Tassara Bastos), Quinta do Carmo, Quinta do Mouro, and Tapada de Coelheiros.

ALGARVE (ahl-garv)

Nearly one hundred miles of white-sand beaches, secret caves, and year-round mild weather are what draws tourists to the Algarve. Most crowd along the shoreline in the resort towns of Faro, Lagos, and Albufeira, with their world-class golf courses and world-class (read: international) food. But world-class natural beauty refuses to be elbowed out of the way: not far from Faro is the Parque Natural da Ria Formosa lagoon, a barrier-islands system that’s a beloved national park. Praia da Marinha, with its ocean-carved cliffs and hidden grottos filled with azure water, has often been named one of the most beautiful and best-preserved beaches in the world.

In the still-pristine and underdeveloped western areas as well as along the lagoons east of Faro, it’s easy to find restaurants that staunchly refuse to cave to the whims of the estrangeiros, or foreigners. What, then, are the culinary muses of these establishments? Local crops of rice, almonds, oranges, lemons, figs, and, of course, any creature from the sea.

What to Eat

Sardinhas assadas (grilled sardines); polvo frito (fried octopus); lulas recheadas (squid stuffed with cured meats and cooked in a tomato-onion sauce); búzios com feijão (clam, oyster, snail, and bean stew); amêijoas na cataplana (clams and spicy sausage cooked in the eponymous cataplana—a hinged clam-shaped pan, a kind of spiritual ancestor of the pressure cooker); caldeirada (stew brimming with local fish, including fresh tuna, sardines, and scorpion fish, as well as potatoes, onions, and garlic); and figos cheios (dried figs stuffed with almonds).

MADEIRA (muh-thay-rduh) and THE AZORES (uh-soar-ridz)

An entire book could be written about these jaw-droppingly beautiful volcanic islands, strewn across the Atlantic like a handful of green marbles. Madeira, discovered circa 1424, has a subtropical climate, so on the south side, which is favored by warm ocean breezes, everything from bananas and orchids to mangoes and sugarcane grows. Traveling north, into the staggering peaks covered in dense forests (madeira means “wood”), the lush volcanic landscape is cut by waterfalls hundreds of feet high. Like the Algarve, the island is a hotbed for tourists, but most stay in and around the capital city of Funchal, named for funcho, or fennel, a prolific crop that greeted the early settlers.

The subtropical Azorean islands—Santa Maria, São Miguel, Terceira, São Jorge, Graciosa, Pico, Faial, Flores, and Corvo—are happily stranded halfway between the United States and Europe. Life here is simpler, more rustic. Some towns weren’t even hooked up for electricity, gas, and telephone until the 1960s. But the pace of living is changing alarmingly fast. Cell phones and wireless cafés are catching on, much to the consternation of the older generations.

Because the islands are the peaks of ancient volcanoes, the land is impossibly verdant, with soaring summits, huge dormant-craters-turned- lagoons ringed with hydrangeas, and valleys perfect for grazing. Here the prized beast of burden is the cow. The Azores, especially São Jorge, are famous for their cheese. Microclimates are in evidence here, and some of the world’s finest pineapples come from a small, protected valley on the south side of São Miguel, while Europe’s only commercial tea plantation resides on the sloping northern shore. Nearby, in the town of Furnas, bubbly, sulfurous fissures act as ovens, and locals lower pots filled with all types of meats, sausages, and vegetables into them to cook the dish called cozido.

What to Eat

In Madeira, cebolinhas de escabeche (pickled onions); milho frito (fried cornmeal squares); espada (scabbard fish); carne de vinha d’alhos (pork cubes in a wine and garlic sauce served over slices of bread and ringed with oranges); espetada (beef chunks threaded on bay laurel branches and grilled over an open flame); bolo de caco (flat bread rounds made with sweet potato); and bolo de mel (molasses cake).

In the Azores, favas ricas (stew of fava beans seasoned with a bit of cinnamon); lapas grelhadas (grilled limpets in a lemon-butter sauce); sopa do Espírito Santo (a soup rife with beef, cabbage, sausages, bacon, wine, mint, and spices, served on the Feast of the Holy Ghost); sopa de funcho (fennel soup); alcatra (beef rump braised with wine, onions, allspice, bay leaf, and cinnamon); cozido (see description above); massa sovada (a slightly sweet, eggy bread); bolos lêvedos (flat round breads similar to an English muffin); and malassadas (literally “badly baked,” pockmarked, sugar-covered doughnuts).

What to Drink

Madeira is most well known, of course, for its eponymous fortified wines. You can’t go wrong with bottles from Barbeito, Blandy’s, Broadbent, Cossart Gordon, D’Oliveira, Henriques & Henriques, Leacock’s, Justino Henriques, or Quinta do Serrado.

MADEIRA MADNESS

Ever since the region’s fortified wines were accidentally overheated in holds of ships traveling along hot, tropical trade routes and, to everyone’s surprise, vastly improved, the world has had a passion for Madeira. It’s been a celebratory tipple for centuries, the most famous toast being the one at the signing of the Declaration of Independence.

No longer set adrift to mature, Madeira is now carefully aged in stifling attics. There are four major types of wine, neatly named after the grape varietals:

MALMSEY (malvasia) is the sweetest, with lovely hints of nuts, caramel, and coffee. Grab a bottle when you’re looking for a postprandial sip or a wine to pair with deeply flavored desserts, such as Chocolate Mousse.

BOAL (aka bual) is the medium-sweet wine of the quartet. It’s rich with toffee and caramel flavors and teams beautifully with cheeses, as well as with custard desserts. Pour some when munching on a Baked Custard Tart.

VERDELHO crosses the line into drier territory. It offers up whispers of fig, spicy orange, and more acidic fruits. Traditionally served with soup and salad courses, it’s a pleasant surprise coupled with White Gazpacho with Crab Salad.

SERCIAL, the driest and spright-liest of the group, has definite insistence of vanilla, almonds, and crisp green apples. It’s an excellent match for most lighter hors d’oeuvres.


Written by David Leite in "The New Portuguese Table - Exciting Flavors From Europe's Western Coast", Clarkson Potter Publishers (an imprint of the Crown Publishing Group, a division of Random House, Inc.), New York, USA, 2009. Digitized, adapted and illustrated to be posted by Leopoldo Costa.









MEDIEVAL BODIES

$
0
0


On the surface this sculpture of the Virgin and Child seems no more remarkable than any other small-scale object to survive from the Middle Ages. Mary’s pose is tranquil and iconic, staring impassively into the distance with her painted grey-blue eyes as she feeds the infant Christ. If anything, it is a rather static portrayal of a deeply symbolic maternal embrace. The small child feels almost like an afterthought, welded to her left arm beside a rather awkwardly positioned breast. The piece is also not in the best condition. Despite the odd moment of subtle shading that still lingers around Mary’s rosy red cheeks, the sculpture’s paint and gold have in many places fallen away. Once vivid details like the crown on the Virgin’s head or her outstretched right hand have been snapped off, reduced to brownish stumps, exposing the grain of the untreated wood beneath.

There is, though, something more interesting afoot. A thick line ruptures the scene, a black gap running from the bottom of Mary’s neck straight down her chest, right to the bottom of her skirt. Unusua lly, a series of small hinges subtly concealed within the side panels of her throne allow the sculpture’s front to be thrown open in two, revealing a more opulent world within. Like a medieval matryoshka doll, the Virgin’s previous picture of still calm in fact contains a complex visual scheme. Her body is the busy stage for multiple animated figures, including a central carving of God the Father and painted scenes from the lives of both Christ and Mary on its newly formed wings. With the flip of a hand the sculpture’s skeleton bisects to expose a set of unexpected holy interiors.

This type of opening figurine from the Middle Ages is known as a Shrine Madonna. Few of these novel sculptures survive today, but we can tell from the visual splendour and elaborate detailing of those which do that they were important objects for the communities who commissioned them. First and foremost, they were tools for individual and communal prayer, acting as anthropomorphic altarpieces around which people could gather. Accounts of one religious foundation in northern France record an even larger, life-size Shrine Madonna, sadly now lost, which was placed on the high altar of its church to form the primary focus of daily devotions. A nun from this same community, one Sister Candide, noted in her diary that the sculpture would be opened up during times of crisis, especially in moments of drought, when the revelation of the Madonna’s internal panoply of scenes was thought to amplify the pleas of the faithful and bring rain to feed their crops. Such an opening was a truly wondrous event for people like Candide. As she wrote:

"Quand’elle estoit ainsi ouverte, ce n’estoit une Vierge, mais un monde et plus qu’un monde … petits mondes enfermez dans le corps de cette monstrueuse figure."

When she was open she was not a Virgin but a world and more than a world … little worlds enclosed inside the body of this monstrous figure.

This image of Mary as a series of self-contained worlds was a common refrain of theologians. In extolling the virtues of the Virgin Birth they often turned to elaborate metaphors of enclosure when describing the holy womb. It was a saintly oven in which Christ had been incubated, a treasured ark protecting precious cargo or a doorway through which Christ entered the world. By hinging apart the wings of the Shrine Madonna, its communities were daily re-enacting a fundamental moment of Christian salvation, opening the Virgin’s heavenly body to see Christ, their saviour, growing inside at the miraculous behest of God.

Mary was, of course, unique in conceiving through such complex heavenly means. Yet even ordinary medieval pregnancies were still thought to follow a highly complicated anatomical process. Competing and sometimes clashing notions of birth were put forward by different medical authorities, but they all agreed that the womb formed a central part of a larger sexual system working within a woman’s body. This included the cervix, vagina, ovaries and clitoris, although the last of these was an organ seldom mentioned in medieval accounts. Following classical thinkers, the male and female sex organs were presented as something of a mirror to one another, each inverted versions of similar genitals that on the surface suggested a certain similarity between the sexes, at least in terminology: the ovaries were discussed as a pair of female testicles and their emissions were seen as equally vital to conception as the male sperm. But for virtually all medical authorities, inevitably themselves men, this mirroring also served to emphasise the difference between the conspicuously external nature of the penis and testes and what they saw as the vacant interiority of the vagina and uterus, masculine presence contrasted with feminine absence. Of the two types, it was still the female body that received by some distance the greater attention in such theorising, made so intriguing to this male audience through its ability to menstruate and bear children. Even so, their writings all still espoused distinctly male-oriented notions of reproduction, where women served as a receptacle for an all-singing-all-dancing masculine seed.

The specifics of this union were relatively well plotted out. The ancients had conceived that male ejaculate was the product of the brain via the spinal column, but by medieval times most theorists recognised this to be the role of the testicles, their winding veins thought to form spermatic substance from the concoction or cooking of blood. During sex this male sperm made its way via the vagina to the womb, where it combined with female sperm that had been released from the ovaries and drawn to the uterus through two thin cords. The two sperms together formed a mass, which through the womb’s actions of heat and compression slowly solidified into the beginnings of an embryo. Some leftover transmuted essence conjoined to the uterus to become the placenta, a network of veins and arteries whose ligaments suspended the foetus and nourished it with vital spirits drawn from the mother. This child first developed a liver to create its own blood flow and was then imbued with a soul, specified by medieval churchmen as happening after forty days for a male and eighty days for a female. Once the baby was born, growth continued through the nourishment of its mother’s milk, a substance thought to be concocted in the breast from the same maternal blood that had once fed the foetus in utero.

Contemporary medical authors were quick to explain the entire process of conception in terms of metaphor, although they were rather less imaginative than theologians describing the Virgin Birth. The thirteenth-century Italian author Giles of Rome chose a rather unceremonious workaday comparison, writing that the sperm might be seen as a carpenter acting on the wood of menstrual blood to create a foetus. In his Canon of Medicine Ibn Sina wrote even less romantically that generation might be compared to the manufacture of cheese, with the clotting agent of the male sperm acting on the milk of the female sperm to coagulate together into a child. More eloquent, perhaps, is the interior of the sculpted Shrine Madonna, which also conveys something of the contemporary understanding of female anatomy. Its internal system is split into seven sections which appear to echo the common medieval description of the uterus as divided internally into seven cells, each of which could nurture a child. A foetus generated in three of these cells would birth a boy, three more would birth a girl, and a single final cell would birth a hermaphroditic child. Subtly mirroring a real body within its sculpted wooden forms, this Shrine Madonna co-opted the detail of contemporary gynaecological medicine to signal just how exceptional the birth of Christ had been: Mary had supposedly circumvented this entire complex sexual system with nothing more than the miraculous words of an angel.

Secrets of Women

Written into these medieval concepts of sexual medicine was an unapologetic imbalance between the genders that was to have dramatic impact on both the nature and quality of women’s lives throughout the Middle Ages and beyond. On a fundamental level, the female body was believed to be biologically subordinate to the male. This was in part due to a basic humoral distinction between the sexes. It was men who formed the true ideal for mankind, especially in terms of the much-vaunted bodily heat at the heart of anatomical understanding. Men’s bodies were thought to produce this vital nourishing warmth with ease and in abundance, meaning that they grew larger and produced more hair, as well as having no trouble dispersing any humoral excesses naturally built up within the hot body through the production of sperm or sweat. Women, on the other hand, inhabited bodies that were far colder, and in some cases were even described as closer in type to the bodies of children than those of fiery, fully grown males. Following this logic, female growth was inevitably slower and they were on the whole thought to be smaller and smoother, tending towards physical weakness and a sedentary fragility. For these inferior bodies, too frigid to evacuate the humours through sweat or concoction, the only option for purging accumulated excess was menstruation.

It was to this unique function of women’s bodies that the male medical academy repeatedly returned in order to decipher both women’s physiology and their psyche. The texture, colour and frequency of a woman’s menstrual blood might all be used to make various judgements as to her constitution, casting her as either careful or irrational, hardy or contrarian. As with any other manifestations of humoral effects on the body – hair colour, skin colour, the size and shape of the nose or forehead or chin or ears – medical frameworks were set up to suggest that these details revealed certain inner truths of character or temperament. And the divining of mentality or morality from blood flow was so ingrained and apparently logical that it was even espoused by female authors themselves, when given the rare opportunity to write about their own bodies. In her twelfth-century treatise Causae et curae, ‘Causes and Cures’, Hildegard of Bingen outlined four general types into which the various constitutions of men and women fell. Men are arranged by her in order of vitality, fertility and character, from a hardy ideal with reddish skin and fiery blood through to more vapid and infertile types with weak veins and a pale complexion. Her four types of women, by contrast, are defined by their menstrual flow. A large woman with heavy, reddish menses would prove prudent and chaste, a woman with a heavy flow of bluer blood tended towards inconsistency and would be happier without a husband, while other types with different patterns of menstruation might have either a good memory or an inactive, sluggish mind.

It is hardly comforting that these formal medical stereotypes were consistent with biological ideas about the humours, but there was at least some internal logic to them. In other areas, however, little need was felt for such deduction, and thinkers brandished these accepted humoral inferiorities and patterns of menstruation as a blunt tool for an unbridled and blatant misogyny. Catholic theology, for instance, viewed childbirth as womankind’s share of the punishment for Original Sin, and religious discourses equating blood with uncleanliness in both Judaism and Islam also provided complicated superstitious grounds for the demonisation of menstruating women. Among other ideas, even supposedly learned treatises circulated the notion that menstrual blood could turn bronze objects black, perish crops or drive animals mad, and that menstruating women might be able to transmit their problematic feminine temperaments onto innocent men through an evil, witch-like, sideways glance.

One thirteenth-century Latin text, De secretis mulierum, ‘On the Secrets of Women’ – originally a manual for teaching clergy about reproduction but soon popularised as a foundational philo sophical argument for medieval and early modern misogyny – even suggested that one could:

"Capiantur capilli mulieres menstruosae et ponantur sub terra pingui ubi iacuit simus tempore hyemali tunc in vere sive aestate quando calescent calore solis generabitur serpens longus et fortis"

Take the hairs of a menstruating woman and place them in the fertile earth under manure during the winter, then in spring or summer when they are heated by the sun, a long, stout serpent will be generated.

Another clear sign of these male thinkers’ fascination with menstruation and birth is that many more medieval images of wombs survive than of penises. Most that do occur feature as part of a longstanding illustrative tradition accompanying treatises on gynaecology and obstetrics, especially an influential text known as the Gynaikeia. Based on the first- or second-century texts of the Greek physician Soranus of Ephesus, the treatise was known in Europe through a Latin translation made three or four centuries later by an author known only as Muscio, a writer perhaps from north Africa about whom we know little. Copies of this text can depict up to seventeen presentations of unborn foetuses in the womb alongside instructions as to their best methods of delivery.

In pictures like this a tiny, perfectly proportioned figure symbolises the unborn foetus, normally floating within a stylised circular outline representing the womb. The earliest-known such series is found in a ninth-century manuscript in the Royal Library in Brussels, where foetuses are shown in a variety of combinations and positions: twins, triplets, quadruplets, more complicated breach and compound births, and even a monstrous womb containing eleven children. Throughout, the organ is clearly rendered with a circular funnelled opening to the bottom and two horns to the top, presumably intimating the direction of the ovaries, the whole affair rendered with a light red, semi-transparent wash as if it were blown from fragile glass.

Like other luxurious illustrated medical books – lavish herbals or surgical manuals – it is doubtful that expensive tomes such as this would actually have been used by medieval healers, at least not in the sense that they were casually browsed for solutions at the bedside of a woman going into labour. Leaving aside the unhelpful distortions of its diagrammatic images, the strips of text offer only cursory advice to the practitioner in short phrases: Si ambos pedes foris eiecerit (‘If both of the feet are extending out’), Si genua ostenderit (‘If the knees present first’), Si plures ab uno fuerint (‘If there is more than one child’) and so on. Other texts, though, offered more directly helpful guidance, advising that women close to birth be bathed often, their bellies anointed with various oils, and that they eat only easily digestible foods. Some followed humoral logic to suggest a more specific diet in the lead-up to the birth. Michele Savonarola (c.1385–1468), an Italian humanist and physician, wrote in his 'De regimine pregnantium', ‘On the Regimen of Pregnant Women’, that the patient should avoid fried fish and cold water, sticking instead to bran bread, fruit and (worryingly, from a modern perspective) red wine. As was common elsewhere in healing, theoretically sound academic treatments intermingled in gynaecological treatises with far more folkloric medicines, especially when it came to advice for women who did not wish to get pregnant in the first place. Contraceptives tended towards the superstitious, like these four examples included in the Salernitan text the Trotula:

"If a woman does not wish to conceive, let her carry against her nude flesh the womb of a goat which has never had offspring."

Or there is found a certain stone, named gagates, which if it is held by the woman or even tasted prohibits conception.

Otherwise, take a male weasel and let its testicles be removed and let it be released alive. Let the woman carry these testicles with her in her bosom and let her tie them in goose skin or in another skin, and she will not conceive.

If she has been badly torn in birth and afterward for fear of death does not wish to conceive any more, let her put into the after-birth as many grains of caper spurge or barley as the number of years she wishes to remain barren. And if she wishes to remain barren for ever, let her put in a handful.
The Trotula also offers advice on dealing with the uterus. A highly sensitive organ, if it was not regularly purged through either sex or menstruation then most medical authorities agreed with ancient theorists like Hippocrates that it might either begin to give off deadly fumes or could itself rise up within the body towards the chest and head.

This condition, known as uterine suffocation, was thought to cause the patient to swoon or faint, feel choked by the fumes, swell in the neck and throat, and in extreme cases even die. It was up to practitioners to attempt to wrangle the womb back to its original position. More pragmatic healers turned to practical medicines, including making foul smells under the nose by burning feathers, wool and linen in order to drive the womb from the head, or correspondingly sweet-smelling spices and herbs to suffumigate the vagina, tempting the womb back downwards to its correct position. Healers also turned to more superstitious means to address the malady, which some believed to be caused by demonic possession. Charms were designed to be intoned over the sick woman as a form of exorcism, like this tenth-century example, now in Switzerland, addressed to help a maid known only by the initial N:

"To the pain in the womb … O womb womb womb, cylindrical womb, red womb, white womb, fleshy womb, bleeding womb, large womb, nervous womb, floated womb, O demoniacal one! …
In the name of God the Father … Stop the womb of Thy maid N. and heal its affliction, for it is moving violently … I conjure thee, O womb, by our Lord Jesus Christ … not to occupy her head, throat, neck, chest, ears, teeth, eyes, nostrils, shoulder blades, arms, hands, heart, stomach, spleen, kidneys, back, sides, joints, navel, intestines, bladder, thighs, shins, heels nails, but to lie down quietly in the place which God chose for thee, so that this maid of God, N., be restored to health"
.
That we might find such theories nonsense today is fair, although a formal diagnosis of ‘hysteria’ – a uniquely feminine illness deriving from the term hystera (), the word used for ‘uterus’ in the very same ancient Greek medicine that spawned the wandering womb – was only excised from some modern professional psychiatric guidelines as late as the 1950s.

For guidance in understanding these wildly diverse layers of medieval advice on birth, some pregnant women would have turned to a midwife. This is a complicated group of practitioners to pin down, not least because beyond the sparse collections of academic treatises and magical fragments the act of birth was rarely documented in detail in a formal sense. At the beginning of the period the number of professional midwives seems to have declined significantly from their once prominent position in the late Roman world, where they would have attended pregnant women and helped with delivery, inspecting the genitals and offering massage to the stomach or advice on breathing. By the early Middle Ages we get only a fleeting mention of their work in occasional legal proceedings or fictional narratives. Births at this point were mostly overseen by local healers and older female family members, whose expertise was grounded in practical experience rather than academic knowledge. But by the twelfth century midwifery as a profession appears to have been on the up once more. Islamic commentators began to write of the intense pains and difficulties of birth and mention a number of areas of obstetrical specialism, both in methods of delivery and the complicated aftercare of mother and child. And in Europe the rise in midwives was met by attempts from university doctors, the state and the Church to take increased control over the practice. For the academy, writing theoretically about women’s medicine was designed, at least in part, to bring a previously largely female profession to heel, subsuming midwives’ work within what they saw as their own superior intellectual understanding of the body. Local governments, on the other hand, were more concerned with a broader development of public health, enforcing certain legal frameworks that eventually included some sensible egalitarian measures: for example, that midwives, once licensed by local regulating bodies, should be mandated to treat the poor as well as the wealthy.

The Church’s interest in the matter was less bureaucratic. It addressed instead a serious concern for the spiritual health of the many children that did not survive birth. Accurate maternal mortality figures are difficult, if not impossible, to come by, certainly when generalising across the whole of the Mediterranean. But if, from existing records, we can estimate that around one in five medieval women died from complications either during or after birth, and also that they might have given birth to an average of five or six children, we can imagine how genuinely dangerous and fraught an experience pregnancy must have been for many. One poem, gathered in the thirteenth-century German anthology Carmina Burana, evocatively describes the whispers a pregnant woman might perceive around her as she walked down the street: ‘Cum vident hunc uterum / alter pulsat alterum, silent dum transierim’ (‘when they see this womb / they tap each other and pass by, silent’). Churchmen were clear that a midwife would be needed if these fears were ever realised, intervening to perform the medieval equivalent of a Caesarean section. In the pre-modern era these were procedures undertaken only after the death of a woman in labour, described as sectio in mortua, the ‘cutting open of the dead woman’. They were not intended to save the life of a child, rather to allow for an emergency baptism of its soul before it too passed away.

Perhaps because of this extreme danger, the successful birth of a child was something to be celebrated with real gusto. This was often marked through a variety of elaborate gifts to new mothers, a host of hopeful objects wishing both her and her baby good health: painted ceramics, cutlery, sweets or expensive clothing. In Italy, from around 1300 onwards, traditional offerings began to include elaborate birthing trays given to women either just before or just after birth and presented laden with carefully chosen things for her to eat. These deschi da parto, as they were known, are particularly interesting for the actual images they present of the birthing scene itself, often illustrated in painted vignettes on their top or bottom. In a tray from 1428, decorated by the Florentine artist Bartolomeo di Fruosino (c.1366–1441), we see a detailed depiction of a new mother sitting up in bed, perhaps during what was known as the ‘lying-in’ period, a term of around four to six weeks where post-partum women were kept relatively secluded for recovery. Dressed in a cap and red cloak, likely special birthing wear, she is attended by a variety of women. Some sit beside the bed washing and tending to the newborn child, one of whom might be a balia, a wet nurse, and outside, to the left, small figures queue to enter the room, birth gifts in their hands. The mother herself is turning to another woman, who, fittingly, is presenting her with a birthing tray just like the one on which this entire scene is painted.

On the reverse of Fruosino’s tray, an inscription confirms its good intent: ‘May God give health to every woman who gives birth … May the child be born without fatigue or danger.’ Perhaps to lighten the mood further, he also includes the image of a playful young boy, who proudly boasts: ‘I am a baby who lives on a rock, and I urinate silver and gold!’ The birthing scenes on such trays are clearly an idealised picture of an elite event, set in a grand house full of expensive gifts and multiple helpers, some distance from the everyday realities of childbirth for the vast majority of medieval women. Still, they give us a glimpse into an almost totally unrecorded world. Notably, no male physician is present. This is an all-female sphere, the women exchanging gifts, playing music and gesturing to and fro in animated conversation.

A Second Sex

What impact did all these ideas about pregnancy and birth, menstruation and inferior humours have on the actual lives of medieval women? Certainly the outlook was in many ways bleak. Women’s secondary status carried through into almost every institutional context possible, all of which were fundamentally geared towards the men who had dominated such arenas for centuries. Religious hierarchies, at least those incorporating major positions of political control, were run exclusively by men. The universities in which women’s theology, philosophy and, of course, biology were discussed were male-only domains. And most surviving medieval laws use male pronouns with such frequency as to suggest that the female sex held virtually no autonomous status within certain legal frameworks: court records mostly invoke women via their husbands and fathers in an unpleasant and proprietary fashion. In many ways the Middle Ages can be seen as a deeply troubling time, where anatomy cast half of the population almost as a lower form of human being.

All this is patently true. Yet, as always, the detail of these situations was far more nuanced. The boundaries of medieval women’s lives were, for instance, just as often conditioned by geography as by biology. Compare statistics for marriage at the opposite ends of Europe. From the fragmentary evidence we have, it seems that in the south – Italy, Spain or southern France – most women would have been married by a pretty young age. Many were in their later teens at the time, taking husbands on average a decade or so older than them, and in the rare case of high-status diplomatic brides it could be even younger than this: Blanche of Castile, founder of Maubuisson Abbey and its entrail necropolis, was only twelve when she was made to marry the soon-to-be King Louis VIII of France, himself also twelve at the time. In Europe’s north, however, in London or the Flemish cities of Ghent or Bruges, women appear to have married somewhat later in life. Most only took husbands once in their early twenties, perhaps after a period of employment earning their own wage. Likewise, in both north and south a minority of women married only in their forties and fifties, entering into unions of companionship based on shared comfort, not on the speedy bearing of children. What emerges is a range of marriage models across different cultures, each of which would have impacted on a woman’s quality of life in quite different ways. Some were quickly co-opted without choice into union with a man and the potentially dangerous process of motherhood, while others were able to live out very different existences, entering into the world of work and forging a more independent path. Even the apparently fixed universals of married status could themselves change quickly. A widowed woman might, after the death of her husband, enjoy substantial financial prosperity and independence compared with her younger, married daughter.

Partial records found in the storeroom of the Ben Ezra Synagogue in Old Cairo – the largest trove of information we have on medieval Jews, housing more than 300,000 fragmentary texts – suggest that divorce was far more common in Jewish communities than in Christian ones, where the Church had made it almost impossible to dissolve a marriage. Jewish women, on the contrary, could instigate divorce proceedings themselves without their husbands’ permission, and were also allowed afterwards to remarry into more personally or socially advantageous partnerships should they wish.

In the Muslim Middle East and north Africa the situation was different again. The familiar caricature of the medieval harem, in which groups of women might be coupled to a single man through marriage, gives way to more complicated readings in reality. Under Islamic law men could in theory take more than one wife, but this seems not to have happened particularly often. And likewise, while social structures of Muslim marriages were, like their European counterparts, often highly restrictive – wives were described as ideally submissive and demure, and were generally kept to particular parts of the home, with their bodies always fully covered when out in public – these conditions, while overwhelmingly stifling, could also, contrarily, enable certain unique opportunities. Muslim women were able to partake of female-only spaces in a way almost entirely denied their European counterparts. We get a sense of this in an image from a thirteenth-century manuscript showing a gathering of people listening enraptured to a speech by Abu Zayd of Saruj, the main character in a literary work of the Iraqi author Muhammad al-Hariri (c.1054–1122). Here a group of women are present at the top of the scene, perhaps on a balcony overlooking the action. They are shown wrapped in colourful clothes, swirling textures of multi-patterned textile enveloping their bodies. True, they all wear veils, exposing virtually none of themselves save the upper or lower portions of the face. But, separated from the men, they turn and gesture to each other as if in far more engaged conversation than their silent, static male counterparts. Their world is reminiscent of the busy atmosphere depicted in Fruosino’s birthing tray, except that, rather than being a rare moment of exclusively feminine celebration, for these Muslim women speaking with one another outside of male earshot is presented as a typical daily experience.

Like geography, matters of class could also serve either to exacerbate or to mitigate biological preconceptions of gender. The arranged, socially advantageous marriages of the rich would have seen many wealthy women pressured into a destiny they had not chosen for themselves, something felt far less acutely the lower one got down the social ladder. Yet, unlike the poor, such women were often still able to use family money in the service of personal or social good in the same way as their husbands, free to spend on whatever they wished, from the commissioning of specialised artisans to the foundation of religious or civic institutions. In these upper echelons women could even rise through familial connections to the most serious positions of power possible. One can imagine that Arwa al-Sulayhi (c.1048–1138), the eleventh-century queen of Yemen, would not have been nearly as restricted by her gender as an ordinary Yemeni woman when conducting various important diplomatic missions and making political peace on behalf of her country. Nor do we suppose that the earlier, eighth-century Byzantine empress Irene (752–803) felt quite as oppressed as the women she would rule over from Constantinople after seizing the throne from her twenty-six-year-old son Constantine VI, whom she promptly had arrested and violently blinded, to ensure that he could never retake power. A formidable tactician, Irene’s reign saw her crush theological heresies, found an elite personal guard, and pay for the building of enormous churches that were decorated with lavish schemes in just the same manner as those of male rulers past. Indeed, she sometimes went so far as to take the title Baslieus (): ‘Emperor’, not Empress.

Opportunities for medieval women wishing to side-step altogether the seemingly tough shackles of their patriarchal societies were few, although for some in Europe one option was to enter into a marriage not with a man but with Christ. Becoming a cloistered nun within a church and devoting oneself to an exclusively holy existence hardly feels like a substantial emancipation. But its celibate nature would have at least appealed to women in search of a life without the dangers of childbirth. Just how passionately some desired the protection of the Church comes across forcefully in the vita of an unusual saint named Wilgefortis, who was much venerated in northern Europe from the ninth century onwards. Her name is a corruption of the Latin virgo fortis, ‘strong virgin’, although she was sometimes known by several other remarkable names: Uncumber, Kümmernis, Liberdade and Eutropia. She was, so the story goes, the daughter of a pagan king due to be married off to a neighbouring ruler as part of a peace treaty. Wilgefortis, however, firmly rejected the idea. In her mind she owed spousal devotion only to the crucified Christ, and no amount of coercion would convince her otherwise. For this refusal Wilgefortis was swiftly imprisoned, where she prayed that her appearance might be transformed so as to be found repulsive by all men, leaving her in peace to live out her days chastely in a convent in the service of God. Sure enough, when she was later fetched from her cell, in the words of one source: ‘They found that all her beauty was gone, and her face overgrown with long hair like a man’s beard.’ She was now doubly estranged from her father – both an evangelised Christian and a miraculous hermaphrodite – and in an enraged state he had her tortured and crucified. A horrible death like this was unlikely to have been preferable to marriage for most women, yet the pious example of such saints showcases how seriously many took the alternative religious life of a nun. These were holy women who pushed back against a masculine status quo, their model of pious liberation sanctioned by divine intervention.

Tales like that of Wilgefortis make clear too that it is not quite right to see the Middle Ages as a time in which gender was conceived of only as a binary, with powerful men set against weak women. Her image is found sculpted and painted with frequency in the period, and it suggests that the apparently fixed attributes of the sexes could on occasion become blurred: she wears a woman’s dress yet has a man’s bearded face, she was seen as somehow strange through her ‘unnatural’ doubled gender and yet when crucified was venerated as a perfect archetype of holiness. It is almost as if somewhere along the way Wilgefortis’s femininity was suddenly weaponised, an idea we see expressed in the works of several other late medieval women. The fifteenth-century Welsh poet Gwerful Mechain, for example, clearly felt empowered enough to write witheringly of her counterpart male authors, whom she felt shied away from gender as a subject for high art. For her a woman’s body was no site of shame, it was aggressive poetic fuel. As she wrote in one poem, I’r cedor, ‘To the vagina’:

"Gerddau cedor i gerdded.
Sawden awdl, sidan ydiw,
Sêm fach, len ar gont wen wiw,
Lleiniau mewn man ymannerch,
Y llwyn sur, llawn yw o serch,
Fforest falch iawn, ddawn ddifreg,
Ffris ffraill, ffwrwr dwygaill deg,
Pant yw hwy no llwy yn llaw,
Clawdd i ddal cal ddwy ddwylaw.
Trwsglwyn merch, drud annerch dro,
Berth addwyn, Duw’n borth iddo."

All you proud male poets, you dare not scoff.
Let songs to the quim grow and thrive
Find their due reward and survive.
For it is silky soft, the sultan of an ode,
A little seam, a curtain on a hole bestowed,
Neat flaps in a place of meeting,
The sour grove, circle of greeting,
Superb forest, faultless gift to squeeze,
Fur for a fine pair of balls, tender frieze.
A girl’s thick glade, it is full of love,
Lovely bush, blessed be it by God above.

Sexualities and Penis Trees

In the darker moments of medieval life women were overwhelmingly the victims of men. It is hard to say precisely whether sexual crimes were committed more or less frequently in the Middle Ages than the present, but structures of accountability were certainly far less reliable. Legal records and civic accounts record rape as not an infrequent occurrence, especially in large cities, and we get a sense that punishment for such crimes, enforced by an entirely male legal system, were rarely enacted to their fullest extent. Even when they were, prosecution was typically based on the degree to which a crime had transgressed shared male codes of honour and the limitations they placed on a woman’s social appeal to other men. If a man raped a virgin, despoiling her for potential future unions, he might be forced to marry her himself or at least continue to support her financially as he would a wife. If the victim was already married, the punishment could be significantly more severe, depending on the specifics of the crime and her husband’s background, from a hefty fine through to hanging. A concern for the physical and psychological well-being of the women involved is largely absent.

In the world of fiction and folklore, by contrast, the responsibility for sexual aggression was just as often reversed. One of the many contradictions at the heart of contemporary attitudes towards women was that the womb – and by extension a woman herself – was viewed both as extremely placid, a simplistic vessel waiting to be filled, and at the same time dangerously aggressive, a siren-like, greedy void. The latter prompted severe castration anxiety among medieval men, something frequently brought to the fore in romance narratives. Here male authors voiced fears that mischievous women might wish to do violent harm to their suitor’s penis by various means, inserting sharp iron into the vagina in order to ensnare his member or simply slicing off the penis cleanly from his skin. Stories like this range from genuinely fearful tales to more playful visualisations seen on love tokens, cast into fertility badges, carved evocatively into the lids of small treasure boxes and painted in the margins of medieval manuscripts. One such illustration decorates a famous thirteenth-century French epic poem, the Roman de la Rose, with a pair of nuns comically stuffing their pockets with large penises plucked from a sprouting tree, a masculine equivalent to the kind of floral metaphors used by Gwerful Mechain. This is a simple enough comedic device, found in a number of medieval stories: the cloistered celibate life of a nun was, in theory, as far away from this kind of libidinous plucking as it got. Yet there might be a more reactionary message at work here too. Unusually, this manuscript was not the product of a typical, exclusively male illustrator’s workshop. It was made by the much-esteemed husband-and-wife team Richard and Jeanne de Montbaston, whose atelier in fourteenth-century Paris produced a number of these luxury books. It is even possible that this particular image is the work of Jeanne alone, who continued to write and illustrate independently after Richard’s death in the 1350s. We are left to wonder whether these nuns are painted conforming to masculine stereotypes of female sexual aggression, pocketing penises left, right and centre, or are instead shown being more genuinely rebellious, trying to overturn a phallocentric world in an almost proto-feminist mould.

For its part, the penis could end up serving as an important organ of identity for medieval men. We find, for instance, a familiar bragging equation of codpiece size with manliness laced throughout masculine self-image in the Middle Ages. That a man might be openly mocked for the smallness of his penis is shown in a passage from a thirteenth-century Icelandic saga, where a maid comes across the story’s romanticised outlaw hero, Grettir Ásmundarson, naked. Although Grettir was known as a fearsome presence, the maid exclaims to her sister rather disappointedly:

"Svá vil ek heil, systir, hér er kominn Grettir Ásmundarson, ok þykki mér raunar skammrifjamikill vera, og liggr berr. En þat þykki mér fádœmi, hversu lítt hann er vaxinn niðr, ok ferr þetta eigi eptir gildleika hans Qðrum."

Bless me, sister, Grettir Ásmundarson is here, and he seems to me well built indeed, and lying here naked. But it seems to me extraordinary how small he is down below. It doesn’t go with his bigness in other respects.

Alternatively, for medieval Jews and Muslims, rituals of circumcision – the brit milah () or khitan () – elevated the penis as a marker of belonging. While Islamic scholars debated whether the practice was obligatory or simply traditional, for Jews it followed directly in the model of Abraham, a marker of the covenant of the Jewish people with God and an important moment of initiation. This was a time when a young boy might be named, and, unlike the ‘uncontrolled’ blood of menstruation, the officially sanctioned blood of circumcision was theorised by rabbis as having spiritually potent properties, sometimes poured during the ritual onto the ground in front of a synagogue’s Ark. Given that Christ had been born to a Jewish family, some Christians too noted it was technically possible that, although his body had been assumed miraculously to heaven, his foreskin may have remained on earth as a holy relic. This was a controversial claim rebutted by theological critics but was nonetheless embraced by some: the holy woman Catherine of Siena even spoke of a wedding ring for her spiritual marriage to Christ that was formed from the holy prepuce itself. Several Holy Foreskin relics appear in the medieval record, with suspicious frequency given there should have been only a single one to go round. One was venerated in the city of Antwerp, another was displayed in the Spanish pilgrimage capital of Santiago de Compostela, a third was in the eastern French city of Metz, and yet another was in the possession of the Holy Roman Emperor Charlemagne. This last foreskin even claimed a complicated ancestry from the Virgin herself, who had kept it in a small bag after the circumcision before giving it to Saint John. The pouch had then apparently been passed to an angel, who had conveniently deposited it in the imperial court at Aachen, where it was proudly displayed.

These medieval religious traditions of the penis managed to take what was fundamentally a sex organ and turn it into a public and distinctly de-sexualised object of brotherhood or sacred veneration. Other groups, however, were pressed into doing the reverse: hiding overtly eroticised male subject matter from society in a far more coded way. Sexual love between two men was viewed within the conservative bounds of the Middle Ages as a corruption of God-given gender norms. Male homosexuals were framed as sodomites, after the inhabitants of the supposedly depraved and promptly destroyed biblical city of Sodom, and we find their existence largely absent from official accounts apart from records of their punishment. Depending on where and when one lived, sentences for sodomitical crimes varied dramatically, from those of the German Empire, whose law codes barely mention such perceived misconduct, through to those of the Venetian Republic, whose fourteenth-century Signori dei Notti, or ‘Night Watch’, would sentence gay men to death by burning at the stake. Some small homosexual communities do seem to have existed during the Middle Ages, although even these remain recorded in only the most derogatory of ways. Richard of Devizes’ twelfth-century chronicle of life in England during the reign of Richard I mentions a number of what he saw as sexually deviant characters amid London’s medieval nightlife: alongside farmacopolae (‘drug pedlars’) and crissariae (‘prostitutes’), he lists glabriones (‘effeminate boys’), pusiones (‘rent boys’), vultuariae (‘witches’) and mascularii (‘man-lovers’).

Leniency for such sodomitic crimes might in fact depend on the degree to which a gay man strayed outside regular sexual roles. The most unpleasant homophobic rhetoric was reserved for the passive homosexual, whose penetration meant his experience of sex was transformed into an unacceptably feminine mode. By comparison, the active penetrator was thought at least to be dispensing something of the typical male sexual responsibility, albeit with a moral wrong-headedness. Following a similar gendered logic, gay women were recorded even less frequently in the Middle Ages than gay men. Lesbians were members of society who were by definition twice as inferior, both by their homosexual orientation and their secondary female gender. They only very rarely feature in literary stories of the era, and even then they tend to exchange mostly non-physical affection. A tale found in the tenth-century Jawami’ alladhdha (‘Encyclopedia of Pleasure’), by the little-known author Ali ibn Nasr al-Katib, tells of two princesses named Hind and al-Zarqa who fall in love and found a monastery together. But theirs is an amorousness of a particularly chaste variety, presented as a model of female loyalty and certainly not praise for open sapphic love itself.

Reading Piss

One aspect of the genitals united all people, female and male, Jewish and Christian, homosexual and heterosexual alike: eventually, everyone needs to urinate. Within the modes of humoral medicine everything that was expelled from the body – sweat, vomit, saliva, faeces – could be pored over for its quality and quantity by a knowledgeable healer for signs of underlying internal imbalance, and urine was no exception.

Texts from as early as the seventh century offered detailed guidance for physicians in uroscopic readings. We agree today that urine colour can be an indicator of levels of hydration within the body as well as various other measures of health, but this earlier medicine took urological divining to extremes. So focused were some physicians on reading urine that the round-bottomed flasks in which patients’ samples were presented to them quickly became a prominent part of their visual culture. Much like a modern white coat, a person in a medieval manuscript depicted peering at such a flask instantly identified himself as a physician, although this was not necessarily a reifying gesture of respect. In the fifteenth-century stained-glass windows of York Minster, monkeys rather than men inspect urine bottles, a bawdy pastiche of the active medical scene in the city. In theatrical plays, too, bungling doctors also offered light comic relief through the bladder. In the so-called Croxton Play of the Sacrament, a rare surviving piece of English religious theatre, a character called Master Brownditch of Brabant – whose name already suggests a certain coprological obsession – is described in particularly urine-laden terms:

"The most famous phesycyan
That ever sawe uryne!
He seeth as wele at noone as at nyght,
And sumtyme by a candelleyt
Can gyf a judgyment aryght
As he that hathe noon eyn."

"The most famous physician That ever saw urine! He sees as well at noon as at night, And sometimes by a candlelight Can give a judgement just as well As one that has no eyes at all. Urine is both Brownditch’s badge of honour and his failing, the proud marker of his trade and the basis for a backhanded compliment that his urological pronouncements are no better than those of a blind man".

These colourful characters of the stage could be matched medically with equally colourful images. A beautiful tree complete with flowering roundels of piss sounds like something of a paradox, and yet this is how several medieval texts on uroscopy chose to frame their contents. A wheel of samples from a manuscript made around 1420 in Germany shows the detail that went into such prognoses, the culmination of many different theories on micturition. A circle of flasks are shown graded by colour around a flourishing, seven-branched tree, a style of illustration that simultaneously echoes contemporary philosophical diagrams of virtues and vices, religious family trees mapping the genealogy of Christ and, in a way, the penis tree of the Roman de la Rose. Each branch suggests a different broad diagnosis, ranging from indigestion to imminent death, while an outer layer offers abstract colorific descriptions picked up by the corresponding sample’s shade. Lowest on the scale we find albus (‘white’), with the explanation that such urine is ‘as clear as well-water’. The circles then move through various grades of yellow – karopos (likened to camel’s hair or skin), subpallidus (like unreduced meat juice), rufus (like a fine gold or saffron) – before turning to different reds – rubicundus (like a low flame), inops (like an animal’s liver) and kyanos (like a darkened wine). Finally, after covering ever deeper greens – plumbeus (like the colour of lead) and viridis (like a cabbage) – the wheel finishes with two ominous shades of black, one described as being like ink and the other the colour of a darkened animal horn.

These vivid descriptions of urine show just how sensory a task physicians were undertaking when inspecting patients’ samples, with uroscopy texts encouraging all sorts of behaviour at the bedside: testing the viscosity of the urine and any particles suspended within, grading its smell or evaluating its sweetness or bitterness. Shaken, stirred, sniffed, even tasted, urine was reified in such flourishing trees, turned from effluvia to a careful diagnostic tool. In fact, just like the topsy-turvy medieval ideas of the anus, the notion of elevating something base to something extremely sensitive is a good model for how the Middle Ages seem to have viewed the genitals in general. We are often encouraged to look back on their views of gender and sexuality as rather blunt, switching robotically between only two modes. On the one hand, there is the coyness of courtly love or religious celibacy, a chastity that separated the genders and saw sex as sin, something best avoided or at least uncomfortably repressed. On the other, there is the overstimulated titillation of something like Jeanne’s penis tree, a raw eroticism that could demonise both genders and tip all too easily into sexual danger and violence. Yet the work of authors and makers at the time shows that neither stereotype was strictly uniform. Medieval sex organs do not seem to have been discussed all that much more or less than in our own sexual lives today. But their genitals were certainly more momentous: no other part of the medieval body played such a defining role as the womb or the penis in plotting the bounds of how a person’s life might unfold.

Written by Jack Hartnell in "Medieval Bodies - Life, Death and Art In The Middle Ages", Profile Books, London, UK, 2018, (published in association with Wellcome Collection). Digitized, adapted and illustrated to be posted by Leopoldo Costa.

(Jack Hartnell is Lecturer in Art History at University of East Anglia. He has previously held positions at Columbia University, the Courtauld Institute, the Max-Planck-Institut and the Victoria and Albert Museum in London.)





WOMEN IN REFORMATION EUROPE

$
0
0
Joachim Beuckelaer's painting "Allegory of Negligence" shows a man relaxing with women in the 16th century
Tales of wives shaming errant husbands, brides forcing lovers to marry them and maidservants taking their rapists to court emerge from Suzannah Lipscomb’s research into the female residents of Reformation France. So, she asks, does this mean that women in 16th-century Europe wielded more power than we previously thought?

In December 1600, a French maidservant called Marguerite Brueysse claimed that her master, Anthoine Bonnet, had made her pregnant. Anthoine, who was probably in his fifties or sixties, was an influential man. When summoned to the consistory (a sort of Huguenot church court) in the city of Nîmes in Languedoc to answer the accusation, Anthoine denied everything  and called Marguerite a whore.He also claimed that she was pregnant by cobbler Andre Fauchier, who lived nearby. Before leaving, Anthoine even displayed a declaration Marguerite had apparently made before a magistrate assigning paternity to Fauchier.

But that wasn’t the end of the matter. The consistory wanted to know more, and asked Marguerite for her story. She initially said that Anthoine had “persuaded and induced her by words and promises” to have sex with him and promised her 50 écus (which he never gave her) if she would blame her pregnancy on Fauchier. The consistory asked her – as a test of truth – if she would repeat her accusations to her master. She said she would.

A week later, the two came face-to-face and, in deference to his status, the consistory allowed Anthoine to cross-examine Marguerite.He told her to tell the truth “according to God and her conscience”. She replied that, “according to God and her conscience, she had been known carnally” and made pregnant by him.He enquired where he had known her first and how he had persuaded her. She replied that it was “one day when she was taking excrement out to the ditch in Bonnet’s garden” when he had ordered her into the stable and there “threw her on a pile of rye where he knew her by force, putting a handkerchief in her mouth to stop her from shouting”.

In response, Anthoine disparaged Marguerite’s sexual reputation and suggested that her brother had made her accuse him. She denied having sex with anyone else or having been persuaded to act by her brother. When Anthoine started to question her for a second time about the circumstances in which he had propositioned her, she lost her composure, dropping angrily out of the official French into her mother-tongue, Occitan, to say: “As youwanted, in a ditch of dung, in Rodilhan, a year less amonth ago.”

Ten days later, the consistory met to deliberate on the matter. They summoned Anthoine and charged himto tell the truth. He swore that he was falsely accused – but the consistory didn’t believe him. Their unanimous judgment was that Anthoine would be suspended from the Eucharist.He was livid, shouting at them “in all passion and anger... that they did him a great wrong to believe a whore rather than a good man”.

Impossible to prove

It’s no surprise that Anthoine was angry.Most female domestic servants were in their teens or early twenties, and were especially vulnerable to sexual abuse by their male employers. Prosecution rates for rape were very low: women had to prove the impossible – active physical resistance throughout the attack. Not only that but women were believed to be physically, morally,mentally and emotionally weaker than men, and especially more driven to lust and lechery. It was assumed that in most seductions, the woman was either the initiator or had yielded voluntarily.

Medical beliefs tipped the scales further in men’s favour. It was thought that women needed to reach a sexual climax to conceive, so a pregnant woman claiming to be raped could not have been raped at all. Therefore, most rapists got off scot-free.What’smore, a married woman had no legal status apart from her husband’s; any woman’s testimony was worth considerably less than aman’s.

And yet, in the case of Anthoine Bonnet and Marguerite Brueysse, the Protestant church authorities believed a young, lowly servant-woman rather than an older man of influence. This is not what the consistory – the Protestant church’s mechanism for imposing morality – had been set up to do. Although it was also the governing body and welfare centre of the local church, most of its time was given to moral supervision, interrogation and reprimand.

Throughout Protestant Languedoc, elders were appointed to oversee a district of a few streets and were charged to report back any moral failings. And the ministers, elders, deacons and scribes who made up the consistory in each Protestant town were nothing if not zealous. They investigated routine gossip, noted all indiscretions, and reported every impropriety. The aim was to create a community that was visibly distinguished by its holiness – holiness that would be achieved by eradicating superstition,magic, fortune-telling, games, dancing (which was thought “dissolute and scandalous, tending to fornication”), fights, violence, insults and, above all, sexual sin.

As women were thought to be primarily responsible for sexual and other sins, controlling morals meant controlling women. The consistory was a fundamentally patriarchal institution, intended to uphold existing social hierarchies and reinforce the authority of husbands and fathers.

Playing the system

But there were unintended consequences to this moral discipline. First of all, women appeared before the consistory frequently: in my research into the consistorial records of 10 towns and cities in Languedoc (a total of 25 volumes and more than 1,200 cases), I have found well over a thousand testimonies about women and, crucially, by women – most of whom left no other record to posterity.

And the consistorial systemproduced another – entirely ironic and accidental – result: it empowered Languedoc’s female residents.Women quickly learned how to use the consistory to their advantage: they denounced those who abused them, they forcedmen to honour marriage promises, and they started rumours they knew would be followed up by the elders. In short, they used the church courts to obtain justice, to secure marriage and to ensure provision for their children. And this empowerment is reflected in the consistorial registers, which suggest that women could be independent, self-determining and vocal – even in an age when they had limited legal rights, were barred from public office and higher education, and played no formal role in the church law or government.

This is no heroic tale. Women’s suits were far from always successful, and women were frequently abused, forced to do what they did not want to do, and punished for doing that which they did. Nevertheless, my research suggests that we need to reconceptualise female power at this time – to recognise that it did not always conform to the stereotype of hidden, devious influence. Women were also bold, violent and vocal, and exercised power that was far more public and direct than historians have previously recognised.

A shaming society

The insights of the consistorial records even show us ordinary women using their power beyond the realms of the consistory in pursuit of their own agendas.We see women choosing to have sex outside marriage, despite the potentially devastating consequences in a shaming society; challenging church authorities; and electing not to return to estranged husbands.

Take the example of Catherine Cheysse. In 1592 she had been married to Jehan Bertrand for 21 years and had had four children with him, but the couple had spent 11 of those years apart. Jehan explained that this was because they had lived in Piedmont, where a decade earlier Protestants had been greatly persecuted, so he had been obliged to flee to Languedoc, taking the children with him. Sometime afterwards,he said, when he thought it safe, he returned to the marital home to collect his wife, but – perhaps unimpressed by being left behind – she “did not want to obey”. At a later date, Catherine heard rumours that her husband and elder son were dead and turned up in Languedoc to see for herself. Jehan again asked her to stay and live with him, “which she did not want to do”, preferring to return to Piedmont. She chose her own path.

Of all evidence the consistories offer us, perhaps the most surprising is the insight they give us into female violence. One example of women coming to blows occurred in 1562, when Jehanne Laudane hit Jehanne Liborde with a stick because, she claimed, Liborde had punched her.

In 1582 Honorat Cany’s wife punched Donne Coderque and her daughters in the street, drawing blood. Coderque claimed that Cany’s wife had just discovered her husband with Coderque’s niece. Coderque had also over heard Cany’s wife shouting coarsely at her husband, “that he would just as soon fuck the arsehole of a cow”. In her fury, as she left their house, Cany had lashed out at Coderque and her daughters who were on the road outside.

Men could find themselves on the receiving end of female violence, too. In 1587 in Pont-de-Camarès, Jehan Costeplane asserted that his daughter-in-law had hit him on the head with a bat and made him bleed. Alix Toulouse was reprimanded in 1592 because she “is often angry with her husband in the open street, using cruel insults”, while Sarra de Bely was chastised by the Montauban consistory in 1596 for acting “like a wild beast…being angry with her neighbours... and treating her husband with contempt to the scandal of many good people”.

A woman called Claude Rouveyrolle reported in 1589 that twomen had shouted insults at her, attempted to cut her dress all the way up to her bottom– with the words “she is a whore” – and then turned on her husband. The men reported that Claude had hit one of them with a stone and floored him; she made no attempt to deny it.

As these anecdotes prove, the consistorial records of Languedoc are exceptionally valuable. They bring women’s agency in the 16th century into a sharper focus than any other sources. They gave women the opportunity to initiate cases, as they seldom could elsewhere. And, as they were free to use, a whole swathe of poor women could now bring suits without paying for the right to do so.

But, while the records themselves are extraordinary, the people that appear in them were surely not. Just as the women of Protestant Languedoc were active, decisive and resourceful so, in all probability, were their counterparts across Europe. In other words, the records allow us to see how ordinary women 400 years ago really acted.

**********

HOW WOMEN FOUGHT BACK

1 They weren’t afraid to pass judgment

In 1588, a group of women led by the wife of Guillaume des Arènes and her neighbour Marguerite gathered outside the house of Vidal Raymond, a maker of pack-saddles living in Nîmes. These women were his neighbours. They beat their fists on the door and cried out to Raymond to let them in, saying that they knew he kept a woman inside. Raymond refused, so the women forced an entry and found a woman trying to hide herself beneath a pile of straw. They called her a ‘whore’ and chased her out of town. The women then went on to report the matter to a church elder.

2 They could force men to marry them

In 1598, Catherine Lamberte, a Catholic, told the Montauban consistory that she and a Protestant cordswain called Jehan Picard had made promises to marry, and that she had given him 100 livres towards her dowry. Jehan had since contracted marriage with another woman, and denied receipt of the dowry, but did admit that they had drawn up a contract. He said that, as Catherine had refused to convert to Protestantism, the contract was null.

Catherine next appeared brandishing the contract of marriage, and a receipt for 60 livres of the dowry. It predated Jehan’s other marriage contract, so the consistory deemed that the marriage to Catherine should go ahead.

3 They humiliated philandering husbands

In Montauban in 1595, Anne de Valaty twice discovered her husband, Pierre Cordiny, trying to have sex with their maid. The first time she cried out to her neighbours on the street that she had found her husband lying with the maid on a sack, and wailed: “I would never have thought my husband would do this act.” She told a friend that “she should keep watch on her maid so that her husband does not do [with her] as Cordiny did with his”.

When Anne found the couple together again, she hit the maid with a sieve, and threw her out of the house. Anne’s distress at her husband’s infidelity manifested itself in angrily denouncing him, and using her power as a housewife to dismiss the servant.

Written by Suzannah Lipscombis in "BBC History Magazine" UK, February 2019, excerpts pp.36-40. Digitized, adapted and illustrated to be posted by Leopoldo Costa.


THE ORIGINS OF HUMANKIND

$
0
0


Paleontologists, scientists who study ancient life in the distant past, agree that humans and chimpanzees are descended from a species that no longer exists. About seven million years ago in central Africa that lost species gave rise to two separate species. One branch developed into chimpanzees, the other, into hominids. After leaving their homeland in Africa around 1.8 million years ago, hominids continued to develop until anatomically modern people, or Homo sapiens sapiens, appeared 150,000 years ago.

The First Hominids: Australopithecines

Biologists use four different subcategories when classifying animals: family, genus (the Latin word for group or class), species, and subspecies. Modern humans are members of the Primate family, the genus Homo (“person” in Latin), the species sapiens (“wise” or “intelligent” in Latin), and the subspecies sapiens, so the correct term for modern people is Homo sapiens sapiens. Members of the same species can reproduce, while members of two different species cannot. The species closest to modern human beings today is the chimpanzee, whose cells contain nuclei with genetic material called deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) that overlaps with that of humans by 98.4 percent.

Scientists use the concept of evolution to explain how all life forms, including modern humans, have come into being. In the nineteenth century Charles Darwin proposed that natural selection is the mechanism underlying evolutionary change. He realized that variations exist within a species (we now know that genetic mutations cause them) and that certain variations increase an individual’s chances of survival. All variations, benefi cial or not, are passed along to offspring. Because those individuals with benefi cial traits—perhaps a bigger brain or more upright posture—are more likely to survive, they will have more offspring. And, because traits are inherited, these offspring will also possess the benefi cial traits. Individuals lacking those traits will have few or no offspring. As new mutations occur within a population, its characteristics will change and a new species can develop from an earlier one, typically over many thousands or even millions of years.

The process of natural selection caused the early hominids to diverge from other primates, especially in their manner of walking. Our very earliest ancestors did not belong to the genus Homo but to the genus Australopithecus (“southern ape”), whose habitat was also Africa. The defining characteristic of australopithecines was bipedalism, the ability to walk on two feet, whereas chimpanzees and gorillas knuckle-walked on all four limbs.

Paleontologists have found australopithecine remains in different regions of Africa, including Malawi, Chad, South Africa, and most importantly northern Tanzania in the Olduvai Gorge, which lies in the Great Rift Valley. Located along a crack in the earth’s crust where two giant tectonic plates are slowly moving apart, the Great Rift Valley runs for 2,000 miles (3,600 km) from the Red Sea to Tanzania. Now 25 to 50 miles (40–80 km) wide, it exposes many earlier layers of human occupation. In the 1960s and 1970s, Richard and Mary Leakey found in this valley australopithecine skulls, jawbones, teeth, and even footprints, the first tangible evidence of the australopithecine ability to walk.

Since early hominids could walk, they were able to leave the cover of forests and hunt in the open grasslands. Scientists believe that millions of years ago grasslands began to replace forests. At that time the African continent, then much wetter than it is today, began to dry up. As grassy savannah replaced rainforest, walking upright conferred an important advantage over those species that walked on four limbs. Upright walking also used fewer calories than knuckle-walking.

One of the most complete sets of australopithecine remains comes from a female known as Lucy. She was named for “Lucy in the Sky with Diamonds,” a Beatles song playing on a tape recorder when, in 1974, archaeologists found her remains in Ethiopia. She stood 39 inches (1 m) tall and lived 3.5 million years ago. Her face was shaped like an ape, with a small brain like a chimpanzee, and she made no tools of her own. But the remains of Lucy’s knee showed that she walked upright.

Homo Erectus and the First Migrations Outside of Africa, 2.5-1.8 Million Year Ago

One can easily get the impression that our ancestors evolved in a logical progression, with ancient tiny hominids growing taller and more human-like, but the reality was more complex. Fossil evidence suggests that a number of species came into existence, flourished for a time, and then died out. Some of these had more human characteristics, while others had more in common with chimpanzees and gorillas.

Recent finds suggest that four different groups of human ancestors coexisted 2.5 million years ago, or one million years after Lucy was alive. These different human ancestors all shared two important characteristics that set them apart from the australopithecines: they had bigger brains and made tools of their own by chipping off stone flakes from cores. This innovation marked the beginning of the Paleolithic period, or Old Stone Age (2.5 million years ago–8000 b.c.e.). The earliest tools were sharp enough to cut through animal hides and to scrape meat off bones. Over the long course of the Paleolithic period, proto-humans made tools of increasing complexity.

These early hominids belonged to the same genus, but not the same species, as modern people: they are called Homo habilis (“handy human”). Standing erect, Homo habilis weighed less than 100 pounds and measured under 5 feet tall. They ate whatever fruits and vegetables grew wild and competed with other scavengers, such as hyenas, to get scraps of meat left behind by lions and tigers.

The species that evolved into modern humans—Homo erectus  (“upright human”)—appeared about 1.9 million years ago. Homo erectus had a brain double the size of earlier hominid brains, about the same size as that of modern humans, as well as far greater mobility than any earlier human ancestor. Armed with hand axes, and perhaps even simple boats (evidence of which does not survive), Homo erectus left Africa and migrated to Asia.

Two main routes connect Africa with Eurasia: one leads across the Strait of Gibraltar into Spain, and the other crosses the Sinai Peninsula into western Asia. The earliest hominid remains found outside of Africa date to 1.8 million years ago in Dmanisi, Georgia (in the Caucasus Mountains) and in Ubeidiya, Israel, from 1.4 million years ago. The distribution of the few Homo erectus finds in Eurasia shows that the route into western Asia was more heavily traveled than the route across the Mediterranean at the Strait of Gibraltar.

These early species did not move quickly from western Asia to Europe, perhaps because the cold climate there was not inviting. They entered Europe by crossing the Bosporus strait in modern Turkey and then walking along the northern shore of the Mediterranean. The earliest evidence that our ancestors lived in Europe, from Atapuerca, Spain, dates to 1.1 million years ago.

It seems likely that Homo erectus learned how to control fire at this time. One early find, dating to 1.4 million years ago, at the site of Chesowanja, Kenya, included lumps of burnt clay alongside animal bones and stone tools, but many think a natural fire might have occurred. A more convincing find, from northern Israel, dates to 790,000 years ago. There archaeologists found fragments of flint next to charred remains of wood in different layers of earth, an indication that the site’s occupants passed the knowledge of fi re making to their descendants. To keep a fi re going requires planning far ahead, an ability that earlier hominids lacked.

Following the discovery of fire, our ancestors began to eat more meat, which resulted in a larger brain size. By 500,000 years ago, they had settled many sites throughout Europe and Asia. At this time, Homo erectus began to evolve into archaic Homo sapiens.

The Emergency of Homo Sapiens Sapiens, 2 Million-150.000 Years Ago.

One of the fiercest debates currently raging among paleontologists concerns the development of humankind between about 1.9 million years ago, when Homo erectus was alive, and the appearance of Homo sapiens sapiens, or anatomically modern people, about 150,000 years ago. The “regional continuity” school holds that, after Homo erectus settled the Eastern Hemisphere about two million years ago, different hominids from different regions gradually merged to form modern people. The “single origin” school posits a very different history for humankind. It agrees with the regional continuity school that Homo erectus settled the Eastern Hemisphere starting 1.9 million years ago, but it suggests that a second wave of migration out of Africa—of Homo sapiens sapiens between 100,000 and 50,000 years ago—supplanted all pre-existing human species.

The “single origin” school cites DNA evidence in support of its position. The DNA in the nucleus of every cell in our bodies contains about 100,000 genes, an inherited mix of one’s father’s and mother’s DNA. In addition, all of our cells contain structures outside the nucleus called mitochondria. Each of these mitochondria contains a single DNA strand that is inherited only from the egg cell of the mother. If one examines mitochondrial DNA from different populations around the world, statistical analysis of minute differences points toward an ancestral female population that lived somewhere in Africa about 100,000 years ago, an indication that the descendants of an “African Eve” replaced all other human populations after a second migration out of Africa.

The “regional continuity” scholars argue that different regional populations could have mixed with the second wave of migrants from Africa and that they did not necessarily die out. Everyone agrees, though, that the earliest hominids originated in Africa and that Homo erectus left Africa about 1.9 million years ago.

Written by Valerie Hansen and Kenneth R.Custis in "Voyages in World History", Wadsworth, USA,2010, excerpts pp. 5-8. Digitized, adapted and illustrated to be posted by Leopoldo Costa.

PLUNDER AND POWER IN THE REPUBLIC FROM ROME TO RICHES

$
0
0


Military expansion turned first-century B.C. Rome into a boomtown, building fortunes.

t was a time of lavish banquets and luxury real estate ... at least for some. As frontiers expanded ever farther across the Mediterranean world, Rome — once the urban center of a traditional agrarian society—became the capital of capital. Military positions and banking were the best options for getting on the Roman rich list. While the nobility still mattered, there were opportunities for the poor and even freed slaves to make it big in the booming economy of Rome’s first century b.c.

Fortunes of War

The most obvious way to get rich quick in Rome was undoubtedly war. At the very end of the third century b.c., the Second Punic War (218-201 b.c.) saw Rome crush its regional rival, the Carthaginians, and continue its rise toward becoming the great power of the Mediterranean. As Rome’s star rose,riches flooded into the capital. It was not only seen as justifiable to take praeda (plunder),but the fact that it had been taken in war strengthened the claim of ownership. Centuries later, a jurist commented on his Roman forebears:“maxime ea sua esse credebant,quae ex hostibus cepissent”—loosely translated this means, “They believed that property to which there was the strongest claim of lawful ownership was that which they had captured from their enemies.” This philosophy affected the way Romans saw the world and provided them with a rationale for profiting from conquest. In 168 b.c. General Lucius Aemilius Paulus conquered Macedonia, hauling vast amounts of plunder back to Rome to display in triumph.

An appointment to high office in a conquered province could also be lucrative. Historian and devoted follower of Caesar, Sallust (ca 86-34 b.c.), grew rich through extortion as governor of the province of Africa Nova. He used the funds to build the Horti Sallustiani (Sallustian Gardens),an opulent villa with magnificent gardens.

Richest of the Rich

Today, booms and bubbles are defended by some as a by-product of a dynamic economy and bitterly criticized by others as sources of instability.A similar discussion seems to have been taking place in the late Roman Republic.A teenager when civil wars raged between Pompey and Julius Caesar in the 40s b.c., historian Livy criticized:“In these latter years wealth has brought avarice in its train,and ...a passion for ... self-indulgence and licentiousness.”

The wealthiest man in Rome when Livy was born was Marcus Licinius Crassus (115-53 b.c.), whose life and death served as a morality tale about the pleasures and dangers of wealth. Crassus could not exactly claim to be a selfmade man as he had inherited a considerable fortune from his family. But he did have a legendary appetite for making money, and his methods provide a very clear insight into how Roman capitalism operated.

Crassus built a real estate empire thanks to the actions of Sulla, who became dictator in 82 b.c. First-century a.d. Greek biographer Plutarch described how Sulla confiscated estates from his enemies and those he had put to death, classifying the property as “spoils of war.” Sulla then sold off the land, and Crassus, seeing an opportunity, purchased them for a song.

In another crafty move, Crassus was known for buying fire-damaged houses and neighboring structures on the cheap. He would then use some 500 slaves, all skilled artisans, to rehabilitate the buildings. As landlord, Crassus rented them to make a good return on his investment. Through these purchases, Crassus became one of Rome’s largest landowners. Through rent collection, he added to what was already one of Rome’s largest fortunes.

Pliny the Elder, writing in the first century a.d., recorded that Crassus’ landholdings were valued at 200 million sesterces. To put that in context, to qualify for the Senate, a candidate had to have land valued at “just” one million sesterces. In Crassus’s view, nobody could be considered rich unless they could finance their own army. The historian Plutarch recounts that Crassus raised seven legions when he was governor of Syria. It is hard to put a price on a Roman legion of the time, but it is known that a legion at the end of the first century a.d. cost 2.3 million sesterces a year.

If wealth bought an army, an army bought political power. Crassus’ military muscle enabled him to form, with Julius Caesar and Pompey, the First Triumvirate. This junta of three ruled Rome between 60 and 53 b.c. before the pact collapsed. But the triumvir cum landlord ended up choking on his own wealth... literally. In 53 b.c. Crassus led an ill-advised offensive against the troops of the Parthian Empire (northeastern Iran). Crassus was defeated and subsequently killed at Carrhae (modern-day Harran in Turkey). One account says he died a horrible death, the Parthians pouring molten gold down his throat.

Borrowing and Lending

At the height of his wealth and power, Crassus had offered financial assistance to his future fellow triumvir Julius Caesar. Caesar needed it: He came from an ancient Roman family of noble lineage but with little money. He had to take on debt to finance his political ambitions. According to the mid-second century a.d. historian Appian of Alexandria, by the time Caesar was 40, his debt totaled 25 million sesterces.

When Caesar was elected propraetor governor of Hispania Ulterior (the south of modern-day Spain and Portugal), his creditors threatened to seize the funds he received from the state unless he paid off his loans. This was when Crassus came to his aid nd made the loan.Caesar could now pursue his career as governor, and then use the wealth he accrued through his position to eventually pay off his debt to Crassus. A few years later, the plunder he seized in Gaul (58-51 b.c.) gave him all the money he needed to become a serious political player.

Banking also offered a path to wealth. Roman bankers performed various roles: money changing, holding deposits, acting as middlemen in auctions, and, obviously, lending money. Interest on loans could soar, prompting some legislators to attempt to tame it. A law from the mid-first century b.c. attempted to limit interest to 12 percent, but many bankers charged more if they thought they could get away with it. Despite the best efforts of the courts, leading senators and landowners were forever being discovered embroiled in usurious schemes.

The politician and orator Cicero described the power wielded by money lenders in Rome in the first century b.c. At the high point of his career, Cicero decided to move to Palatine Hill, a luxurious area for the ruling classes. He felt he deserved to live there, but his lack of aristocratic ancestry and vast family fortune forced him to resort to legal tricks and a high-interest loan to buy his property (a former home of none other than Crassus himself). Later, Cicero complained in a letter to a friend: “I bought [Crassus’] mansion for three-and-a-half million sesterces... Now I am in so much debt I would not hesitate to get involved in a conspiracy if someone would have me.”

Earning Potential

Social status was not destiny for Romans in the first century b.c. It could limit opportunities for people; however, the ability to amass wealth could help others to rise up through the ranks. Roman citizens were typically divided into two groups: the patricians and the plebeians. The wealthy aristocrats, the patricians were a small group descended from Rome’s oldest and wealthiest families; some claimed to be able to trace their lineages back to Rome’s founding. The more numerous plebeians were the working-class citizens of Rome.

Some Romans owned slaves, and if these slaves were freed by their masters, then they became the liberti, or freedmen. The era of entrepreneurship in Rome gave them opportunities to build up personal fortunes. Following Julius Caesar’s assassination in 44 b.c. and Rome’s transition from republic to empire, many liberti prospered as the new government emerged. During the reign of Emperor Augustus and his successors, some liberti enjoyed privileged positions in the most influential circles of state. These skilled administrators took advantage of their place in the inner circles to amass fortunes—in some cases even greater than that of Crassus. Examples include Callistus, whom Emperor Caligula had freed, and Narcissus, freed by Emperor Claudius, who handled the emperor’s correspondence.

Outside of politics, many liberti were renowned as professionals. One famous example was the baker Marcus Vergilius Eurysaces, who built a fortune after manumission. Built in 30 b.c., his elaborate tomb stands near the Porta Maggiore and is decorated with scenes from daily life in a bakery. As a freedman, Eurysaces could never attain the highest social standings in Rome, but he could display his considerable wealth through theworkmanship of his tomb.

Although so many aspects of Roman life seem strange from a modern perspective,its debate on wealth and values does not. One of the richest men in Rome in the first century a.d. was the Stoic philosopher Seneca.Atrusted servant of both emperors Claudius and Nero, he is said to have amassed a fortune of more than 300 million sesterces.This colossal sum jars some what with the admonition he writes in a letter to his friend Lucilius:“Let us become intimate with poverty, so that Fortune may not catch us off our guard. We shall be rich with all the more comfort,if we once learn how far poverty is from being a burden.” The question as to whether Seneca was a hypocrite, or whether it is possible to reconcile wealth with the virtues of austerity, still provides rich debate today.

**********

Haves and Have-Nots: Rich and Poor in Rome

CONCRETE DATA about incomes and wages in classical sources can be tricky to qualify. Even so, it is possible to make rough comparisons to give an approximation of the wealth of top earners relative to the earnings of the masses. The super-rich in the late Roman Republic included the statesman Lucius Lucullus—whose estate was worth 100 million sesterces—to Julius Caesar’s contemporaries and rivals, Marcus Licinius Crassus and Pompey the Great, who each possessed fortunes valued at 200 million sesterces.

FARTHER DOWN THE SOCIAL SCALE was Marcus Tullius Cicero, whose estate—around 13 million sesterces— seems paltry in comparison. Nevertheless, the orator and statesman was undoubtedly a rich man. In addition to his luxury house on Rome’s exclusive Palatine Hill, he had also inherited his father’s country estate. He owned shops and at least eight farms and country villas in rural Italy, where he grew crops and raised cattle with the slaves he owned.

Despite the moderation for which he was noted, Cicero’s properties were equipped with all the luxury required by an owner of his status and his occasional guests. The Palatine Hill house—which he bought from Crassus in 62 B.C.—set him back 3.5 million sesterces, and yet, despite his property portfolio, the farming income for his estates, and his fees as a lawyer, he still had to struggle to secure loans to acquire his dream home on the hill.

THE RANK AND FILE of Romans, of course, did not earn anywhere near as much. Studies of Roman wages at the time put a daily male laborer’s rate in Rome at around three sesterces. Despite not belonging to the elite class, Cicero earned an annual income of 80,000 sesterces a year in rent from his shops alone; add to this his farm rents and his lawyer fees, and his annual income would have dwarfed that of most other Romans. This was a growing trend. If the rich-poor divide was vast in Cicero’s day, it grew far wider when the republic fell and Rome became an empire in 27 B.C.

Written by José Ferrer Maestro in "National Geographic History", USA, November-December 2017, vol.3, n.5, excerpts pp.41-51. Digitized, adapted and illustrated to be posted by Leopoldo Costa.









SPINACH: A BOMB-DETECTING SUPERFOOD

$
0
0


To detect explosive compounds, researchers have designed plants that communicate with us. Scientists from MIT added carbon nanotubes to spinach plant leaves, causing the plants to emit infrared light when they’re near nitroaromatics, compounds often used in explosives. Researchers believe their augmented plants represent early successes in an emerging ield called plant nanobionics, which could fundamentally change the way we detect bombs, droughts, toxins and more.

GIVING PLANTS SUPERPOWERS

The same team debuted this technology a few years ago when it used nanoparticles embedded in plant leaves to detect nitric oxide, a hallmark of pollution. Since then, these scientists have developed polymers that bind to a variety of molecules, including hydrogen peroxide, TNT and sarin, a potent nerve toxin. They wrap their custom polymers around carbon nanotubes and apply them as a solution to the undersides of leaves. The nanotubes are then absorbed into the mesophyll, a part of the plant involved in photosynthesis, where they are exposed to all the chemicals lowing through the plant. The researchers used spinach plants, but the same technology could work on any plant, they say.

Plants have a highly developed vascular system that distributes water and nutrients from the roots to the tip of the stem. They also are highly sensitive to minute environmental changes, necessary for responding to impending catastrophes such as droughts.

Everything the plant absorbs cycles through its system, and molecules absorbed by the roots or leaves will eventually make their way to the nanotubes sitting in the spinach plants’ leaves. In this iteration of the project, when nitroaromatics were present, they attached to the nanotube. This caused the structure to luoresce differently when a laser was trained on it, emitting near-infrared radiation picked up by a nearby camera. A computer attached to the camera registered the presence of a dangerous compound and sent out an email alert warning of a possible threat.

“This is a novel demonstration of how we have overcome the plant/human communication barrier,” Michael Strano, a professor of chemical engineering at MIT and co-author of the study, says in a news release. The team published its research in Nature Materials.

STILL IN EARLY STAGES

There are still a few kinks to work out. The team didn’t conduct trials using solely airborne compounds, which presumably would be how most commercial applications of this technology would need to operate. The researchers also didn’t reveal the minimum concentration of nitroaromatic compounds needed to trigger a detection, so it’s unclear how sensitive their plants are.

The researchers say their system takes about 10 minutes to detect the presence of nitroaromatics when they are added to the roots, and the infrared sensor works from up to a meter away, although they hope to boost that range in the future. They have also increased the detector’s reliability by adding in separate nanotubes that constantly luoresce, which they say helps avoid false-positive detections.

Written by Nathaniel Scharping in "Strange Science" USA, Fall 2018, excerpt p.14. Digitized, adapted and illustrated to be posted by Leopoldo Costa.








SEXUALIDADE FEMININA

$
0
0


Até pouco tempo, o órgão sexual feminino permanecia relativamente desconhecido mesmo entre médicos e cientistas. Mas agora isso felizmente começou a mudar, e você não vai querer ficar de fora - sem duplo sentido.

o nome dela é proibido. O cheiro é um tabu. Existem mulheres que nunca tiveram coragem de encará-la nem com um espelhinho. Ela foi cientificamente ignorada por anos, teve suas características únicas minimizadas e foi tratada como um pênis que não deu certo — ou que estava de cabeça para baixo.

Mas (antes tarde do que nunca! ) a vagina parece finalmente estar ganhando a atenção que merece. A genitália feminina, na prática muito mais “polêmica” que os famigerados mamilos, tornou-se objeto de pesquisa de diversas áreas da ciência. Hoje, já se sabe que o clitóris tem 8 mil terminações nervosas(4 mil a mais que o pênis), que pelo menos 50 espécies de microrganismos habitam o canal vaginal e que existe uma ligação concreta entre o cérebro e vagina.

Apesar disso tudo, grande parte das mulheres ainda é incapaz de nomear as estruturas que compõem seu sistema reprodutor. Em uma pesquisa feita no Reino Unido, metade das entrevistadas não soube apontar a localização da vagina em um diagrama simples. A maioria também prefere recorrer a apelidos quando precisa se referir a ela, e muitas não se sentem confortáveis nem para conversar com os próprios médicos.

Mas GALILEU não vê motivo nenhum para constrangimento. E, depois de folhear as próximas sete páginas, você muito provavelmente não verá também.

Até o século XVIII, ainda acreditava-se que existia apenas um gênero. A ideia foi concebida originalmente pelo médico Galeno de Pérgamo, uma espécie de Dr. House do Império Romano. Galeno dizia que a vagina era um pênis invertido: os lábios equivaleriam ao prepúcio, o útero ao saco escrotal e os ovários, aos testículos. Para piorar, os nomes relativos ao sistema reprodutor feminino que você acabou de ler nem existiam até o século XVII.

E foi apenas em 2009 (!) que um estudo publicado no 'The Journal of Sexual Medicine' decretou oficialmente que o equivalente do pênis é o clitóris, e não a vagina. É que, no início da formação dos bebês, os dois órgãos são idênticos, vindos do mesmo tubérculo e formados pelo mesmo tecido — só mais tarde é que eles se diferenciam.

O PRAZER É TODO SEU

O clitóris, órgão responsável pela maioria dos orgasmos femininos, teve de trabalhar duro (risos) para ter sua existência reconhecida pela ciência.

O clitóris foi “descoberto” quatro vezes por cientistas diferentes até ser incluído de vez na literatura médica (os pesquisadores responsáveis pelas primeiras três tentativas tiveram seus trabalhos ignorados pela comunidade científica). Isso ajuda a explicar porque, durante a caça às bruxas, ele chegou a ser apontado como “a marca do diabo” e foi acusado de ser responsável pelo lesbianismo, pela cegueira e pelo desequilíbrio mental.

Foi só na década de 1960 que o clitóris passou a ser encarado como parte importante da sexualidade feminina.

AQUELA CUJO NOME NÃO SE FALA

A vagina tem mais de 4 mil apelidos (des)conhecidos.

O mesmo estudo que mostrou que boa parte das mulheres não sabe identificar a própria vagina em um diagrama também apontou que 40% das moças que têm entre 16 e 25 recorrem a apelidos para falar sobre seus órgãos genitais, e 65% delas não gostam de usar as palavras vagina e vulva.

Além dos nomes da lista abaixo, ainda há outros na linha do “engole-espada”, que coloca a vagina em uma posição de receptora do órgão masculino. “O fato de não nos tocarmos, de não sabermos onde as coisas ficam, de ser considerado feio ou deselegante que nossas mãos toquem a vulva, tudo isso reprime e impede o autoconhecimento” explica a ginecologista Ana Thais Vargas.

O MOVIMENTO É SENSUAL

Quando a mulher fica excitada, o clitóris apresenta uma ereção semelhante a do pênis — mas, como o orgasmo não é necessário para a fecundação, a ciência levou muito tempo para se dar conta disso.

o pai da medicina, Hipócrates, acreditava que o clitóris desempenhava um papel importante na reprodução — segundo ele, a mulher só ficaria grávida se chegasse ao orgasmo. Foi apenas em 1875 que o biólogo belga Edouard Van Beneden descobriu a verdade sobre a fecundação e, involuntariamente, devolveu o clitóris ao ostracismo. Foi mais ou menos nessa época que Freud (sempre ele) resolveu também dar seu pitaco e afirmou que mulheres “maduras” conseguiam transferir o orgasmo do clitóris para a vagina e que o orgasmo clitoriano era infantil. Mas, felizmente, das trevas fez-se a luz e a ciência finalmente começou a entender como o clitóris realmente se comporta.

PERFUMARIA

A vagina possui a segunda maior concentração de bactérias do corpo — e não é necessário comprar sabonete ou desodorante íntimo por causa disso.

Uma vagina saudável só não tem mais bactérias que o cólon — elas se aproveitam da secreção produzida pelas glândulas cervicais e pelas paredes vaginais para se multiplicar e impedir que doenças se instalem na região. “Todas as secreções do corpo têm cheiro e com a vaginal não é diferente. Ter nosso cheiro característico não é errado”, explica Vargas. Mesmo assim, as prateleiras das farmácias estão cheias de opções de sabonetes e desodorantes vaginais. “A flora vaginal trabalha balanceando o pH em busca de equilíbrio, para evitar que agentes maléficos causem doenças. As bactérias não precisam da ‘ajuda’ de agentes externos para manter esse equilíbrio, como o uso de sabonetes — específicos ou não — na vulva. Alguns são inclusive prejudiciais porque matam não somente os agentes ruins, mas também bactérias importantes e necessárias”, explica Mariane Menezes, professora do curso de Obstetrícia da USP.

BELEZA É OPCIONAL

Quantidade de procedimentos cirúrgicos puramente estéticos cresceu quase 50% nos Estados Unidos em apenas um ano.

A chamada cirurgia íntima, em que a aparência da vagina é “corrigida”, tem ganhado cada vez mais adeptas — mas a operação não é tão simples. “A questão mais complicada é que muitas vezes o suprimento sanguíneo e a inervação são alterados, podendo mudar a sensibilidade local e trazer consequências para a vida sexual”, diz a ginecologista Heloisa Brudniewski.

MUTILAÇÃO GENITAL

Mais de 100 milhões de mulheres já foram submetidas a um dos três procedimentos classificados pela ONU como mutilação genital: a clitoridectomia, que é a remoção parcial ou total do clitóris; a excisão, que também remove total ou parcialmente os pequenos e grandes lábios; e a in- fibulação, o estreitamento do canal vaginal com ou sem remoção clitoriana. A justificativa dessa prática, para além de questões religiosas e ritualísticas, é reduzir o desejo sexual feminino e garantir que a virgindade, pré-requisito para o casamento, seja mantida.

Países como Mali, Guiné, Serra Leoa, Sudão, Egito, Eritreia e Somália têm índices de mutilação acima de 80%, apesar do procedimento ser apontado como uma violação dos Direitos Humanos. A prática também existe em alguns locais da Europa e Reino Unido.

As consequências dessa mutilação vão muito além da perda do prazer sexual. Um estudo da ONU - realizado com mais de 28 mil mulheres - aponta que a retirada do clitóris pode causar complicações graves durante o parto e colocar os bebês em risco.

LIGAÇÃO DIRETA

O cérebro e a vagina estão tão conectados que alguns pesquisadores os consideram parte de um mesmo sistema.

Até 2008 ainda não se sabia como o cérebro reagia aos estímulos vaginais e clitorianos. Foi quando a equipe de Barry Komisaruk, da Universidade Rutgers, em Newark (EUA), finalmente usou imagens de ressonância magnética para mapear a atividade cerebral de mulheres voluntárias enquanto elas se masturbavam.

Dois anos depois, a escritora feminista Naomi Wolf lançou o livro "Vagina - Uma Biografia", em que descreve com mais detalhes a conexão entre o cérebro e o órgão sexual feminino. Para a autora, os hormônios liberados durante o sexo e a masturbação contribuiriam com a autoconfiança e a criatividade das mulheres: “Dada essa enxurrada química, é possível dizer que a vagina não é apenas um órgão sexual, mas um mediador poderoso de confiança e criatividade do sexo feminino”, disse Wolf em artigo publicado no jornal britânico "The Guardian".

Segundo Wolf, isso explicaria por que durante milênios a sexualidade das mulheres foi reprimida: “A liberação de dopamina também explica por que algumas culturas insistem na mutilação genital, uma prática que, agora nós sabemos, altera não apenas o corpo e a atividade sexual, mas também influencia no próprio cérebro feminino”’

ESPELHO, ESPELHO MEU

Um estudo feito pela ONG britânica The Eve Appeal, que trabalha a conscientização sobre os diferentes tipos de câncer do sistema reprodutivo, pediu para que mil mulheres apontassem em um desenho típico de livro de biologia onde ficava sua vagina — e as respostas foram surpreendentes.

Entre as mulheres de 26 a 35 anos, metade não sabia apontar o lugar certo. “A falta de conhecimento do nosso aparelho genital se dá pela criação cristã de repressão do que é feminino. Sem contar que não somos encorajadas a nos olhar no espelho e, quando olhamos, nos fazem acreditar que a vulva é feia, o que não é verdade”, diz a especialista em obstetrícia e ginecologia Ana Thais Vargas.

E essa falta de intimidade com o próprio corpo tem consequências perigosas: a mesma pesquisa mostrou que um terço das mulheres não vai ao ginecologista para evitar constrangimento, e mesmo as que vão têm dificuldade de conversar com o médico.


Texto de Carol Patrocínio publicado na revista "Galileu", Editora Globo, São Paulo, edição 293, dezembro 2015, excertos pp.31-38. Digitalizado, adaptado e ilustrado para ser postado por Leopoldo Costa.






THE STOIC ROME (508-202 BC)

$
0
0

Oath of the Horatii by Jacques-Louis David
What kind of human beings were these irresistible Romans? What institutions had formed them to such ruthless strength in character and policy?—what homes and schools, what religion and moral code? How did they take from the soil, and by what economic organization and skill did they mold to their uses, the wealth required to equip their growing cities and those ever new armies that never knew rest? What were they like in their streets and shops, their temples and theaters, their science and philosophy, their old age and death? Unless we visualize, scene by scene, this Rome of the early Republic, we shall never understand that vast evolution of customs, morals, and ideas which produced in one age the stoic Cato, in a later age the epicurean Nero, and at last transformed the Roman Empire into the Roman Church.

I- THE FAMILY

Birth itself was an adventure in Rome. If the child was deformed or female, the father was permitted by custom to expose it to death.1 Otherwise it was welcomed; for though the Romans even of this period practiced some measure of family limitation, they were eager to have sons. Rural life made children assets, public opinion condemned childlessness, and religion promoted fertility by persuading the Roman that if he left no son to tend his grave his spirit would suffer endless misery. After eight days the child was formally accepted into the family and the clan by a solemn ceremony at the domestic hearth. A clan (gens) was a group of freeborn families tracing themselves to a common ancestor, bearing his name, united in a common worship, and bound to mutual aid in peace and war. The male child was designated by an individual first name (praenomen), such as Publius, Marcus, Caius; by his clan name (nomen), such as Cornelius, Tullius, Julius; and by his family name (cognomen), such as Scipio, Cicero, Caesar. Women were most often designated simply by the clan name-Cornelia, Tullia, Claudia, Julia. Since in classical days there were only some fifteen first names for males, and these tended to be repeated confusingly in many generations of the same family, they were usually reduced to an initial, and a fourth—or even a fifth—name was added for distinctiveness. So P. Cornelius Scipio Africanus Maior, the conqueror of Hannibal, was differentiated from P. Cornelius Scipio Aemilianus Africanus Minor, the destroyer of Carthage.

The child found itself absorbed into the most basic and characteristic of Roman institutions—the patriarchal family. The power of the father was nearly absolute, as if the family had been organized as a unit of an army always at war. He alone of the family had any rights before the law in the early Republic; he alone could buy, hold, or sell property, or make contracts; even his wife’s dowry, in this period, belonged to him. If his wife was accused of a crime she was committed to him for judgment and punishment; he could condemn her to death for infidelity or for stealing the keys to his wine. Over his children he had the power of life, death, and sale into slavery. All that the son acquired became legally his father’s property; nor could he marry without his father’s consent. A married daughter remained under her father’s power, unless he allowed her to marry cum manu—gave her into the hand or power of her husband. Over his slaves he had unlimited authority. These, and his wife and children, were mancipia to him—literally, “taken in hand”; and no matter what their age or status, they remained in his power until he chose to emancipate them—to let them “out of hand.” These rights of the paterfamilias were checked to some degree by custom, public opinion, the clan council, and praetorian law; otherwise they lasted to his death, and could not be ended by his insanity or even by his own choice. Their effect was to cement the unity of the family as the basis of Roman morals and government and to establish a discipline that hardened the Roman character into stoic strength. They were harsher in the letter than in practice; the most extreme of them were seldom used, the rest seldom abused. They did not bar a deep and natural pietas, or reverential affection, between parents and children. The tomb stelae of Rome are as tender as those of Greece or our own.

Since the greater urgency of the male supplies woman with charms more potent than any law, her status in Rome must not be judged from her legal disabilities. She was not allowed to appear in court, even as a witness. Widowed, she could not claim any dower right in her husband’s estate; he might, if he wished, leave her nothing. At every age of her life she was under the tutelage of a man—her father, her brother, her husband, her son, or a guardian—without whose consent she could not marry or dispose of property. On the other hand, she could inherit, though not beyond 100,000 sesterces ($15,000), and she could own without limit. In many instances, as the earlier passed into the later Republic, she became wealthy because her husband put his property in her name to escape bankruptcy obligations, damage suits, inheritance taxes, and other everlasting jeopardies. She played a role in religion as priestess; nearly every priest had to have a wife and lost his office when she died. Within the home (domus) she was honored mistress, mea domina, madame. She was not, like the Greek wife, confined to a gynaeceum, or woman’s quarters; she took her meals with her mate, though she sat while he reclined. She did a minimum of servile work, for nearly every citizen had a slave. She might spin, as a sign of gentility, but her chief economic function was to superintend the servants; she made it a point, however, to nurse her children herself. They rewarded her patient motherhood with profound love and respect; and her husband seldom allowed his legal mastery to cloud his devotion.

The father and the mother, their house and land and property, their children, their married sons, their grandchildren by these sons, their daughters-in-law, their slaves and clients—all these constituted the Roman familia: not so much a family as a household; not a kinship group but an assembly of owned persons and things subject to the oldest male ascendant. It was within this miniature society, containing in itself the functions of family, church, school, industry, and government, that the Roman child grew up, in piety and obedience, to form the sturdy citizen of an invincible state.

II. THE RELIGION OF ROME

1. The Gods

The Roman family was both an association of persons with things and an association of persons and things with gods. It was the center and source of religion, as well as of morals, economy, and the state; every part of its property and every aspect of its existence were bound up in a solemn intimacy with the spiritual world. The child was taught, by the eloquent silence of example, that the undying fire in the hearth was the sign and substance of the goddess Vesta, the sacred flame that symbolized the life and continuity of the family; which therefore must never be extinguished, but must be tended with “religious” care, and fed with a portion of each meal. Over the hearth he saw the little icons, crowned with flowers, that represented the gods or spirits of the family: the Lar that guarded its fields and buildings, its fortune and destiny, and the Penates, or gods of the interior, who protected the accumulations of the family in its storerooms, cupboards, and barns. Hovering invisible but potent over the threshold was the god Janus, two-faced not as deceitful but as watching all entry and exit at every door. The child’s father, he learned, was the ward and embodiment of an inner genius, or generative power, which would not die with the body, but must be nourished forever at the paternal grave. His mother was also the carrier of a deity and had likewise to be treated as divine; she had a Juno in her as the spirit of her capacity to bear, as the father enclosed a genius as the spirit of his power to beget. The child too had his genius or Juno, as both his guardian angel and his soul—a godly kernel in the mortal husk. Everywhere about him, he heard with awe, were the watchful Di Manes, or Kindly Shades, of those male forebears whose grim death masks hung on the household walls, warning him not to stray from the ways of his ancestors, and reminding him that the family was composed not merely of those few individuals that lived in his moment but also of those that had once been, or would someday be, members of it in the flesh, and therefore formed part of it in its spiritual multitude and timeless unity.

Other spirits came to his aid as he grew up: Cuba watched over his sleep, Abeona guided his first steps, Fabulina taught him to speak. When he left the house he found himself again and everywhere in the presence of gods. The earth itself was a deity: sometimes Tellus, or Terra Mater—Mother Earth; sometimes Mars as the very soil he trod, and its divine fertility; sometimes Bona Dea, the Good Goddess who gave rich wombs to women and fields. On the farm there was a helping god for every task or spot: Pomona for orchards, Faunus for cattle, Pales for pasturage, Sterculus for manure heaps, Saturn for sowing, Ceres for crops, Fornax for baking corn in the oven, Vulcan for making the fire. Over the boundaries presided the great god Terminus, imaged and worshiped in the stones or trees that marked the limits of the farm. Other religions may have looked to the sky, and the Roman admitted that there too were gods; but his deepest piety and sincerest propitiations turned to the earth as the source and mother of his life, the home of his dead and the magic nurse of the sprouting seed. Every December the Lares of the soil were worshiped in the joyful Feast of the Crossroads, or Compitalia; every January rich gifts sought the favor of Tellus for all planted things; every May the priests of the Arval (or Plowing) Brotherhood led a chanting procession along the boundaries of adjoining farms, garlanded the stones with flowers, sprinkled them with the blood of sacrificial victims, and prayed to Mars (the earth) to bear generous fruit. So religion sanctified property, quieted disputes, ennobled the labor of the fields with poetry and drama, and strengthened body and soul with faith and hope.

The Roman did not, like the Greek, think of his gods as having human form; he called them simply nurmna, or spirits; sometimes they were abstractions like Health, Youth, Memory, Fortune, Honor, Hope, Fear, Virtue, Chastity, Concord, Victory, or Rome. Some of them, like the Lemures or Ghosts, were spirits of disease, hard to propitiate. Some were spirits of the season, like Maia, the soul of May; others were water gods like Neptune, or woodland sprites like Silvanus, or the gods that dwelt in trees. Some lived in sacred animals, like the sacrificed horse or bull, or in the sacred geese that a playful piety preserved unharmed on the Capitol. Some were spirits of procreation; Tutumus supervised conception, Lucina protected menstruation and delivery. Priapus was a Greek god of fertility soon domiciled in Rome: maidens and matrons (if we may believe the indignant Saint Augustine) sat on the male member of his statue as a means of ensuring pregnancy;2 scandalous figures of him adorned many a garden; little phallic images of him were worn by simple persons to bring fertility or good luck or to avert the “evil eye.”3 Never had a religion so many divinities. Varro reckoned them at 30,000, and Petronius complained that in some towns of Italy there were more gods than men. But deus, to the Roman, meant saint as well as god.

Under these basic concepts lurked a polymorphous mass of popular beliefs in animism, fetishism, totemism, magic, miracles, spells, superstitions, and taboos, most of them going back to the prehistoric inhabitants of Italy, and perhaps to Indo-European ancestors in their ancient Asiatic home. Many objects, places, or persons were sacred (sacer) and therefore taboo—not to be touched or profaned: e.g., newborn children, menstruating women, condemned criminals. Hundreds of verbal formulas or mechanical contraptions were used to achieve natural ends by supernatural means. Amulets were well-nigh universal; nearly every child wore a bulla, or golden talisman, suspended from his neck. Small images were hung upon doors or trees to ward off evil spirits. Charms or incantations were used to avert accidents, cure disease, bring rain, destroy a hostile army, wither an enemy’s crops or himself. “We are all afraid,” said Pliny, “of being transfixed by curses and spells.”4 Witches appear in Horace, Virgil, Tibullus, Lucian. They were believed to eat snakes, fly through the air at night, brew poisons from esoteric herbs, kill children, and raise the dead. All but a few skeptics seem to have believed in miracles and portents, in speaking or sweating statues,5 in gods descending from Olympus to fight for Rome, in lucky odd and unlucky even days, and in the presaging of the future by strange events. Livy’s history must contain several hundred such portents, reported with philosophic gravity; and the elder Pliny’s volumes so abound in portents and magic cures that they might well have been called Supernatural History. The most serious business of commerce, government, or war could be deferred or ended by the priestly announcement of an unfavorable omen like abnormal entrails in a sacrificial victim or a roll of thunder in the sky.

The state did what it could to check these excesses—called them, indeed, precisely that, superstitio. But it sedulously exploited the piety of the people to promote the stability of society and government. It adapted the rural divinities to urban life, built a national hearth for the goddess Vesta, and appointed a college of Vestal Virgins to serve the city’s sacred fire. Out of the gods of the family, the farm, and the village it developed the di indigetes—or native gods—of the state, and arranged for these a solemn and picturesque worship in the name of all the citizens.

Among these original national gods Jupiter or Jove was the favorite, though not yet, like Zeus, their king. In the early centuries of Rome he was still a half-impersonal force—the bright expanse of the sky, the light: of the sun and the moon, a bolt of thunder, or (as Jupiter Pluvius) a shower of fertilizing rain; even Virgil and Horace occasionally use “Jove” as a synonym for rain or sky.6 In time of drought the richest ladies of Rome walked in barefoot procession up the Capitoline hill to the Temple of Jupiter Tonans—Jove the Thunderer—to pray for rain. Probably his name was a corruption of Diuspater, or Diespiter, Father of the Sky. Perhaps primitively one with him was Janus, originally Dianus: first the two-faced spirit of the cottage door, then of the city gate, then of any opening or beginning, as of the day or year. The portals of his temple were open only in time of war, so that he might go forth with Rome’s armies to overcome the gods of the foe. As old as Jupiter in the respect of the people was Mars, at first a god of tillage, then of war, then almost a symbol of Rome; every tribe in Italy named a month after him. Of like hoary antiquity was Saturn, the national god of the new-sown seed (sata). Legend pictured him as a prehistoric king who had brought the tribes under one law, taught them agriculture, and established peace and communism in the Saturnia regna—the Golden Age of Saturn’s reign.

Less powerful but more deeply loved than these were the goddesses of Rome. Juno Regina was the queen of heaven, the protective genius of womanhood, marriage, and maternity; her month of June 7 was recommended as the luckiest for weddings. Minerva was the goddess of wisdom (mens) or memory, of handicrafts and guilds, of actors, musicians, and scribes; the Palladium on which the safety of Rome was believed to depend was an image of Pallas Minerva, fully armed, which Aeneas was said to have brought from Troy through love and war to Rome. Venus was the spirit of desire, mating, fertility; sacred to her was April, the month of opening buds (aperire); poets like Lucretius and Ovid saw in her the amorous origin of all living things. Diana was the goddess of the moon, of women and childbirth, of the hunt, of the woods and their wild denizens, a tree spirit brought from Aricia when that region of Latium came under Roman power. Near Aricia were the lake and grove of Nemi, and in that grove was a rich shrine of Diana, the resort of pilgrims who believed that the goddess had once mated there with Virbius, the first “King of the Woods.” To ensure the fertility of Diana and the soil, the successors of Virbius—all priests and husbands of the huntress—were replaced, each in turn, by any vigorous slave who, having taken as a talisman a sprig of mistletoe (the Golden Bough) from the sacred oak tree of the grove, attacked and slew the king—a custom that endured till the second century of our era.8

These, then, were the major gods of the official Roman worship. There were lesser, but not less popular, national deities: Hercules, god of joy and wine, who was not above gambling gaily for a courtesan with the sacristan of his temple;9 Mercury, the patron deity of merchants, orators, and thieves; Ops, goddess of wealth; Bellona, goddess of war; and countless more. As the city spread its rule it brought in new divinities—di no-vensiles. Sometimes it imported the god of a beaten city into the Roman pantheon as a sign and surety of conquest, as when the Juno of Veii was led captive to Rome. Conversely, when the citizens of a community were moved to the capital their gods were brought with them, lest the spiritual and moral roots of the new inhabitants should be too suddenly snapped short; so immigrants bring their gods to America today. The Romans did not question the existence of these foreign deities; most of them believed that when they led the statue away the god had to come with it; many believed that the statue was the god.10

But some of the di novensiles were not conquered but conquering; they seeped into Roman worship through commercial, military, and cultural contacts with Greek civilization—first in Campania, then in south Italy, then in Sicily, finally in Greece itself. There was something cold and impersonal in the gods of the state religion; they could be bribed by offerings or sacrifice, but they could seldom provide comfort or individual inspiration; by contrast the gods of Greece seemed intimately human, full of adventure, humor, and poetry. The Roman populace welcomed them, built temples for them, and willingly learned their ritual. The official priesthood, glad to enlist these new policemen in the service of order and content, adopted the Greek gods into the divine family of Rome, and merged them, when possible, with their nearest analogues in the indigenous deities. As far back as 496 B.C. came Demeter and Dionysus, who were attached to Ceres and Liber (god of the grape); twelve years later Castor and Pollux were received, to become the protectors of Rome; in 431 a temple was raised to Apollo the Healer in the hope that he might allay a plague; in 294 Aesculapius, the Greek god of medicine, was brought from Epidaurus to Rome in the form of a huge snake,11 and a temple-hospital was built in his honor on an island in the Tiber. Cronus was accepted as substantially one with Saturn, Poseidon was identified with Neptune, Artemis with Diana, Hephaestus with Vulcan, Heracles with Hercules, Hades with Pluto, Hermes with Mercury. With the help of the poets Jupiter was elevated into another Zeus, a stern witness and guardian of oaths, a bearded judge of morals, a custodian of laws, a god of gods; and slowly the educated Roman was prepared for the monotheistic creeds of Stoicism, Judaism, and Christianity.

2. The Priests

To appease or enlist the aid of these gods Italy employed an elaborate clergy. In his home the father was priest; but public worship was conducted by several collegia—associations—of priests, each filling its own vacancies, but all under the lead of a pontifex maximus elected by the centuries. No special training was necessary for membership in these sacred colleges; any citizen might be enrolled in them or leave them; they formed no separate order or caste and were politically powerless except as tools of the state. They received the income of certain state lands for their support, with slaves to serve them; and grew rich through generations of pious legacies.

In the third century before Christ the main pontifical college had nine members. They kept historical annals, recorded laws, took auspices, offered sacrifices, and purified Rome with quinquennial lustrations. In performing the official ritual the pontiffs were aided by fifteen flamines—kindlers of the sacrificial flames. Minor pontifical colleges had special functions: the Salii, or Leapers, ushered in each New Year with a ritual dance to Mars; the fetiales sanctified the ratification of treaties and declarations of war; and the Luperci, or Brotherhood of the Wolf, carried on the strange rites of the Lupercalia. The college of the Vestal Virgins tended the state hearth, and sprinkled it daily with holy water from the fountain of the sacred nymph Egeria. These white-clad, white-veiled nuns were chosen from among girls six to ten years of age; they took a vow of virginity and service for thirty years, but in return they received many public honors and privileges. If any of them was found guilty of sexual relations she was beaten with rods and buried alive; Roman historians record twelve cases of such punishment. After thirty years they were free to leave and marry, but few took or found the opportunity.12

The most influential of the priestly colleges was that of the nine augures who studied the intent or will of the gods, in earlier times by watching the flight of birds,I later by examining the entrails of sacrificed animals. Before every important act of policy, government, or war, the “auspices were taken” by the magistrates and interpreted by the augurs, or by special haruspices—liver inspectors—whose art went back through Etruria to Chaldea and beyond. As the priests were occasionally open to financial persuasion, their pronouncements were sometimes adjusted to the needs of the purchaser; for example, inconvenient legislation could be stopped by announcing that the auspices were unfavorable for further business on that day; or the Assembly might be induced by “favorable” auspices to vote a war.13 In major crises the government professed to learn the pleasure of Heaven by consulting the Sibylline Books—the recorded oracles of the Sibyl, or priestess of Apollo, at Cumae. Through such means, and occasional deputations to the oracle at Delphi, the aristocracy could influence the people in any direction to almost any end.14

The ritual of worship aimed merely to offer the gods a gift or sacrifice to win their aid or avert their wrath. To be effective, said the priests, the ceremony had to be performed with such precision of words and movements as only the clergy could manage. If any mistake was made, the rite had to be repeated, even to thirty times. Religio meant the performance of ritual with religious care.15 The essence of the ceremony was a sacrifice—literally making a thing sacer—i.e., belonging to a god. In the home the offering would normally be a bit of cake or wine placed on the hearth or dropped into the domestic fire; in the village it would be the first fruits of the crops, or a ram, a dog, or a pig; on great occasions, a horse, a hog, a sheep, or an ox; on supreme occasions the last three were slaughtered together in the su-ove-taur-ilia. Holy formulas pronounced over the victim turned it into the god who was to receive it; in this sense the god himself was sacrificed;16 and since only the viscera were burned on the altar, while priests and people ate the rest, the strength and glory of the god (men hoped) passed into his feasting worshipers. Sometimes human beings were offered in sacrifice; it is significant that a law had to be passed as late as 97 B.C. forbidding this. By a variant of these ideas of vicarious atonement a man might offer his life for the state as the Decii had done, or Marcus Curtius, who, to propitiate angry subterranean powers, leaped into a chasm that an earthquake had opened in the Forum—whereupon, we are told, the chasm closed and all was well.17

Pleasanter was the ceremony of purification. This might be of crops or flocks, of an army or a city. A procession made the circuit of the objects to be purified, prayer and sacrifice were offered, evil influences were thereby dispelled, and misfortune was turned away. Prayer was still imperfectly evolved from magic incantations; the words for it—carmen—meant not only a chant but a charm; and Pliny frankly reckoned prayer as a form of magical utterance.18 If the formula was properly recited, and was addressed to the correct deity according to the indigitamenta, or classified directory of the gods compiled and kept by the priests, the request was certain to be granted; if not granted there must have been an error in the ritual. Akin to magic were also the vota, or vowed offerings, with which the people sought to gain the help of the gods; sometimes great temples rose in fulfillment of such vows. The multitude of votive offerings found in Roman remains suggests that the religion of the people was warm and tender with piety and gratitude, a feeling of kinship with the hidden forces in nature, and an anxious desire to be in harmony with them all. By contrast the state religion was uncomfortably formal, a kind of legal and contractual relation between the government and the gods. When new cults flowed in from the conquered East it was this official worship that declined first, while the picturesque and intimate faith and ritual of the countryside patiently and obstinately survived. Victorious Christianity, half surrendering, wisely took over much of the faith and ritual; and, under new forms and phrases, they continue in the Latin world to this day.

3. Festivals

If the official worship was gloomy and severe, its festivals redeemed it, and showed men and gods in a lighter mood. The year was adorned with over a hundred holy days (feriae), including the first of every month and sometimes the ninth and fifteenth. Some of the feriae were sacred to the dead or to the spirits of the lower world; these were “apotropaic” in their ceremonies, aiming to appease the departed and turn away wrath. On May 11-13 Roman families commemorated with awe the feast of the Lemures, or dead souls; the father spat black beans from his mouth, and cried: “With these beans I redeem myself and mine. . . . Shades of my ancestors, depart!”19 The Parentalia and the Feralia, in February, were similar attempts to propitiate the fearsome dead. But for the most part the festivals were occasions of feasting and jollity, often, among the plebs, of sexual freedom; on such days, says a character in Plautus, “you may eat what you like, go where you like . . . and love whom you like, provided you abstain from wives, widows, virgins, and free boys”;20 apparently he felt that a wide choice would still remain.

On February 15 came the strange Lupercalia, sacred to the God Faunus as averter of wolves (lupercus): goats and sheep were sacrificed; and the luperci—priests clad only in goatskin girdles—ran around the Palatine praying to Faunus to drive away evil spirits, and striking the women whom they encountered with thongs of hide from the sacrificed animals, to purify them and make them fertile; then puppets of straw were cast into the Tiber to appease or deceive the river god, who had perhaps, in wilder days, demanded living men. On March 15 the poor emerged from their hovels and, like the Jews on the Feast of Tabernacles, built themselves tents in the Field of Mars, celebrated the coming of the New Year, and prayed to the goddess Anna Perenna (Ring of the Years) for as many years as they quaffed cups of wine.21 April alone had six festivals, culminating in the Floralia; this Feast of Flora, goddess of flowers and springs, continued for six days of bibulous and promiscuous revelry. The first of May was the Feast of the Good Goddess, Bona Dea. On May 9, 11, and 13 Liber and Libera, god and goddess of the grape, were celebrated in the Liberalia; the phallus, symbol of fertility, was frankly honored by gay crowds of men and women.23 At the end of May the Arval Brethren led the people in the solemn and yet joyful Ambarvalia. The gods were neglected in the autumn months, after the crops were safely in, but December was again rich in feasts. The Saturnalia ran from the 17th to the 23rd; they celebrated the sowing of the seed for the next year and commemorated the happy classless reign of Saturn; gifts were exchanged, and many liberties were allowed; the distinction between slave and free was for a while abolished or even inverted; slaves might sit down with their owners, give orders to them, rail at them; the masters waited upon their slaves, and did not eat till all the slaves were filled.24

These festivals, though agricultural in origin, remained popular in the cities and survived through all vicissitudes of belief into the fourth and fifth centuries of our era. Their number was so confusing that one of the prime purposes of the Roman calendar was to list them for the guidance of the people. In early Italian custom the chief priest had convened the citizens at the beginning of every month and named the festivals to be observed in the next thirty days; this calling (calatio) gave a name (calendae) to the first day of each month. To the Romans, as in some measure to modern Catholics or orthodox Jews, a calendar meant a priestly list of holidays and business days, interspersed with scraps of sacred, legal, historical, and astronomical information. Tradition ascribed to Numa the calendar that governed Roman chronology and life till Caesar. It divided the year into twelve lunar months, with complex intercalations that summed up to an average of 366 days per year. To remedy the mounting excess the pontiffs were empowered (191 B.C.) to revise the intercalations; but they used their authority to lengthen or shorten magistracies pleasing or displeasing to them, so that by the end of the Republic the calendar, then three months amiss, was a monster of chaos and chicanery.

In the early days time had been measured simply by the height of the sun in the sky. In 263 B.C. a sundial was brought from Catana, in Sicily, and placed in the Forum; but as Catana was four degrees south of Rome, the dial was deceptive, and the priests were for a century unable to make the needed adjustments. In 158 B.C. Scipio Nasica set up a public clepsydra, or water clock. The month was divided into three periods by the kalends (first), the nones (fifth or seventh), and the ides (thirteenth or fifteenth); and the days were clumsily named by their distance before these dividing lines; so March 12 was “the fourth day before the ides of March.” A loose economic week was marked out by the nundinae, or every ninth day, when the villagers came to market in the towns. The year began with the coming of spring, and the first month, Martius, bore the name of the god of sowing; next came Aprilis, sprouting; Maius, month of Maia, or perhaps of increase; Iunius, month of Juno, or possibly of thriving; then Quinctilis, Sextilis, September, October, November, and December, named from their numerical order in the year; then January for Janus, and February for the februa, or magic objects by which persons might be purified. The year itself was called annus, ring; as if to say that in reality there is no beginning and no end.

4. Religion and Character

Did this religion help Roman morals? In some ways it was immoral: its stress on ritual suggested that the gods rewarded not goodness but gifts and formulas; and its prayers were nearly always for material goods or martial victory. Ceremonies gave drama to the life of man and the soil, but they multiplied as if they, and not the devotion of the part to the whole, were the proper essence of religion. The gods were, with some exceptions, awesome spirits without moral aspect or nobility.
Nevertheless, the old religion made for morality, for order and strength in the individual, the family, and the state. Before the child could learn to doubt, faith molded its character into discipline, duty, and decency. Religion gave divine sanctions and support to the family: it instilled in parents and children a mutual respect and piety never surpassed, it gave sacramental significance and dignity to birth and death, encouraged fidelity to the marriage vow, and promoted fertility by making parentage indispensable to the peace of the dead soul. By ceremonies sedulously performed before each campaign and battle it raised the soldier’s morale, and led him to believe that supernatural powers were fighting on his side. It strengthened law by giving it celestial origins and religious form, by making crime a disturbance of the order and peace of Heaven, and by placing the authority of Jove behind every oath. It invested every phase of public life with religious solemnity, prefaced every act of government with ritual and prayer, and fused the state into such intimate union with the gods that piety and patriotism became one, and love of country rose to a passion stronger than in any other society known to history. Religion shared with the family the honor and responsibility of forming that iron character which was the secret of Rome’s mastery of the world.

III. MORALS

What kind of morality emerged from this life in the family and among the gods? Roman literature, from Ennius to Juvenal, idealized these earlier generations and mourned the passing of ancient simplicity and virtue. These pages too will suggest a contrast between the stoic Rome of Fabius and the epicurean Rome of Nero. But the contrast must not be exaggerated by a biased selection of the evidence. There were epicureans in Fabius’ days and stoics in Nero’s.

From beginning to end of Roman history the sexual morality of the common man remained essentially the same: coarse and free, but not incompatible with a successful family life. In all free classes virginity was demanded of young women, and powerful tales were told to exalt it; for the Roman had a strong sense of property and wanted a wife of such steady habits as would reasonably ensure him against leaving his goods to his rival’s breed. But in Rome, as in Greece, premarital unchastity in men was not censured if it preserved a decent respect for the hypocrisies of mankind. From the elder Cato to Cicero 25 we find express justifications of it. What increases with civilization is not so much immorality of intent as opportunity of expression. In early Rome prostitutes were not numerous. They were forbidden to wear the matron’s robe that marked the reputable wife, and were confined to the dark corners of Rome and Roman society. There were as yet no educated courtesans like the hetairai of Athens, nor such delicate drabs as posed for Ovid’s verse.

Men married early—usually by twenty; not through romantic love but for the sound purposes of having a helpmate, useful children, and a healthy sexual life. In the words of the Roman wedding ceremony, marriage was liberum quaerendorum causa—for the sake of getting children; on the farm, children, like wives, were economic assets, not biological toys. Marriages were often arranged by the parents and engagements were sometimes made for couples in their infancy. In every case the consent of both fathers was required. Betrothal was formal and constituted a legal bond. The relatives gathered in a feast to witness the contract; a stipula, or straw, was broken between the parties as a sign of their agreement; the stipulations—especially those concerning the dowry—were put in writing; and the man placed an iron ring upon the fourth finger of the girl’s left hand, because it was believed that a nerve ran thence to the heart.26 The minimum age for legal marriage was twelve for the girl, fourteen for the man. Early Roman law made marriage compulsory;27 but this law must have become a dead letter by 413 B.C., when Camillus as censor imposed a tax on bachelors.

Marriage was either cum manu or sine manu—with or without the handing over of the bride and her possessions to the authority of the husband or the father-in-law. Marriage sine manu dispensed with religious ceremony and required only the consent of the bride and groom. Marriage cum manu was by usus—a, year’s cohabitation; or by coemptio—purchase; or by confarreatio (literally, eating a cake together), which required religious ceremony and was confined to patricians. Marriage by actual purchase disappeared at an early date, or was reversed; the bride’s dowry often in effect bought the man. This dowry was usually at the husband’s disposal, but its equivalent had to be returned to the wife in divorce or on the death of the male. Weddings were rich in folk ceremony and song. The two families feasted in the home of the bride; then they marched in colorful and frolicsome procession to the home of the groom’s father, to an accompaniment of flutes, hymeneal chants, and Rabelaisian raillery. At the garlanded door the bridegroom asked the girl, “Who art thou?” and she answered with a simple formula of devotion, equality, and unity: “Where thou art Caius, there am I Caia.” He lifted her over the threshold, presented her with the keys of the house, and put his neck with hers under a yoke to signify their common bond; hence marriage was called coniugium—a yoking together. In token of her joining the new family the bride then took part with the others in worshiping the household gods.

Divorce was difficult and rare in marriages by confarreatio; marriages cum manu could be dissolved only by the husband; in marriage sine manu divorce was open to either party at will, without asking consent of the state. The first recorded divorce in Roman history is dated 268 B.C.; a suspicious tradition claimed that no divorce had previously occurred since the foundation of the city.28 Clan custom required a husband to divorce an unfaithful or childless wife. “If you find your wife in the act of adultery,” said old Cato, “the law permits you to kill her without trial. If by chance she surprises you in the same condition she must not touch you even with the tips of her fingers; the law forbids her.”29 Despite these distinctions there were apparently many happy marriages. The tombstones abound in post-mortem affection. One honored touchingly a lady who had served two husbands well:

"Thou wert beautiful beyond measure, Statilia, and true to thy husbands! . . . He who came first, had he been able to withstand the fates, would have set up this stone to thee; while I, alas, who have been blessed by thy pure heart these sixteen years, now have lost thee".30

The young women of early Rome were probably not quite so pretty as the later ladies whom the experienced Catullus would credit with laneum latusculum manusque mollicellas31—“little sides as smooth as wool, and soft little hands.” Presumably in those rural days toil and care soon overlaid this adolescent loveliness. Feminine features were classically regular, nose small and thin, hair and eyes usually dark. Blondes were at a premium, as were the German dyes that made them. As for the Roman male, he was impressive rather than handsome. A stern education and years of military life, hardened his face, as later indulgence would soften it into flabbiness. Cleopatra must have loved Antony for something else than his wine-puffed cheeks, and Caesar for some other charm than his eagle’s head and nose. The Roman nose was like the Roman character—sharp and devious. Beards and long hair were customary till about 300 B.C., when barbers began to ply their trade in Rome. Dress was essentially like the Greek. Boys, girls, magistrates, and the higher priests wore the toga praetexta, or purple-fringed robe; on attaining his sixteenth birthday the youth changed to the toga virilis—the white robe of manhood—as a symbol of his right to vote in the assemblies and his duty to serve in the army. Women wore, indoors, a dress (stola) bound with a girdle under the breasts, and reaching to the feet; outdoors they covered this with a palla, or cloak. Indoors, men wore a simple tunica, or shirt; outdoors they added a toga, and sometimes a cloak. The toga (tegere, to cover) was a woolen garment in one piece, twice the width and thrice in length the height of the wearer. It was wrapped around the body, and the surplus was thrown back over the left shoulder, brought forward under the right arm, and again thrown over the left shoulder. The folds at the breast served as pockets; the right arm remained free.

The Roman male cultivated a severe dignity (gravitas) as an uncomfortable necessity in an aristocracy that ruled a people, then a peninsula, then an empire. Sentiment and tenderness belonged to private life; in public a man of the upper classes had to be as stern as his statue, and hide behind a mask of austere calm the excitability and humor that cry out not only in the comedies of Plautus but in the speeches of Cicero. Even in private life the Roman of this age was expected to live Spartanly. Luxury of dress or table was reproved by the censor; even negligent tillage could bring some Cato down upon the farmer’s head. In the First Punic War the Carthaginian ambassadors, returning from Rome, amused the rich merchants by telling how the identical set of silver plate had appeared in every house to which they had been invited; one set, secretly passed about, had sufficed the whole patriciate. In that age the Senate sat on hard wooden benches in a curia, or hall, never heated even in winter.

Nevertheless, between the First and Second Punic Wars, wealth and luxury made a good beginning. Hannibal gathered a peck of gold rings from the fingers of Romans slain at Cannae;32 and sumptuary laws repeatedly—therefore vainly—forbade ornate jewelry, fancy dress, and costly meals. In the third century B.C. the menu of the average Roman was still simple: breakfast (ientaculum) of bread with honey or olives or cheese; luncheon (prandium) and dinner (cena) of grains, vegetables, and fruit; only the rich ate fish or meat.33 Wine, usually diluted, graced nearly every table; to drink undiluted wine was considered intemperance. Festivals and banquets were a necessary relaxation in this stoic age; those who could not unbend to them became too tense, and showed their nervous fatigue in the portrait statues they left to posterity.

Charity found little scope in this frugal life. Hospitality survived as a mutual convenience at a time when inns were poor and far between; but the sympathetic Polybius reports that “in Rome no one ever gives away anything to anyone if he can help it”34—doubtless an exaggeration. The young were kind to the old, but in general the graces and courtesies of life came to Rome only with the dying Republic. War and conquest molded morals and manners and left men often coarse and usually hard, prepared to kill without compunction and be killed without complaint. War captives were sold into slavery by the thousands, unless they were kings or generals; these were usually slaughtered at the victor’s triumph or allowed to starve leisurely to death. In the business world these qualities took on a fairer aspect. The Romans loved money, but Polybius (about 160 B.C.) describes them as industrious and honorable men; a Greek, said the Greek, could not be prevented from embezzling, no matter how many clerks were set to watch him, while the Romans spent great sums of public money with only rare cases of ascertained dishonesty.35 We note, however, that a law to check malpractice at elections was passed in 432 B.C. Roman historians report that political integrity was at its height in the first three centuries of the Republic; but they arouse suspicion by their high praise of Valerius Corvus, who, after occupying twenty-one magistracies, returned to his fields as poor as he had come; of Curius Dentatus, who kept no part of the spoils he had taken from the enemy; and of Fabius Pictor and his associates, who handed over to the state the rich presents they had received on an embassy to Egypt. Friends lent one another substantial amounts without interest. The Roman government was guilty of frequent treachery in dealing with other states, and perhaps in foreign relations the Empire was more honorable than the Republic. But the Senate refused to connive at the poisoning of Pyrrhus, and warned him of the plot. When, after Cannae, Hannibal sent ten prisoners to Rome to negotiate for the ransom of 8000 others, and drew from them a promise to return, all but one kept their word; the Senate apprehended the tenth, put him in irons, and turned him over to Hannibal, whose joy at his victory, says Polybius, “was not so great as his dejection when he saw how steadfast and high-spirited the Romans were.”27

In summary, the typical educated Roman of this age was orderly, conservative, loyal, sober, reverent, tenacious, severe, practical. He enjoyed discipline, and would have no nonsense about liberty. He obeyed as a training for command. He took it for granted that the government had a right to inquire into his morals as well as his income, and to value him purely according to his services to the state. He distrusted individuality and genius. He had none of the charm, vivacity, and unstable fluency of the Attic Greek. He admired character and will as the Greek admired freedom and intellect; and organization was his forte. He lacked imagination, even to make a mythology of his own. He could with some effort love beauty, but he could seldom create it. He had no use for pure science, and was suspicious of philosophy as a devilish dissolvent of ancient beliefs and ways. He could not, for the life of him, understand Plato, or Archimedes, or Christ. He could only rule the world.

IV. LETTERS

The Roman was formed not only by the family, the religion, and the moral code, but, in less degree, by the school, the language, and the literature. Plutarch dates the first Roman school about 250 B.C..; 38 but Livy, perhaps romancing, describes Virginia, the desired of the Decemvir, as “going to a grammar school in the Forum” as early as 450.39 The demand for written laws, and the publication of the Twelve Tables, suggest that by that date a majority of the citizens could read.
The teacher was usually a slave or freedman, employed by several families to instruct their children, or setting up his own private school and taking any pupil that came. He taught reading, writing, grammar, arithmetic, history, and obedience; moral education was fundamental and unceasing; disciple and discipline were almost the same word. Memory and character alike were trained by memorizing the Twelve Tables of the law. Heine remarked that “the Romans would not have had much time left for conquering the world if they had first had to learn Latin”;40 but they too had to conjugate irregular Latin verbs, and soon would be put to Greek. The boy familiarized himself, through poetry and prose, with the exploits of his country and its heroes, and received many a patriotic lesson conveyed through edifying episodes that had never occurred. No attention was given to athletics; the Romans thought it better to train and harden the body by useful work in the field or the camp rather than through contests in the palaestra or gymnasium.

The language, like the people, was practical and economical, martially sharp and brief; its sentences and clauses marched in disciplined subordination to a determined goal. A thousand similarities allied it, within the Indo-European family, with Sanskrit and Greek and the Celtic tongues of ancient Gaul, Wales, and Ireland. Latin was poorer than Greek in imagery, flexibility, and ready formation of compounds; Lucretius and Cicero complained of its limited vocabulary, its lack of subtle shadings. Nevertheless, it had a sonorous splendor and masculine strength that made it ideal for oratory, and a compactness and logical sentence form that made it an apt vehicle for Roman law. The Latin alphabet came from Euboean Chalcis via Cumae and Etruria.41 In the oldest Latin inscription known to us, ascribed to the sixth century B.C., all the letters are Greek in form. C was sounded like our K, J like Y, V like U or W, the vowels as in Italian. Caesar’s contemporaries knew him as Yooleoos Keyssar, and Cicero was Keekero.

The Romans wrote in ink with a slit metal reed (calamus, stilus), at first upon leaves (folia), whence our words folio and leaf (two pages); then upon strips of inner bark (liber); often upon white (album) tablets of waxed wood; later upon leather, linen paper, and parchment. As the written forms of Latin resisted change more than the spoken words, the language of literature diverged more and more from the speech of the people, as in modern America or France. The melodious Romance languages—Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, French, and Rumanian—evolved from the crude popular Latin brought to the provinces, not by poets and grammarians, but by soldiers, merchants, and adventurers. So the words for horse in the Romance languages—caballo, cavallo, cheval, cal—were taken from the spoken Latin caballus, not from the written equus. In popular Latin ille (he) was one syllable, like French and Italian il; and final -s and -m were, as in those languages, dropped or not pronounced. The best came from a corruption of the worst: corruptio pessimi optima.

What literature did the young Roman read in those first three centuries of the Republic? There were religious hymns and chants, such as the song of the Arval Brethren, and there were popular lays of Rome’s historic or legendary past. There were official—usually priestly—records of elections, magistracies, events, portents, and holidays.II On the basis of these archives Q. Fabius Pictor compiled (202 B.C.) a respectable History of Rome—but in Greek; Latin was not yet thought fit for literary prose and was not used by historians until Cato. There were farragoes of prose called saturae—medleys of merry nonsense and erotic banter—out of which Lucilius would forge a new form for Horace and Juvenal. There were boisterously obscene burlesques or mimes, usually acted by players from Etruria; some of these performers, coming from the town of Istria, were named istriones, and gave the word histrio (actor) to Latin, and its derivatives to modern tongues. There were also, on holidays or market days, crude, half-impromptu farces that gave their stock characters to thousands of Italian comedies, ancient and modern: the rich and stupid father, the extravagant love-entangled youth, the maligned virgin, the clever intriguing servant, the glutton always maneuvering for a meal, the rollicking, tumbling clown. Already the last flaunted the gaily colored patches, the long expansive trousers, the large-sleeved doublet, and the shorn head, still familiar to our youth. An exact likeness of Punchinello, or Punch, has been found on the frescoes of Pompeii.42

Literature came formally to Rome about 272 B.C. in the person of a Greek slave. In that year Tarentum fell; many of its Greek citizens were slaughtered, but Livius Andronicus had the luck to be merely enslaved. Brought to Rome, he taught Latin and Greek to his master’s children and some others, and translated the Odyssey for them into Latin “Saturnian” verse—lines of loose and irregular rhythm, scanned by accent rather than quantity. Freed for his services, he was commissioned by the aediles to produce a tragedy and a comedy for the ludi, or games, of 240 B.C. He composed them on Greek models, directed them, acted the main parts, and sang them to the accompaniment of a flute till his voice gave out; then he had another sing the lines while he acted them—a method followed in many later plays at Rome, and influential in generating the pantomime. The government was so well pleased by this introduction of the literary drama that in honor of Andronicus it gave poets the right to incorporate, and allowed them to hold their meetings in the Temple of Minerva on the Aventine. Henceforth it became the fashion to present such ludi scenici, or scenic plays, at the public festivals.43

Five years after this historic première a plebeian ex-soldier from Campania, Cnaeus Naevius, shocked the conservatives by producing a comedy in which he satirized with Aristophanic freedom the political abuses that were flourishing in the capital. The old families complained, and Naevius was jailed. He apologized and was freed, wrote another satire as sharp a the first, and was banished from Rome. In exile and old age he composed, with undiscourageable patriotism, an epic poem on the First Punic War, in which he had fought; it began with the founding of Rome by Trojan refugees, and provided Virgil with a theme and several scenes. His condemnation was a double misfortune: the vitality and originality of Roman comedy suffered from a censorship that made libel a capital crime, and Roman politics lost the purge of a public critique. Naevius wrote also a poetic drama based on Roman history; this experiment too ended with him, and thereafter Roman tragedy circled vainly in the cropped pastures of Greek myth. Only a few fragments survive to reveal Naevius’ quality. One describes a coquettish girl:

"As if playing ball in a ring she skips from one to another, and is all things to all men with her words and winks, her caresses and embraces; now a squeeze of the hand or a pressure of the foot; her ring to look at, her lips to blow an inviting kiss; here a song, there the language of signs".44

It is pleasant to see that women were then as charming as now, that not all Romans were Catos, and that under the shadow of the Porch even virtue might take a holiday.

Beyond the essentials of arithmetic, and enough geometry to plot a farm or plan a temple, science played as yet no part in the education or culture of the Roman citizen. The boy counted on his fingers (digita), and the figures he used were imitations of an extended digit (I), a hand (V), or two hands joined at their apexes (X); and he was content to form the other numerals by repeating these symbols (II, III), and prefixing (IV, IX) or suffixing (VI, XII) digits to V or X to lessen or increase them. Out of this manual arithmetic came the decimal system, constructed on parts and multiples of ten—i.e., the ten fingers. The Romans used geometry well in building and engineering, but added not one theorem to that rounded achievement of the Greek mind. We hear nothing of Roman astronomy in this period except in its presperous sister or mother—astrology.

Medicine, till the third century, was largely a matter of family herbs, magic, and prayer; the gods alone could heal; and to make cure certain a special god was invoked for each disease 45—as one now invokes a specialist. Against the mosquitoes of the Roman campagna appeal was made to the goddesses Febris and Mephitis, as, until our century, the Romans petitioned La Madonna della Febbre, Our Lady of the Fever.46 Healing shrines and sacred waters were as common as today. The temple of Aesculapius was a busy center of religious healing, where diet and hydrotherapy, peaceful surroundings and a quiet routine, prayer and the soothing ritual of worship, the aid of practical physicians and the cheerfulness of skilled attendants, conspired to restore confidence and to effect apparently miraculous cures.47 Nevertheless, there were slave doctors and quacks in Rome five centuries before Christ; and some of these practiced dentistry, for the Twelve Tables forbade the burial of gold with the dead except where gold had been used to wire teeth.48 In 219 we hear of the first freeman physician in Rome—Archagathus the Peloponnesian. His surgical operations so delighted the patricians that the Senate voted him an official residence and the freedom of the city; later his “mania for cutting and burning” won him the name of Carnifex, butcher.49 From that time onward Greek physicians flocked to Rome, and made the practice of medicine there a Greek monopoly.

V. THE GROWTH OF THE SOIL

The Roman of those centuries had little need of medicine, for his active life in farming or soldiering kept him healthy and strong. He took to the land as the Greek to the sea; he based his life on the soil, built his towns as meeting places for farmers and their products, organized his armies and his state on his readiness to defend and extend his holdings, and conceived his gods as spirits of the living earth and the nourishing sky.

As far back as we can reach into Rome’s past we find private property.50 Part of the land, however, was ager publicus—public acreage usually acquired by conquest and owned by the state. The peasant family of the early Republic owned two or three acres, tilled them with all hands and occasionally a slave, and lived abstemiously on the product. They slept on straw,51 rose early, stripped to the waist,52 and plowed and harrowed behind leisurely oxen whose droppings served as fertilizer, and their flesh as a religious offering and a festival food. Human offal was also used to enrich the soil, but chemical fertilizers were rare in Italy before the Empire. Manuals of scientific agriculture were imported from Carthage and Greece. Crops were rotated between grains and legumes, and lands were turned periodically to pasturage to prevent their exhaustion. Vegetables and fruits were grown in abundance, and formed, next to grains, the chief articles of food. Garlic was already a favorite seasoning. Some aristocratic families derived their names in part from the vegetables traditionally favored in their plantings: Lentuli, Caepiones, Fabii, from lentils, onions, beans. Culture of the fig, olive, and grape gradually encroached upon cereal and vegetable crops. Olive oil took the place of butter in the diet and of soap in the bath; it served as fuel in torches and lamps and was the chief ingredient in the unguents made necessary for hair and skin by the dry winds and fiery sun of the Mediterranean summer. Sheep were the favorite herd, for the Italians preferred clothing of wool. Swine and poultry were raised in the farmyard, and almost every family nursed a garden of flowers.54

War transformed this picture of rural toil. Many of the farmers who changed plowshares for swords were overcome by the enemy or the town and never returned to their fields; many others found their holdings so damaged by armies or neglect that they had not the courage to begin anew; others were broken by accumulated debt. Such men sold their lands at depression prices to aristocrats or agricultural capitalists who merged the little homesteads into latifundia (literally, broad farms), turned these vast areas from cereals to flocks and herds, orchards and vines, and manned them with war-captured slaves under an overseer who was often himself a slave. The owners rode in now and then to look at their property; they no longer put their hands to the work, but lived as absentee landlords in their suburban villas or in Rome. This process, already under way in the fourth century B.C., had by the end of the third produced a debt-ridden tenant class in the countryside, and in the capital a propertyless, rootless proletariat whose sullen discontent would destroy the Republic that peasant toil had made.

VI. INDUSTRY

The soil was poor in minerals—a fact that would write much economic and political history in Italy. There was no gold and little silver; there was a fair supply of iron, some copper, lead, tin, and zinc, but too scarce to support an industrial development. The state owned all mines in the empire, but leased them to private operators, who worked them profitably by using up the lives of thousands of slaves. Metallurgy and technology made few advances. Bronze was still employed more frequently than iron, and only the best and latest mines were equipped with the winches, windlasses, and chain buckets that Archimedes and others had set up in Sicily and Egypt. The chief fuel was wood; trees were cut also for houses and ships and furniture; mile by mile, decade by decade, the forest retreated up the mountainside to meet the timber line. The most prosperous industry was the manufacture of weapons and tools in Campania. There was no factory system, except for armament and pottery. Potters made not only dishes but bricks and tiles, conduits and pipes; at Arretium and elsewhere the potters were copying Greek models and learning to make artistic wares. As early as the sixth century the textile industry, in the design, preparation, and dyeing of linen and wool, had grown beyond the domestic stage despite the busy spinning of daughters, wives, and slaves; free and unfree weavers were brought together in small factories, which produced not only for the local market but also for export trade.

Industrial production for nonlocal consumption was arrested by difficulties of transport. Roads were poor, bridges unsafe, oxcarts slow, inns rare, robbers plentiful. Hence traffic moved by choice along canals and rivers, while coastal towns imported by sea rather than from their hinterland. By 202, however, the Romans had built three of their great “consular roads”—so called because usually named after the consuls or censors who began them. Soon these highways would far surpass in durability and extent the Persian and Carthaginian roads that had served them as models. The oldest of them was the via Latina which, about 370 B.C., brought Romans out to the Alban hills. In 312 Appius Claudius the Blind, with the labor of thousands of criminals,55 started the via Appia, or Appian Way, between Rome and Capua; later it reached out to Beneventum, Venusia, Brundisium, and Tarentum; its 333 English miles bound the two coasts, eased trade with Greece and the East, and collaborated with the other roads to make Italy one nation. In 241 the censor Aurelius Cotta began the Aurelian Way from Rome through Pisa and Genoa to Antibes. Caius Flaminius in 220 opened the Flaminian Way to Ariminum; and about the same time the Valerian Way connected Tibur with Corfinium. Slowly the majestic network grew: the Aemilian Way climbed north from Ariminum through Bononia and Mutina to Placentia (187); the Postumian Way linked Genoa with Verona (148); and the via Popilia led from Ariminum through Ravenna to Padua (132). In the following century roads would dart out from Italy to York, Vienna, Thessalonica, and Damascus, and would line the north African coast. They defended, unified, and vitalized the Empire by quickening the movement of troops, intelligence, customs, and ideas; they became great channels of commerce, and played no minor role in the peopling and enrichment of Italy and Europe.

Despite these highways, trade never flourished in Italy as in the eastern Mediterranean. The upper classes looked with contempt upon buying cheap and selling dear, and left trade to Greek and Oriental freedmen; while the countryside contented itself with occasional fairs, and “ninth-day” markets in the towns. Foreign commerce was similarly moderate. Sea transport was risky; ships were small, made only six miles an hour sailing or rowing, hugged the coast, and for the most part kept timidly in port from November to March. Carthage controlled the western Mediterranean, the Hellenistic monarchies controlled the east, and pirates periodically swept out of their lairs upon merchants relatively more honest than themselves. The Tiber was perpetually silting its mouth and blocking Rome’s port at Ostia; two hundred vessels foundered there in one gale; besides, the current was so strong that the voyage upstream to Rome hardly repaid the labor and the cost. About 200 B.C.. vessels began to put in at Puteoli, 150 miles south of Rome, and ship their goods overland to the capital.

To facilitate this external and internal trade it became necessary to establish a state-guaranteed system of coinage, measures, and weights.III Till the fourth century B.C. cattle were still accepted as a medium of exchange, since they were universally valuable and easily moved. As trade grew, rude chunks of copper (aes) were used as money (ca. 330 B.C.); estimate was originally aes tumare, to value copper. The unit of value was the as (one)—i.e., one pound of copper by weight; ex-pend meant weighed out. When, about 338 B.C., a copper coinage was issued by the state, it often bore the image of an ox, a sheep, or a hog, and was accordingly called pecunia (pecus, cattle). In the First Punic War, says Pliny, “the Republic, not having means to meet its needs, reduced the as to two ounces of copper; by this contrivance a saving of five sixths was effected, and the public debt was liquidated.”56 By 202 the as had fallen to an ounce; and in 87 B.C. it was reduced to half an ounce to help finance the Social War. In 269 two silver coins were minted: the denarius, equal to ten asses, and corresponding to the Athenian drachma in the latter’s depreciated Hellenistic form; and the sestertius, representing two and a half asses, or a quarter of a denarius. In 217 appeared the first Roman gold coins—the aurei—with values of twenty, forty, and sixty sesterces. In metallic equivalence the as would equal two, the sesterce five, the denarius twenty, cents in the currency of the United States; but as precious metals were much less plentiful than now, and therefore had a purchasing power several times greater than today,57 we shall, ignoring price fluctuations before Nero, roughly equate the as, sesterce, denarius, and talent (6000 denarii) of the Roman Republic with six, fifteen, and sixty cents, and $3600 respectively, in terms of United States currency in 1942.IV

The issuance of this guaranteed currency promoted the profession and operations of finance. The older Romans used temples as their banks, as we use banks as our temples; and the state continued to the end to use its strongly built shrines as repositories for public funds, perhaps on the theory that religious scruples would help discourage robbery. Moneylending was an old business, for the Twelve Tables had forbidden interest above eight and one third per cent per annum.60 The legal rate was lowered to five per cent in 347, and to zero in 342, but this Aristotelian prohibition was so easily evaded that the actual minimum rate averaged twelve per cent. Usury (above twelve per cent) was widespread, and debtors had periodically to be rescued from their accumulating obligations by bankruptcy or legislation. In 352 B.C. the government used a very modern method of relief: it took over such mortgages as offered a fair chance of repayment, and persuaded mortgagees to accept a lower interest rate on the others.61 One of the streets adjoining the Forum became a banker’s row, crowded with the shops of the moneylenders (argentarii) and money-changers (trapezitae). Money could be borrowed on land, crops, securities, or government contracts, and for financing commercial enterprises or voyages. Co-operative lending took the place of industrial insurance; instead of one banker completely underwriting a venture, several joined in providing the funds. Joint-stock companies existed chiefly for the performance of government contracts let out on bids by the censor; they raised their capital by selling their stocks or bonds to the public in the form of partes or particulae—“little parts,” shares. These companies of “publicans”—i.e., men engaged on public or state undertakings—played an active role in supplying and transporting materials for the army and navy in the Second Punic War—not without the usual attempts to cheat the government.62 Businessmen (equites) directed the larger of these enterprises, freedmen the smaller. Nongovernmental business was carried on by negotiatores, who usually provided their own funds.

Industry was in the hands of independent craftsmen, working in their separate shops. Most such men were freemen, but an increasing proportion were freedmen or slaves. Labor was highly differentiated, and produced for the market rather than for the individual customer. Competition by slaves depressed the wages of free workers, and reduced the proletariat to a bitter life in slums. Strikes among these men were impracticable and rare,63 but slave uprisings were frequent; the “First Servile War” (139 B.C.) was not the first. When public discontent became acute, some cause could be found for a war that would provide universal employment, spread depreciated money, and turn the wrath of the people against a foreign foe whose lands would feed the Roman people victorious, or receive them defeated and dead.64 The free workers had unions or guilds (collegia), but these seldom concerned themselves with wages, hours, or conditions of labor. Tradition credited Numa with having established or legalized them; in any case, the seventh century B.C. had organizations of flute players, goldsmiths, coppersmiths, fullers, shoemakers, potters, dyers, and carpenters.65 The “Dionysian Artists”—actors and musicians—were among the most widespread associations in the ancient world. By the second century B.C. we find guilds of cooks, tanners, builders, bronzeworkers, ironworkers, ropemakers, weavers; but these were probably as old as the others. The chief aim of such unions was the simple pleasure of social intercourse; many of them were also mutual-benefit societies to defray the cost of funerals.

The state regulated not only the guilds, but many aspects of Rome’s economic life. It supervised the operation of mines and other governmental concessions or contracts. It quieted agitation among the plebs by importing food and distributing it at nominal prices to the poor or to all applicants. It levied fines upon monopolists, and it nationalized the salt industry to end a monopoly that had raised the price of salt beyond the reach of the working class. Its commercial policy was liberal: after overcoming Carthage it opened the western Mediterranean to all trade; and it protected Utica and, later, Delos on condition that they remain free ports, permitting the entry and exit of goods without fee. At various times, however, it forbade the export of arms, iron, wine, oil, or cereals; it laid a customs duty, usually of two and a half per cent, upon the entry of most products into Rome, and afterward extended this modest tariff to other cities. Until 147 B.C. it required a tributum, or property tax, throughout Italy. All in all, its revenues were modest; and like other civilized states it used them chiefly for war.66

VII. THE CITY

Through taxes, spoils, indemnities, and inflowing population Rome was now (202 B.C.) one of the major cities of the Mediterranean ensemble. The census of 234 listed 270,713 citizens—i.e., free adult males; the figure fell sharply during the great war, but rose to 258,318 in 189, and 322,000 in 147. We may calculate a population of approximately 1,100,000 souls in the city-state in 189 B.C., of whom perhaps 275,000 lived within the walls of Rome. Italy south of the Rubicon had some 5,000,000 inhabitants.67 Immigration, the absorption of conquered peoples, the influx, emancipation, and enfranchisement of slaves, were already beginning the ethnic changes that by Nero’s time would make Rome the New York of antiquity, half native and half everything.

Two main cross streets divided the city into quarters, each with its administrative officials and tutelary deities. Chapels were raised at important intersections, and statues at lesser ones, to the lares compitales, or gods of the crossings—a pretty custom still found in Italy. Most streets were plain earth; some were paved with small smooth stones from river beds, as in many Mediterranean cities today; about 174 the censor began to surface the major thoroughfares with lava blocks. In 312 Appius Claudius the Blind built the first aqueduct, bringing fresh water to a city that had till then depended upon springs and wells and the muddy Tiber. Piping water from aqueduct-fed reservoirs, the aristocracy began to bathe more than once a week; and soon after Hannibal’s defeat Rome opened its first municipal baths. At an unknown date Roman or Etruscan engineers built the Cloaca Maxima, whose massive stone arches were so wide that a wagon loaded with hay could pass under them.68 Smaller sewers were added to drain the marshes that surrounded and invaded Rome. The city’s refuse and rain water passed through openings in the streets into these drains and thence into the Tiber, whose pollution was a lasting problem of Roman life.

The embellishment of the city was almost confined to its temples. Houses adhered to the plain Etruscan style already described, except that the exterior was more often of brick or stucco, and (as a sign of growing literacy) was often defaced with graffiti—“scratchings” of strictly fugitive verse or prose. Temples were mostly of wood, with terra-cotta revetments and decorations, and followed Etruscan plans. A temple to Jupiter, Juno, and Minerva stood on the Capitoline hill; another to Diana on the Aventine; and others rose (before 201 B.C.) to Juno, Mars, Janus, Venus, Victory, Fortune, Hope, etc. In 303 Caius Fabius added to his leguminous clan name the cognomen of Pictor, painter, by executing frescoes in the Temple of Health on the Capitoline. Greek sculptors in Rome made statues of Roman gods and heroes in terra cotta, marble, or bronze. In 293 they erected on the Capitol a bronze Jupiter of such Olympian proportions that it could be seen from the Alban hills twenty miles away. About 296 the aediles set up a bronze she-wolf, to which later artists added the figures of Romulus and Remus. We do not know if this is the group described by Cicero, or if either of these is identical with the existing Wolf of the Capital; in any case, we have in this a masterpiece of the highest order, dead metal alive in every muscle and nerve.

While through painting and statuary the aristocracy commemorated its victories and recommended its lineage, the people consoled themselves with music and the dance, comedies and games. The roads and homes of Italy resounded with individual or choral song; men sang at banquets, boys and girls chorused hymns in religious processions, bride and groom were escorted with hymeneal chants, and every corpse was buried with song. The flute was the most popular instrument, but the lyre too had its devotees, and became the favorite accompaniment of lyric verse. When great holidays came, the Romans crowded to amphitheater or stadium, and pullulated under the sun while hirelings, captives, criminals, or slaves ran and jumped, or, better, fought and died. Two great amphitheaters—the Circus Maximus (attributed to the first Tarquin) and the Circus Flaminius (221 B.C.)—admitted without charge all free men and women who came in time to find seats. The expense was met at first by the state, then by the aediles out of their own purse, often, in the later Republic, by candidates for the consulate; the cost increased generation by generation, until in effect it barred the poor from seeking office.

Perhaps we should class with these spectacles the official “triumph” of a returning general. Only those were eligible for it who had won a campaign in which 5000 of the enemy had been slain; the unfortunate commander who had won with less slaughter received merely an nation—for him no ox was sacrificed, but only a sheep (ovis). The procession formed outside the city, at whose borders the general and his troops were required to lay down their arms; thence it entered through a triumphal arch that set a fashion for a thousand monuments. Trumpeters led the march; after them came towers or floats representing the captured cities, and pictures showing the exploits of the victors; then wagons rumbled by, heavy with gold, silver, works of art, and other spoils. Marcellus’ triumph was memorable for the stolen statuary of Syracuse (212); Scipio Africanus in 207 displayed 14,000 and, in 202, 123,000 pounds of silver taken from Spain and Carthage. Seventy white oxen followed, walking philosophically to their death; then the captured chiefs of the enemy; then lictors, harpers, pipers, and incense-bearers; then, in a flamboyant chariot, the general himself, wearing a purple toga and a crown of gold, and bearing an ivory scepter and a laurel branch as emblems of victory and the insignia of Jove. In the chariot with him might be his children; beside it rode his relatives; behind them his secretaries and aides. Last came the soldiers, some carrying the prizes awarded them, everyone wearing a crown; some praising their leaders, others deriding them; for it was an inviolable tradition that on these brief occasions the speech of the army should be free and unpunished, to remind the proud victors of their fallible mortality. The general mounted the Capitol to the Temple of Jupiter, Juno, and Minerva, laid his loot at the feet of the gods, presented an animal in sacrifice, and usually ordered the captive chieftains to be slain as an additional thank-offering. It was a ceremony well designed to stir military ambition and reward military effort; for man’s vanity yields only to hunger and love.

VIII. POST MORTEM

War was the most dramatic feature of a Roman’s life, but it did not play so absorbing a role as in the pages of Rome’s historians. Perhaps even more than with us his existence centered about his family and his home. News reached him when it was old, so that his passions could not be stirred every day by the gathered turmoil of the world. The great events of his career were not politics and war, but anxious births, festal marriages, and somber deaths.

Old age was not then the abandoned desolation that so often darkens it in an individualistic age. The young never questioned their duty to care for the old; the old remained to the end the first consideration and the last authority; and after their death their graves were honored as long as a male descendant survived. Funerals were as elaborate as weddings. The procession was led by a hired band of wailing women, whose organized hysteria was cramped by a law of the Twelve Tables71 forbidding them to tear out their hair. Then came the flute players, limited by a like Solonic law to ten; then some dancers, one of whom impersonated the dead. Then followed in strange parade actors wearing the death masks, or waxen images, of those ancestors of the corpse who had held some magistracy. The deceased came next, in splendor rivaling a triumph, clothed in the full regalia of the highest office he had held, comfortable in a bier overspread with purple and gold-embroidered coverlets, and surrounded by the weapons and armor of the enemies he had slain. Behind him came the dead man’s sons, dressed and veiled in black, his daughters unveiled, his relatives, clansmen, friends, clients, and freedmen. In the Forum the procession stopped, and a son or kinsman pronounced a eulogy. Life was worth living, if only for such a funeral. In the early centuries Rome’s dead had been cremated; now, usually, they were buried, though some obstinate conservatives preferred combustion. In either case, the remains were placed in a tomb that became an altar of worship upon which pious descendants periodically placed some flowers and a little food. Here, as in Greece and the Far East, the stability of morals and society was secured by the worship of ancestors and by the belief that somewhere their spirits survived and watched. If they were very great and good, the dead, in Hellenized Roman mythology, passed to the Elysian Fields, or the Islands of the Blessed; nearly all, however, descended into the earth, to the shadowy realm of Orcus and Pluto. Pluto, the Roman form of the Greek god Hades, was armed with a mallet to stun the dead; Orcus (our ogre) was the monster who then devoured the corpse. Because Pluto was the most exalted of the underground deities, and because the earth was the ultimate source of wealth and often the repository of accumulated food and goods, he was worshiped also as the god of riches and plutocrats; and his wife Proserpina—the strayed daughter of Ceres—became the goddess of the germinating corn. Sometimes the Roman Hell was conceived as a place of punishment;72 in most cases it was pictured as the abode of half-formless shades that had been men, not distinguished from one another by reward or punishment, but all equally suffering eternal darkness and final anonymity. There at last, said Lucian, one would find democracy.73

I Hence the words augurs—bird carriers (aves-gero)— and auspices—bird inspection (aves-spicio). Primitive man may actually have learned to forecast weather through the movements of birds.
II Fasti consulares, libri magistratuum, annales maximi, fasti calendares.
III Some Roman measures: a modius was approximately a peck; a foot was 11 5/8 English inches; 5 Roman feet made a pace (passus); 1000 paces made a mile (milia passuum) of 1619 English yards; a iugerum was about 2/3 of an acre. Twelve ounces (unciae) made a pound.
IV In northern Italy, about 250 B.C., a bushel of wheat cost half a denarius (thirty cents); bed and board at an inn cost half an as (three cents) a day; 58 in Delos, in the second century B.C.., a house of medium type rented for four denarii ($2.40) a month; in Rome, A.D. 50, a cup and saucer cost half an as (three cents)

NOTES

1. Twelve Tables, iv, 1.
2. St. Augustine, City of God, vi, 9.
3. Horace, Satires, i, 8, 35; Müller-Lyer, F., Evolution of Modern Marriage, 55; Castiglione, 195; Howard, C., Sex Worship, 65, 79; Enc. Brit., 11th ed., XVII, 467; XXI, 345.
4. Pliny, xxviii, 19.
5. Livy, xxiii, 31.
6. Virgil, Georgics, ii, 419; Horace, Odes, i, 1.25.
7. Frazer, Magic Art, II, 190; the derivation is questioned by Fowler, W. W., Roman Festivals of the Republic, 99.
8. Virgil, Aeneid, vii, 761; Ovid, Fasti, vi, 753; Metamorphoses, xv, 497; Strabo, v, 3.12; Pliny, xxx, 12-13; Frazer, Magic Art, I, 11.
9. Boissier, G., La réligion romaine, I, 27.
10. Livy, v, 21-2; vi, 29; Coulanges, 199.
11. Ovid, Metam., xv, 626.
12. Livy, viii, 15; Lanciani, R., Ancient Rome, 143.
13. Fowler, W. W., Religious Experience of the Roman People, 337.
14. Mommsen, III, 11.
15. Cicero, Pro Archia, 4; Fowler, op. cit., 30. The derivation is not certain; Cicero gives another in De natura deorum, ii, 28.
16. Reinach, S., Apollo, 109.
17. Livy, vii, 5.
18. Pliny, xxviii, 10.
19. Harrison, J., Prolegomena to the Study of Greek Religion, 35.
20. Plautus, Curculio, 33-8.
21. Ovid, Fasti, iii, 523.
23. Howard, 66.
24. Athenaeus, xiv, 44.
25. Westermarck, E., Origin and Development of the Moral Ideas, I, 430; Cicero, Pro Caelio, 20.
26. Brittain, A., Roman Women, 135-6.
27. Coulanges, 63.
28. Plutarch, “Numa and Lycurgus.”
29. Gellius, x, 23.
30. Abbott, F., Common People of Ancient Rome, 87.
31. Catullus, Poems, xxv.
32. Pliny, xxxiii, 16.
33. Fowler, W. W., Social Life at Rome, 50-1, 270.
34. Polybius, xxxi, 26.
35. Ibid., vi, 56.
36. Cf. Appian, vi, passim.
37. Polybius, vi, 58.
38. Plutarch, Quaestiones Romanae, 59.
39. Livy, iii, 38.
40. Heine, H., Memoirs, I, 12.
41. Thompson, Sir E., Greek and Latin Paleography, 5.
42. Schlegel, A. W., Lectures on Dramatic Art and Literature, 202.
43. Livy, vii, 2; Bieber, N., History of the Greek and Roman Theater, 307.
44. In Duff, J., Literary History of Rome, 130.
45. Castiglione, 196.
46. Lanciani, R., Ancient Rome, 53.
47. Glover, T. R., Conflict of Religions in the Early Roman Empire, 13; Fried-lander, L., Roman Life and Manners under the Early Empire, III, 141.
48. Twelve Tables, x, 9.
49. Pliny, xxix, 6.
50. Frank, Economic Survey, I, 12; CAH, VII, 417; for the contrary cf. Mommsen, History, I, 193, 238.
51. Pliny, xviii, 3.
52. Virgil, Georgics, i, 299.
53. Guhl, E., and Koner, W., Life of the Greeks and Romans, 503.
54. Cato, de agri cultura, viii; Varro, Rerum rusticarum libri tres, pref.
55. Cicero, Letters, vii, 1.
56. Pliny, xxxiii, 13.
57. CAH, VIII, 345.
58. Mommsen, History, III, 75.
59. CAH, X, 395; Frank, Economic History of Rome, 340. For other comparative prices cf. ibid., 66.
60. Twelve Tables, viii, 18; Tacitus, Annals, vi, 16.
61. Livy, vii, 19-21, 42.
62. Paul-Louis, 118.
63. Frank, Economic History, 119; for a contrary view cf. Ward, C. O., The Ancient Lowly, 208-9.
64. Livy, viii, 12; Dionysius of Halicarnassus, ix, 43.
65. Mommsen, History, I, 248-9; Paul-Louis, 47.
66. 77% between 200 and 150 B.C.—Frank, Economic Survey, I, 146.
67. Ibid., 41; CAH, VIII, 344; Paul-Louis, 102; Mommsen, History, II, 55.
68. Pliny, xxxvi, 24.
69. Enc. Brit., XIX, 466.
70. Rickard, T., Man and Metals, I, 280.
71. Twelve Tables, x, 4.
72. E.g. in Plautus’ Captives, 998.
73. Lucian, Dialogues of the Dead, xxv.

Written by Will Durant in "The Story of Civilization -Volume III- Caesar And Christus", Simon and Schuster, New York, USA, 1965, excerpts chapter IV. Digitized, adapted and illustrated to be post by Leopoldo Costa.




















ENTRE A BOCA E O COPO: MICROGESTOS E RITUAIS DO BEBER

$
0
0


Quebra-jejum

São nove horas da manhã. Estou sentada diante de um balcão de um botequim “frege moscas” da Rua da Consolação. Um indivíduo, em pé, debruçado na barra, pede uma branquinha. Uma senhora de tailleur e rabo de cavalo indefectíveis, que tinha entrado por acidente, para comprar cigarros, flagra o pedido do meu vizinho e busca minha cumplicidade insistindo num olhar de condenação.

A correspondência que ela me pede é recusada. Estou muito concentrada em lembrar que, segundo Aluísio de Almeida, se esse cidadão vivesse no começo dos oitocentos, não estaria em nada deslocado dos hábitos vigentes. Segundo esse memorialista, o café só passa a ser utilizado como quebra-jejum aqui no Brasil por volta dos 1800. Antes disso, nos meios rurais e urbanos, bebia-se cachaça ou vinho:

"Café, começou aos poucos, antes de 1800. Antes não era o quebra-jejum. Nos engenhos os donos e hóspedes se dirigiam à casa do estanque, onde se guardavam pipas e barris e aguardente e, tal como na metrópole se fazia com um copázio de vinho tinto, ou mesmo verde, matavam o bicho com um copinho ou cálix de vidro colorido, coisa rara."350

Affonso de Freitas relata a história de Nhéco-Nhenhéco, um preto velho, forro, de 80 anos, que andarilhava pelas ruas paulistanas, com duas colheres de estanho castanholando num prato de folha, como se estivesse tocando pandeiro. Repinicava com tanto virtuosismo que se notabilizou pelo feito. Sentava-se na soleira da porta de alguma residência e iniciava o seu tamborilar no prato, a fim de solicitar refeição. Mas era frequentador assíduo, onde tinha o hábito litúrgico de “matar o bicho”, do boteco do José Frango Assado, um português que tinha venda na Travessa da Sé.351

Mas, sem dúvida que nem o costume nem a expressão foram criações paulistanas. O mata-bicho ficou muito conhecido e em voga em São Paulo e em todo o Brasil, no sentido de ingerir álcool no começo do dia, mas era termo popularismo nascido entre os beberrões da Idade Média europeia.352

Combustível para o corpo e para a alma

As referências sobre o costume do mata-bicho nas tabernas portuguesas são várias. Raul Simões Pinto, em seu livro sobre as tascas do Porto, trata da expressão MATA-BICHO, como um hábito e um termo antigo e tradicional sobrevivente no ambiente desses estabelecimentos localizados nessa cidade:

"Mata-bicho – Expressão utilizada logo pela manhã: pedir uma aguardente ou um bagaço para ‘matar-o-bicho’ do corpo e da alma! Vulgar em zonas piscatórias, mas também de uso corrente nas tascas."353

Até os dias de hoje algumas tascas do Porto servem mata-bicho em copinhos de vinho pequenos, chamados neguinho, de café com bagaço, reminiscência do mata-bicho antigo. Outros alimentam o hábito de tomar um Martini matinal.

Luis Fontes, em seu estudo sobre as tabernas de Braga, aborda uma taxionomia entre as práticas tabernais no que diz respeito às bebidas que se deve tomar pela manhã:

"Quanto a bebidas, a oferta é também variadíssima devendo distinguir-se dois tipos: as que se bebem no período da manhã e as que se bebem após almoço e até à noite. As primeiras são sobretudo bebidas espirituosas ou licores – ginga, aguardente, Martini, etc. e as segundas vinhos e refrigerantes, predominantemente verdes (de casco) e cerveja. O consumo de bebidas da parte da manhã assume características particulares, existindo uma designação popular para tal: ‘matar o bicho’ ou ‘lavar o casco’, operação levada a efeito várias vezes durante o período da manhã e em que se utilizam vários ‘instrumentos específicos’ – trançadinho (mistura de ginga com aguardente), ‘penalty’ (mistura de ginga com água gaseificada), ‘telha’ (mistura de Martini com água gaseificada), ou simplesmente ginga, bagaço, Martini, vinho branco simples, etc."354

Pedro de Andrade, outro estudioso português das práticas tabernais, aponta para essa prática frequente em Portugal, cujo primeiro objetivo era aquecer para o trabalho.355

Vale lembrar que, até os oitocentos, o modelo da termodinâmica estimulava a considerar o corpo como uma caldeira, e posteriormente um motor, que é preciso ser alimentado de combustível. Esse pensamento ratifica a crença nas virtudes do álcool e do trago matinal, que regula e incentiva o ritmo.356 O “consolo”, ou como tantos outros termos utilizados aqui no Brasil, APAGA-TRISTEZA, CURA-TUDO, ESTRICNINA,HOMEOPATIA, PENICILINA 357, quando engolido de uma só vez, desde cinco horas da manhã, faz esquecer, aquece ou refresca, no que for necessário, anima, aclara, cura.

Mas o poder benfazejo do álcool, e sobretudo da cachaça, não para por aí. Câmara Cascudo discorre sobre uma tradição segundo a qual a cachaça, misturada com pólvora, propulsiona a coragem.358

Água para camelo

A sobrevivência do MATA-BICHO está ligada à permanência de uma convicção de que bebida é alimento. Segundo o anedotário biográfico de Noel Rosa, músico carioca e boêmio inveterado, há uma cena em que um amigo encontra-o num botequim, bebendo cerveja logo pela manhã. Seu interlocutor lhe adverte: “Bebendo a essa hora, Noel?!....” A réplica de Rosa é todo um tratado sobre os valores nutritivos da bebida. Mas o amigo rebate: “Está bem, e esse conhaque?” No que Noel retruca: “Mas você não quer que eu coma sem uma bebidinha, não é?”

À parte a pilhéria trágico-cômica de Noel Rosa, sem dúvida ele recorre a uma chave de pensamento segundo a qual bebida e alimento não eram separados. O professor Eddy Stols, especialista em história da alimentação, me falou que até os dias de hoje recomenda-se para a mulher que convalesce do parto, em algumas regiões europeias, um prato feito com carne, ovos e cerveja.359 É a sobrevivência recôndita do costume do medievo de se tomar sopa de cerveja.

Antes que as bebidas quentes e não alcoólicas – café, chá, chocolate – ocupassem um lugar fixo na dieta europeia, o álcool cumpria as vezes de estimulante e de alimento. Lógico que a população do medievo utilizava o vinho e a cerveja para se emborrachar. Mas também é certo que antes da introdução da batata, a cerveja constituía, juntamente com o pão, a dieta básica na Europa. Ainda na segunda metade do século XVII, quando o café era coisa para os iniciados da fina flor, uma família inglesa das camadas mais populares consumia três litros de cerveja por dia.360 Mesmo no decorrer do século XIX, na França, o consumo de aguardente entre os pobres era de meio litro por dia, cinquenta a setenta e cinco litros anuais.361 Ainda resta o velho ditado: água é comida de camelo.

Brinde: o beber lúdico

Entre os rituais do beber em grupo, um dos mais antigos é o brinde, cuja origem remonta do termo grego propinein (em latim propinare), que denomina o gesto dos bebedores que se encaram durante as libações.362 Dentro dos grupos estabelecem-se fórmulas de pronúncia.363 Essa saudação é um compromisso tácito de amizade recíproca. Não participar dele é uma desfeita imperdoável. Aliás, as regras desses rituais eram fixas e quem as rompia podia gerar uma peleja: não se rechaça uma rodada impunemente. Do mesmo jeito, quem aceita participar dela deve ir até o fim. Todos esses ritos carregam um significado cultural dos gestuais de oferta, recebimento, trocas de gentilezas. O conjunto de expressões que envolve as bebidas quentes modernas não pode ser comparado ao cerimonial comunitário que roça o prazer do consumo de álcool. Ninguém brinda nem bebe a saúde de alguém com café364, tampouco se joga um gole de chá no chão, para oferecimento aos santos beberrões.

Braços de sombra erguem copos de sombra

O beber à saúde é uma citação recorrente entre os memorialistas da cidade de São Paulo do século XIX e começo do XX. O cronista Afonso Schmidt, em um de seus textos, dá conta do quanto o brinde faz parte de um vocabulário gestual socialmente discernível ao narrar uma encenação em que braços de sombra erguem copos de sombra, ou seja, ele reconhece o rito pelas silhuetas dos personagens em jogo:

"Sem querer, assisto lá do outro lado da rua, naquela sala, a uma cena representada por silhuetas. A família está ao redor da mesa. Braços de sobra erguem copos de sombra. Depois, alguém, para que os vizinhos da frente não vejam a festa íntima, vai à janela e puxa a cortina. O pano desce, como no teatro."365

Jorge Americano relata a sucessão de brindes de champanhe nas festas de casamentos, após a realização das cerimônias:

"Havia mesa de doces e ‘champagne’. Primeira mesa, segunda, terceira, conforme o número de pessoas e o tamanho da mesa. Na primeira sentavam-se os noivos, os pais, os padrinhos e os convidados de mais idade e categoria. Trocavam brindes. Meia hora depois levantavam, recompunha-se o arranjo e começava a segunda mesa. Os noivos continuavam sentados. Brindes. Levantavam, recompunha-se o arranjo e começava a terceira mesa. Os noivos continuavam sentados. Brindes."366

Segundo John Mawe, os ritos dos brindes durante os banquetes em São Paulo dos 1800 chegavam a durar duas a três horas.367 De outro lado, Saint-Hilaire conta de se entediar com os protocolos do brindar que vigoravam nessa cidade no século XIX:

"O dia de S. Carlos (4 de novembro) era o dia da festa da rainha, que se chamava Carlota. O general ofereceu um banquete, para o qual fui convidado.” O general organizou uma partida de uíste. Depois de servida a sopa, ele se levantou para brindar à saúde do rei, e a banda do regimento, postada à entrada da sala, executou uma marcha militar. Bebemos sucessivamente à saúde do infante D. Sebastião, nascido no mesmo dia alguns anos antes, à da Princesa da Beira, sua mãe, dos paulistas, do capitão-geral e de diversas autoridades locais. Foi por acaso, por assim dizer, que se lembraram da rainha em honra da qual estava sendo realizada a festa. Isso não deve causar surpresa, já que a rainha, nessa época, tinha caído em desagrado. Os convivas brindaram também à saúde uns dos outros. Esse costume, como era praticado então no Brasil e sobre o qual já me referi, é um dos mais incômodos que se pode imaginar. Era preciso que o convidado soubesse o nome de todos os presentes, não esquecesse nenhum, ficasse à espreita do momento em que o escolhido não estivesse comendo ou conversando para chamar o seu nome, observasse a ordem de precedência, gritasse a plenos pulmões de uma extremidade da mesa à outra e estivesse sempre de sobreaviso para empunhar o próprio copo quando o brinde fosse dirigido à sua própria pessoa. Pedi permissão ao capitão-geral para fazer um brinde à união eterna de Portugal e da França. Falei em francês, e o general levantou-se e traduziu para todos as minhas palavras. Bebemos também à saúde do rei Luís XVIII. Em seguida, todo mundo sentou-se, e o general, olhando para mim, fez um brinde em francês em nome da vitória da boa causa."368

Já conforme relata Pires de Almeida, estudantes da Faculdade de Direito, nos idos de 1870, saudavam suas libações com crânios cheios de conhaque e ponche incendiado: “E, a uma, erguendo os crânios em fogo, levantamos estrondoso toast a Álvares de Azevedo, o primus inter pares do byronismo brasileiro.”369

Missa invertida

O beber à saúde, costume de grupo tabernal anterior às sociedades pré-industriais e muito recorrente nos estabelecimentos portugueses e europeus de maneira geral, é uma forma de beber lúdico praticado para conquistar ou reiterar vínculos, posto que unifica simbolicamente todos os envolvidos num beber único.370

Trata-se de um jogo de gestos de uma simultaneidade de expressões, envolvendo o levantar e tocar dos copos, troca de olhares, interpelações, que se comunicam entre si371 e desencadeiam um intercâmbio entre um círculo de bebedores. Esse simples gesto também costura alianças, acordos, invoca consensos.372

Essas fórmulas de saudação garantem um certo sentido na consagração da bebida como elemento de comunhão. Como numa missa invertida, levanta-se taças que não são sagradas.

Assim como outros microgestos, embora tenha se espalhado para etiquetas comedidas em taças de Veuve Clicquot, é uma expressão social da taberna ou tasca, espaço social quase tão antigo quanto o vinho e o beber. Trata-se de um lugar não só de venda e consumo de alcoóis, mas também de toda uma sociabilidade subscrita, o que proporcionou uma acumulação de um repertório particular de práticas.

Esse território nasce no Egito Antigo e é largamente disseminado na Grécia e no Império Romano, que, por conta de sua política expansionista, pulveriza a instituição tabernal por toda a Europa, incluindo Portugal. Esse lugar de venda de vinho a retalho, chega e é reapropriado no Brasil por ocasião da colonização portuguesa e das sucessivas levas de imigrantes portugueses, que tinham como ramo de negócio esse tipo de comércio. Amalgamados com o espaço social, trazem também alguns hábitos milenares, como o beber à saúde.373.

Com o tempo, a tasca ou taberna acabou assumindo uma identidade popular, como discorre Pedro de Andrade:

"A análise econômica do consumo de vinho na tasca, a partir da produção, distribuição, impostos, preços, tipos de consumidores, etc., dá-nos elementos para definir uma configuração que evolui no sentido de uma deserção progressiva das classes dominantes na qualidade de proprietários e frequentadores até a identificação quase mimética da tasca com as classes populares. o que antes era divisão de um espaço social, aliás de feição predominantemente popular, tornou-se hegemonia de um só tipo de economia e de cultura. Este fenômeno de especialização de territórios é mais recente do que se supõe, e só se afirma a partir do fim do século XVIII, quando o café oferece uma alternativa de espaço de sociabilidade à burguesia em ascensão."374

As regras, táticas e comportamentos que norteiam o ato de beber nesses estabelecimentos são, portanto, vestígios de tempos remotos, e que são recriados e reatualizados, com outras ordenações, fórmulas, saudações, dizeres.

É assim que, por exemplo, é bastante fortalecido no Brasil a ABRIDEIRA, de primeiro um costume do Amazonas, que depois derramou-se por todo o país. É o brinde inicial, a abertura do ritual, a primeira dança, a iniciação; na mesma mão em que a SAIDEIRA é o último brinde, o derradeiro gole, a despedida.375

É enfim nesse repertório de reapropriações que o brinde é reiterado e assume aqui no Brasil e em São Paulo, um lugar de destaque entre todos os microgestos do beber, que neutraliza ameaças e dissensos e também fortalece o ajuntamento entre os demais.376 O gesto de oferecer, receber, trocar, firma o estabelecimento de um equilíbrio social estável ligado ao intercâmbio da vida em grupo e ao beber em público, na taberna, na tasca, no botequim.

É um asseguramento do bem-estar e das boas intenções recíprocas. Bebe-se à saúde de alguém, de algo, de algum acontecimento ou passagem. Como num acordo calado, é proibido amaldiçoar ou atrair maus pensamentos durante o ritual.

A expressão de uma simples ação de levantar o copo é um pacto, uma incorporação oral de uma promessa, de um trato: aqui, agora, em torno desta mesa, o mundo é nosso. O bebedor vira o copo e quando volta a ter sua cabeça ereta o universo e o discurso sobre os valores morais vigentes desaparecem. 377 O brinde é uma zona de território livre, autônomo e temporário. É a cama do casal tomada pelas crianças quando os pais viajam. Ali elas casam, brigam, nadam, dividem.

Beber até cair: o beber vertigem

A figura a seguir, de autoria do pintor português José Malhôa 378, denominada Os Bêbados ou Festejando S. Martinho, é uma encenação de interior fechado de taberna, formada por seis homens no entorno de uma mesa. Quatro deles protagonizam os efeitos do vinho, desde o personagem ao fundo, segurando uma malga,379 de semblante ainda altivo e lúcido, até a figura no primeiro plano, à esquerda, já entregue ao sono, debruçado sobre outro homem com os olhos fechados de torpor. Por fim, a figura central debruça o dorso sobre a mesa, com a mão esquerda repousada e a direita demonstra um desgoverno de atitude na sua maneira de segurar a jarra, no desarranjo da mesa com a malga emborcada, seguida de uma poça de vinho, além dos vestígios do repasto, como sardinhas e couves numa dispersão desordenada. Em posição secundária, dois outros atores, à direita, participam e observam, em atitude ambígua.

Essa outra prática do beber em grupo, o beber vertigem, ou o beber até cair, pode ser vista como uma somatória de outros rituais, como os concursos de bebidas – competição para se aferir quem bebe mais, em rapidez ou quantidade, na busca de reconhecimento por meio do beber bem e do bem beber.380 No mesmo esteio, pode ser também o resultado de uma sequência desenfreada de brindes.381

A mesma tática microscópica é vista no poema de Charles Baudelaire, O Vinho dos Trapeiros, que percebe na embriaguez-vertigem-cambaleante desse personagem urbano, que se safa junto às paredes das ruas, uma atitude de desafio e afronta, o que traz à tona o consumo de bebidas alcoólicas como atividade plural, amalgamada com aspectos políticos, sociais e econômicos, e como forma de resistência e reiteração de identidade de grupo382:

"Vê-se um trapeiro cambaleante, a fronte inquieta,
Rente às paredes a esgueirar-se como um poeta
E, alheio aos guardas e alcaguetes mais abjetos,
Abrir seu coração em gloriosos projetos.

Juramentos profere e dita leis sublimes,
Derruba os maus, perdoa as vítimas dos crimes,
E sob o azul do céu, como um dossel suspenso,
Embriaga-se na luz de seu talento imenso."383

Por motivos e crenças bastante similares, Frederico Revalis, 40 anos, nascido em Nova York, foi preso no ano de 1888, quando encontrado dormindo em sono alcoólico profundo, numa carroça do Largo São Francisco, em São Paulo.384

Nos bares, tascas e freges da São Paulo do final do XIX e começo do XX, os rituais do beber até cair eram frequentes. O despojamento da moderação do beber e o entornar até ficar completamente embriagado eram hábitos básicos desses ambientes e as noites terminavam em largas bebedeiras.385

Mas é também nessa época que, pela primeira vez, fala-se dos estragos orgânicos do beber muito, ato praticado durante um longo período de tempo e aceito até então.386 Sem dúvida que esse ponto de inflexão está ligado às novas formas de perceber o corpo, o comportamento, os estados de ânimo, e também uma nova maneira de organização do trabalho e do ócio, como já foi visto.387

Não obstante, sobretudo a partir do começo do século XX, esse novo momento também está associado ao crescimento e à aceleração dos ritmos dos centros urbanos e ao impacto da vertigem coletiva da vida nas cidades sobre a sensibilidade dos habitantes.388 Um dos novos objetos que circulam no espaço urbano e que contribui para a reconfiguração do ritmo das ruas é o bonde. A primeira linha instalada na cidade de São Paulo, à tração animal, foi inaugurada no dia 2 de outubro de 1872. Trinta anos depois, no ano de 1901, surgiram os primeiros bondes elétricos da Light & Power.389 A linha inicial fazia o percurso entre o Largo São Bento e o fim da Barão de Limeira (Chácara do Carvalho).390 A malha desse transporte rapidamente se espalhou, tendo em 1905 substituído completamente os bondes de burro. A concessionária Light estendeu suas linhas aos pontos principais, dentre os bairros isolados mais afastados, atravessando grandes extensões ainda não urbanizadas. Nesse contexto, os elétricos atingiam, em 1914, Santana, Penha de França, Ipiranga, Vila Prudente, Bosque da Saúde, Pinheiros e Lapa. Em 1906 estreou a única linha interurbana, que ia para Santo Amaro.391

E a estética cambaleante do bêbado vivenciado reiteradamente com regularidade secular passa a ser um entrave na circulação no espaço da urbe. Com a instalação das linhas de bondes elétricos, os atropelamentos passaram a ser cada vez mais frequentes. Os relatórios confeccionados pela empresa concessionária desse transporte coletivo dedicavam-se a traçar estatísticas de abalroamentos. Os números aumentavam vertiginosamente ano a ano. Em 1909 houve nove acidentes de morte, setenta e dois com ferimentos, dos quais quatorze eram graves. Apenas três anos depois constam 1.446 desastres, sendo trinta e dois atropelamentos de transeuntes, seis mortes.392

Nesse mesmo período, foi organizada pela empresa uma vasta hemeroteca com artigos de jornal publicados, que relatam vários acidentes com bondes, cujas vítimas estavam embriagadas. Cito abaixo um exemplo, entre tantos casos, de um atropelamento fatal de um vendedor de linguiça:

As 11 e 40 da manhã de hoje, o bonde n. 41, dirigido pelo motorneiro chapa 277, da linha Posto Zootechnico, na Moóca, descia com alguma velocidade a Villa Figueiredo, por onde passava, nessa occasião, um homem de estatura regular, cabello, bigode e barbas grisalhas, que trazia sobre os hombros uma pequena cesta coberta por um panno branco.

O homem andava despreoccupado, ligando pouca importância ao vehiculo, prestes a alcançal-o.

O motorneiro, vendo a linha desempedida, augmentou a marcha.

Num certo momento, porém, o desconhecido atravessou a linha, atirando-se sob as rodas do bonde, tendo o motorneiro feito parar o vehiculo com a maior presteza.

O conductor, Accacio Trindade, chapa n. 112, saltou do seu logar, assim como o srs. coronel Raymundo Pessoa de Siqueira Campos e Augusto Affonso, este morador á rua da Moóca, 360, afim de prestar os primeiros soccorros ao infeliz.
[...]

A pouca distancia do bonde, foram encontrados uma cesta contendo lingüiça, um panno branco e 340 réis em dinheiro. Muitos curiosos compareceram ao local, não sendo, porem, reconhecido o pobre velho.

O carniceiro José Scantara, morador á rua da Moóca, 333, e que se achava entre os curiosos, disse conhecer de vista o velho, accrescentando ser elle vendedor ambulante de lingüiça e que momentos antes passara, um pouco alcoolizado, pela rua da Moóca.393

A mesma história trágica é contada pelo Commercio de São Paulo, desta feitacom direito a identificação da vítima fulminante, o negociante ambulante português Bernardino Tavares da Silva:

"Hontem, pouco depois do meio dia, o português Bernardino Tavares da Silva, negociante ambulante, que um tanto alcoolisado passara pela avenida Taubaté, na Moóca, procurando atravessal-a foi colhido pelo bonde electrico n.41, da linha do Posto Zootechnico. O motorneiro Domingos Vachelli, italiano, ao ver a imminencia do desastre fez parar o vehiculo, não conseguindo evitar, entretanto, que as rodas da frente pisassem o desgraçado homem, matando-o."394

Sobre o tema, outro noticiário do Correio Paulistano dizia respeito a um homem, que muito alcoolizado, tentou em vão atravessar a linha de bonde que percorria a Rua do Gasômetro. O veículo passava pelo local, em sua velocidade regular, mas dada sua pouca destreza, devido ao estado de ânimo, foi colhido pelo coletivo:

"Na rua do Gazometro quase em frente á casa n. 91, occorreu ontem ás 9 horas da noite, lamentável desastre, de que foi victima um pobre homem alcoolizado, que por alli transitava. Trata-se de um individuo de cor parda, que não soube declarar o nome e não era conhecido das pessoas que presencearam o
accidente.

A’quella hora passara pela referida rua, com regular velocidade, o bonde de cargas n. 224, conduzindo dois reboques.

O desconhecido que, como dissemos, estava alcoolizado tentou imprudentemente atravessar a linha e foi colhido pelo bonde. [...]

Sobre o facto foi aberto inquérito, pelo capitão Oliveira Ancêde, primeiro subdelegado do Braz, que ouviu as testemunhas Roque Henrique, Vicente Carderi e Romeu Rialti, contestou um em affirmar que a victima estava em estado de embriaguez, sendo impossível ao motorneiro evitar o desastre."395

Sem dúvida, dentro desse contexto urbano, mais precipitado e frenético, havia pouco espaço para os bêbados debruçados sobre a poça de vinho de José Malhôa ou para Frederico Revalis, sucumbido pelo sono da embriaguez, dentro de uma carroça estacionada.

Em O Clube dos Haxixins, Théophile Gautier relata uma experiência de embriaguez em que a sua mudança de percepção em relação ao tempo é tamanha, que ele sonha que o tempo morreu e que ele caminhava para seu funeral. As pessoas, vestidas de preto, aproximavam-se dele com ar triste, e apertavam-lhe a mão, em meio a relógios paralisados. É a encenação de um sujeito com uma percepção do tempo e do espaço absolutamente deslocada e com uma saturação das sensações e dos afetos, a perda do senso e dos perigos, o abandono, a sedação, por conta da ebriedade, atravessando ruas de tráfego intenso de novos objetos tecnológicos, tais como bondes elétricos e carros. Diante da paisagem urbana que se forma, passa-se ao empenho de se criar meios de intervir nos corpos que não obedecem, que estão em descompasso com os novos sinais e com a aceleração da velocidade dos fluxos da cidade.

Isso porque a embriaguez desencadeia uma apreensão peculiar do espaço-tempo de seu entorno. Os rostos, objetos e passagens públicas mudam sucessivamente de forma, expressão, velocidade e tamanho. O bêbado absorve-se nas suas imagens e nada o sustenta ou reprime. A conversa fica incoerente. Tenta agarrar as palavras, mas elas fogem; posto que a consciência está envenenada. Os reflexos sucumbem e surgem os picos de alegria e tristeza; chora todas as amarguras até que o sono doma tudo.396 Passa horas olhando para o copo, que também pode ser uma pedra sagrada. Sente como uma eternidade a espera pelo garçom ou o bonde ou a vez. Detém-se em reconhecer as partes de seu próprio corpo e de seus gestos num deleite único. O bêbado contempla-se. Só ele mesmo se acolhe.

O riso, assim como todas as suas próprias manifestações, o impressionam tal como se fossem eventos externos. O espaço pode se expandir, o chão verte-se íngreme. Os objetos tornam-se mais sedutores ou ameaçadores, na alternância entre o sono e a vigília. Uma bagunça de buzinas pode virar um concerto ou fanfarra. Há um excesso de confiança nas próprias funções reguladoras. Os sentidos se agigantam As impressões acústicas e visuais se sobrepõem, o que pode desencadear um efeito devastador das circunstâncias de espaço e uma desorientação na percepção do tempo transcorrido para deslocamento.397

Todo esse entorpecimento cabe numa distância média de vinte e cinco centímetros, entre a boca e o copo de bebida.398 No percurso desse intervalo tão pequeno e efêmero cumprem-se tantos perigos, aventuras, rituais, costumes, gestos, um conjunto de práticas sociais cotidianas inerentes ao beber.

É mastigando, feito vidro moído, esses pequenos microacontecimentos, vertigens, ludicidades e cotidianos, completamente apartados das convenções morais vigentes e das regras de conduta e fluxos de circulação, que percebe-se todo um caldo de cultura e um campo de embates, entre o olhar excludente da moça de tailleur ao ver seu vizinho pedindo pinga, entre o bonde e o vendedor de linguiça bêbado, entre o protocolo comedido e o pacto do brinde.

A saber, do mesmo modo que existe um vocabulário iconográfico que cerca os hábitos de consumo dos alcoóis399, percebe-se também um vocabulário gestual, visto aqui como um conjunto de atitudes como aquisições sociais, apropriações formais e inconscientes. Trata-se aqui de um repertório gestual e moral singular, à margem de uma normatização de ações historicamente construída, do comedimento verbal, comportamental e do transitar, balizada na modéstia e nas regras da polidez.400

Faz parte desse repertório o livro intitulado Alcoóis, de Guilhaume Apollinaire401, uma coletânea de poemas que surpreenderam pela ausência total de vírgulas, pontos ou interrogações. Nos versos contínuos os copos se estilhaçam com a vibração de sorrisos, agulhas de relógio andam no sentido contrário, bêbados atravessam ruas, pontes, botequins, terraços esfumaçados, linhas de bonde, cidades, redes elétricas, sem quebras ou interrupções. Ele tinha razão. A embriaguez não tem pontuação. Mas tem um escore só seu, todo particular.

Notas

350 ALMEIDA, Aluísio, “Vida Cotidiana da Capitania de São Paulo (1722-1822)”. In: MOURA, Carlos Eugenio Marcondes de (Org.). Vida Cotidiana em São Paulo no século XIX: memórias, depoimentos, evocações. São Paulo: Ateliê Editorial/ Fundação Editora da UNESP/ Imprensa Oficial do Estado/Secretaria do Estado da Cultura, 1998. pp. 5-75, p. 25.
351 FREITAS, Affonso Antônio de. Tradições e Reminiscências paulistanas. Belo Horizonte/São Paulo: Editora Itatiaia/EDUSP, 1985. p. 71.
352 Idem, ibidem, p. 56.
353 PINTO, Raul Simões. As tascas do Porto. Porto: Afrontamento, 2008. p. 35.
354 FONTES, Luis. As tabernas de Braga. Braga: Gráfica São Vicente, 1987. Separata da Mínia, 2ª. Série, 8, 1986, p. 14-15.
355 ANDRADE, Pedro de. “O beber e a tasca, práticas tabernais em corpo vínico”, In: Revista Povos e Culturas, n. 3, 1988. Lisboa: Centro de estudos dos Povos e Culturas de Expressão Portuguesa/Universidade Católica Portuguesa, pp. 223-263, p. 237.
356 CORBIN, Alain. “Bastidores.” In: PERROT, Michelle (Org.). História da vida privada. v. 4 (Da Revolução Francesa à Primeira Guerra). São Paulo: Companhia das Letras, 1991. pp. 413-614, p. 583
357 SOUTO MAIOR, Mário. Cachaça. Brasília: Thesaurus, 2005. p. 16-17.
358 CASCUDO, Luís da Câmara. Prelúdio da Cachaça. Belo Horizonte: Itatiaia, 1986. p. 48.
359 Anotações de aula de curso ministrado pelo professor visitante Eddy Stols no programa de pósgraduação da UNESP de Assis, Disciplina Tópicos Especiais/História da Alimentação. 2007
360 SCHIVELBUSCH, Wolfgang. Historia de los estimulantes. Barcelona: Anagrama, 1995. p. 36.
361 CORBIN, Alain. “Bastidores.” In: PERROT, Michelle (Org.). História da vida privada. v. 4 (Da Revolução Francesa à Primeira Guerra). São Paulo: Companhia das Letras, 1991. pp. 413-614, p. 585.
362 SCHIVELBUSCH, Wolfgang. Historia de los estimulantes, cit., p. 202.
363 Schivelbush cita algumas dessas pronúncias no caso das tabernas inglesas do XIX: “Vengan las copas, bebe a la salud, bebe después de mí, bebe conmigo, bebe la copa entera, bebe la mitad, y yo brindaré por ti.” Ou outra do século XIII: “Brindo por vuestra salud; bebed tanto como yo”. SCHIVELBUSCH, ibidem. p. 202.
364 SCHIVELBUSCH, Wolfgang. Historia de los estimulantes. Barcelona: Anagrama, 1995. p. 208.
365 SCHMIDT, Afonso. São Paulo de meus amores. São Paulo: Paz e Terra, 2003. Primeira edição: 1954. p. 148.
366 AMERICANO, Jorge. São Paulo naquele tempo (1895-1915). São Paulo: Carrenho Editorial/Narrativa Um/Carbono 14, 2004. p. 277.
367 MAWE, John. Viagens ao Interior do Brasil (1807-1810). São Paulo/Belo Horizonte: Edusp/Itatiaia, 1978. p. 73.
368 SAINT-HILAIRE, Auguste de. Viagem à Província de São Paulo. Belo Horizonte/São Paulo: Itatiaia/Edusp, 1976. p. 142-143.
369 ALMEIDA, Pires. A Escola byroniana no Brasil. São Paulo: Conselho Estadual de Cultura/Comissão de Literatura, 1962. p. 28.
370 ANDRADE, Pedro de. “O beber e a tasca, práticas tabernais em corpo vínico”, In: Revista Povos e Culturas, n. 3, 1988. Lisboa: Centro de Estudos dos Povos e Culturas de Expressão Portuguesa/Universidade Católica Portuguesa, pp. 223-263, p. 235.
371 SANT’ANNA, Denise Bernuzzi de. “O Corpo na cidade das águas: São Paulo (1840-1910)” In: Revista Projeto História, Revista do Programa de Pós-graduados em História e do Departamento de História, PUC-SP, São Paulo, n. 25, dez. 2002, p. 101.
372 NAHOUM-GRAPPE, Véronique. “La risa del bebedor, el rictus del toxicomano”. In: EHRENBERG, Alain et all (Org). Individuos bajo influencia. Buenos Aires: Editorial Nueva Visión, 2004. pp. 159-176, p. 163 e 174.
373 ANDRADE, Pedro de. op. cit., p. 240; BRUNO, Ernani da Silva. Equipamentos, usos e costumes da Casa Brasileira. São Paulo: Museu da Casa Brasileira, 2001. v. 1, p. 293; PINTO, Raul Simões. As tascas do Porto. Porto: Afrontamento, 2008.
374 ANDRADE, Pedro de. “O beber e a tasca, práticas tabernais em corpo vínico”, In: Revista Povos e Culturas, n. 3, 1988. Lisboa: Centro de Estudos dos Povos e Culturas de Expressão Portuguesa/Universidade Católica Portuguesa, pp. 223-263, p. 242.
375 CASCUDO, Luís da Câmara. Prelúdio da Cachaça. Belo Horizonte: Itatiaia, 1986. p. 11 e 82.
376 SCHIVELBUSCH, Wolfgang. Historia de los estimulantes. Barcelona: Anagrama, 1995. p. 202.
377 NAHOUM-GRAPPE, Véronique. “Histoire et anthropologie du Boire en France du XVI au XVIII siècle”. In: LE VOT-IFRAH, Claude; MATHELIN, Marie; _______. De l’ivresse à l’alcoolisme: études ethnopsychanalytiques. Paris: Bordas, 1989. p. 90-91.
378 Sobre José Malhôa: pintor português nascido em 1855, em Caldas da Rainha, Portugal. Ainda pequeno parte para Lisboa para estudar. Frequenta a Real Academia de Belas-Artes. Foi grande retratista de rituais coletivos e dos costumes populares portugueses, dentre as varias experiências e vivências de grupo, a “celebração pagã do vinho, a embriaguez a uma mesa de taberna ou a sentimentalidade castiça e portuguesa de ouvir e cantar o fado”. Participa da Exposição Universal de Paris, em 1900, onde ganha medalha de Prata. Visita o Brasil em 1906 por conta de uma exposição individual sua realizada no Real Gabinete Português de Leitura. HENRIQUES, Paulo. José Malhôa. Lisboa: INAPA, Coleção Pintura portuguesa do século XIX, 2002. p. 18.
379 Malga: tigela ou prato fundo vidrado. NOVO Dicionário Aurélio da Língua Portuguesa. Rio de Janeiro: Nova Fronteira, 1986. p. 1.070.
380 ANDRADE, Pedro de. “O beber e a tasca, práticas tabernais em corpo vínico”, In: Revista Povos e Culturas, n. 3, 1988. Lisboa: Centro de Estudos dos Povos e Culturas de Expressão Portuguesa/Universidade Católica Portuguesa, pp. 223-263, p. 243.
381 SCHIVELBUSCH, Wolfgang. Historia de los estimulantes. Barcelona: Anagrama, 1995. p. 44.
382 Sobre o assunto ver BOLLE, Willi. Fisiognomia da metrópole moderna: representação da história em Walter Benjamin. São Paulo: EDUSP, 2000, p. 77-78; BENJAMIN, Walter. Obras escolhidas III – Charles Baudelaire: um lírico no auge do capitalismo. São Paulo: Brasiliense, 1989. p. 9-29
383 BAUDELAIRE, Charles. As Flores do mal. Rio de Janeiro: Nova Fronteira, 1985. p. 379.
384 Processo criminal, n. ordem 4021, Caixa 121, Notação 2366, Autuação 1888.
385 PINTO, Maria Inez Machado Borges. Cotidiano e Sobrevivência: a vida do trabalhador pobre na cidade de São Paulo (1890-1914). São Paulo: EDUSP, 1994. p. 254.
386 NAHOUM-GRAPPE, Véronique. “Histoire et anthropologie du Boire en France du XVI au XVIII siècle”. In: LE VOT-IFRAH, Claude; MATHELIN, Marie; _______. De l’ivresse à l’alcoolisme: études ethnopsychanalytiques. Paris: Bordas, 1989. p. 83-84.
387 Ver capítulos 6 e 7.
388 SALIBA, Elias Thomé. Raízes do Riso. São Paulo: Companhia das Letras, 2002. p. 188.
389 SCHMIDT, Afonso. São Paulo de meus amores. São Paulo: Paz e Terra, 2003. Primeira edição: 1954. p. 208-209.
390 AMERICANO, Jorge. São Paulo naquele tempo (1895-1915). São Paulo: Carrenho Editorial/Narrativa Um/Carbono 14, 2004. p. 186.
391 LANGENBUCH, Juergen Richard. A estruturação da Grande São Paulo, estudo de geografia urbana. Tese de doutoramento, apresentada à Faculdade de Filosofia, Ciências e Letras de Rio Claro, da Universidade de Campinas, Fundação IBGE, Instituto Brasileiro de Geografia, Departamento de Documentação e Divulgação Geográfica e Cartográfica, Rio de Janeiro, 1971.
392 Relatório Anual, Eletropaulo, 1907-1909, S. Paulo, 7 de fevereiro de 1910, W.N.Walmsley, General Manager; e Relatório Jurídico, Eletropaulo, 1910-1912, São Paulo, 28 de janeiro de 1913, W.N.Walmsley, General Manager. Fonte: Fundação do Patrimônio da Energia de São Paulo.
393 Volume 004, Microficha 132. 1 / 3.15 p. 25, A Gazeta, 2 jul. 1908. Fonte: Fundação do Patrimônio da Energia de São Paulo.
394 Volume 004, Microficha 132. 1 / 3.15 p. 25, Commercio de São Paulo, 3 jul. 1908. Fonte: Fundação do Patrimônio da Energia de São Paulo.
395 Recortes de Jornal. v. 7, 132. 1 / 1. 15, Correio Paulistano, 5 ago. 1910. Fonte: Fundação do Patrimônio da Energia de São Paulo.
396 LONDON, Jack. Memórias Alcoólicas. São Paulo: Paulicéia, 1993. p. 44.
397 BENJAMIN, Walter. O Haxixe. São Paulo: Brasiliense, 1984.
398 RAUTUREAU, Aléxis. Le Bar. Paris: Quespire Éditeur, 2008. p. 7.
399 Ver capítulo 7, Entre o palhaço e o equilibrista.
400 A modéstia, sinônimo de temperança, segundo Jean Schmitt é uma noção que permanece atual nas regras da polidez e nos códigos de comportamento: “No vocabulário antigo e medieval, modéstia não significa certamente, ou não somente, a nossa ‘modestia’. A palavra é tomada no sentido etimológico: sua raiz ‘modus’ significa (entre outras coisas) a medida, a justa medida, em relação à qual o respeito escrupuloso é uma virtude, nomeada precisamente a ‘modestia’. Para os Antigos e depois para os autores cristãos, modéstia era sinônimo de ‘temperantia’, quando não constituía uma de suas subcategorias.” SCHMITT, Jean-Claude. “A moral dos gestos.” In: SANT’ANNA, Denise Bernuzzi de (Org.). Políticas do corpo. São Paulo: Estação Liberdade, 1995. p. 143.
401 APOLLINAIRE, Guilhaume. Alcoóis e outros poemas. São Paulo: Martin Claret, 2005.

Texto de Daisy de Camargo em "ALEGRIAS ENGARRAFADAS: OS ALCOÓIS E A EMBRIAGUEZ NA CIDADE DE SÃO PAULO NO FINAL DO SÉCULO XIX E COMEÇO DO XX",Tese apresentada à Faculdade de Ciências e Letras de Assis – UNESP – Universidade Estadual Paulista para a obtenção do título de Doutor em História (Área de Conhecimento: História e Sociedade), Assis 2010, excertos pp.204-222. Digitalizado, adaptado e ilustrado para ser postado por Leopoldo Costa.

DE 'RE COQUINARIA' COMO PARTE DE UNA TRADICIÓN DE MANUALES DE COCINA GRIEGOS Y ROMANOS

$
0
0


Resumen: Los manuales de cocina griegos y romanos forman parte de la literatura culinaria, de la que nos queda una escasa producción, ya que en particular del mundo griego, tenemos la obra de Ateneo, Deipnosofistas, aunque sí disponemos de un mayor número de referencias a diferentes obras y autores. Por su parte, del mundo romano disponemos de una importante fuente: De re coquinaria, colección de recetas del romano Apicio, que son fuente de conocimiento sobre la cocina de las élites.

Abstract: The Greek and Roman cooking books are part of the culinary literature, of which a scarce production survives, since in particular from the Greek world, we have the work of Athenaeus, Deipnosophists, although we do have a greater number of references to different works and authors. On the other hand, from the Roman world it remains an important source: De re coquinaria, a collection of recipes from the roman Apicius, which are a source of knowledge about the cuisine of the elites.

El estudio de los manuales de cocina en griegos y romanos resulta de análisis complicado debido a que las fuentes que nos quedan son muy escasas, e incluso de la gran mayoría de ellos apenas conocemos dos únicas referencias: el título y el autor. Aunque la comunicación oral propia de la cocina, y la propia experiencia tuvieran el papel principal como transmisores del conocimiento, la existencia de manuales facilitaría la repetición exacta de las principales recetas. La cuestión, en parte, es que los libros de cocina no formaban parte de una literatura prominente, aunque sí hay una diferencia entre los de origen griego y los romanos: parece que los recetarios griegos fueron más numerosos que estos últimos. Tampoco debemos olvidar el hecho de que la gastronomía más selecta estaba destinada a las élites exclusivamente1, y que a través de las diferentes manifestaciones alimentarias, es posible observar cómo las culturas griega y romana demostraban una gran preocupación por la estratificación social. Para ello resultaba imprescindible reforzar la jerarquía del rango en el seno de las comunidades, con demostraciones vinculadas estrechamente con la alimentación, como sería el caso de los recetarios y la literatura culinaria en general.

Otra cuestión es la autoría de estos trabajos, ya que aunque los cocineros parecen ser los autores, no siempre sería así, como ocurrió por ejemplo,en el caso de Apicio2, por lo que no podemos deducir en todos los casos que los autores de literatura culinaria fueran cocineros. En cualquier caso, autores o no, los cocineros serían los protagonistas, ya que o escribirían los manuales o en cualquier caso, los usarían para desarrollar los pasos de sus preparaciones.En realidad, la literatura culinaria cubriría todo el espectro vinculado con la cocina, desde la descripción de labores vinculadas con la cocina a tratados completos, o altamente especializados.

El propio Apicio, que es la gran fuente del recetario romano, y autor de al menos una parte de la colección de recetas publicada bajo el título De re coquinaria, fue tan famoso en su época que otros autores no solo reflexionaron sobre él, sino incluso produjeron otras obras sobre la primera o sobre el autor, como es el caso del gramático Apión, en: Sobre la molicie de Apicio –Aten., Deipnos, 7, 294F-. Y aunque tenemos numerosas recetas que provienen de fuentes que no son recetarios, ninguno de estos autores escribió un tratado de cocina propiamente dicho, cuya obra sí es singular por ser el único recetario romano que pervive. En realidad, De re coquinaria, el trabajo de Apicio es una colección de recetas, el tratado culinario romano por antonomasia mediante el cual es posible conocer cómo fue la cocina romana de élite a lo largo de varios siglos. De re coquinaria, es una colección de recetas. Consta de diez capítulos y un añadido, excerpta, redactado en época posterior a la primera parte. Esta obra la descubrió Enoch de Ascoli, en el año 1454, en época del Papa Nicolás V, era un manuscrito del monasterio de Fulda, y la edición prínceps se editó en Venecia, en el año 1498. Posteriormente existe una de 1542, editada por un médico de Zúrich cuyo nombre es Humelberg. En 1705 la edita Martin Lister, médico de la reina Ana de Inglaterra. Posteriormente hay otra edición en el año 1867, de C. T., Schuch, de Heidelberg. Estos diez libros no tienen continuidad entre sí, pero sí tienen cierta unidad entre cada uno de ellos, y seguramente recogen preparados y recetas correspondientes a diferentes autores y tiempos, aunque es difícil saber cuáles son de redacción apiciana, podemos aventurar que los libros de salsas y de pescados podrían pertenecer a su época y a su ingenio3. De re coquinaria se divide en los siguientes libros:

El libro I o Epimeles4, “el experto en cocina”, mantiene cierta unidad de redacción, parece escrito por una sola persona y trata sobre las fórmulas para conservar las frutas y acerca de la elaboración de vinos; además, presenta la forma de arreglar algunas preparaciones que están algo estropeadas o para corregir defectos en ellas. El libro II o Sarcoptes explica la forma de elaborar todo tipo de albóndigas y salchichas de carne y pescado, en general, la manera de preparar platos realizados con carnes picadas. Proporciona las recetas de las famosas salchichas lucánicas, ahumadas, y las farcimina, otra especialidad de embutidos. El libro III o Cepuros, -hortalizas- expone recetas de verduras e incluso algunas recetas con fines medicinales5. Presenta la forma de cocer las hortalizas para que queden verdes, la realización de purés y cremas, y recetas de espárragos, calabazas, melones y puerros, rábanos y ortigas, achicoria, cardos y otras verduras de la época. El libro IV o Pandecter –miscelánea- es el de las pátinas, algo así como budines elaborados con elementos diversos, desde carnes o pescados, a huevos, espesantes, hierbas aromáticas y condimentos. También presenta guisos de hortalizas y pescados, platos con huevos, diferentes salsas y caldos. Un libro de gran interés, porque en él podemos observar cómo era importante para los consumidores de los platos de este recetario, conocer sabores nuevos, obtenidos a base de mezclas inauditas. Por su parte, el libro V, u Ostropeon –las legumbres- está dedicado a las recetas de guisos más sólidos y de cuchara y a las legumbres. Desde los garbanzos a las lentejas, las alubias, los guisantes y también a diversos cereales como la espelta, la cebada o el fenogreco. Además, presenta guisos como pultes y concicla, dos típicos platos romanos antiquísimos, sencillos y muy populares. El libro VI, o Trophetes, es uno de los que con casi total seguridad están redactados por Apicio, y explica la preparación de diferentes salsas. Son muy numerosas y variadas, algunas agridulces, otras picantes, salsas para caza y para aves grandes como el avestruz, e incluso para el pollo.

El libro VII, o Politeles, es muy variado y casi todas las recetas son de lo que llamaríamos hoy alta cocina: caracoles, setas, huevos, jamón y en general platos muy elaborados. Introduce elementos originales, muy apreciados en la época como la carísimas y famosas por su calidad, vulvas y tetillas de cerda; también presenta recetas de lomo y riñones, de foie, de champiñones y de trufas.

El Libro VIII, o Tetrapus se refiere a las carnes de todo tipo, desde caza al buey; también al diminuto y graso lirón, a la liebre, al cochinillo y al cabrito. Presenta recetas de salsas para diferentes carnes, muy complejas y elaboradas, que se deshuesan y rellenan de muchas formas diferentes, platos muy sofisticados que se debían acompañar de salsas diversas. El libro IX, Thalassa, el mar, trata sobre pescados y mariscos: langostas, sepia, pulpo, calamares, ostras, pescados azules, mejillones y almejas, atún… hay salsas para cada tipo de pescado y preparaciones muy complejas de cada uno de ellos. Para elaborar estas recetas seguro que era necesario ser un cocinero experto y saber manejar bien estos delicados productos, que se llevaban hasta Roma con transportes especiales. El libro X, o Alieus, como el anterior, trata sobre productos de mar y salsas. En especial sobre la anguila y la morena, difíciles pescados técnicamente hablando, para un cocinero. Presenta diferentes variedades y tipos de salsa alejandrina y salsas para el atún, para los pescados asados o los hervidos, para la dorada… un interesante libro que es sin duda alguna complemento del anterior.

Al final de la obra, el libro presenta un último documento llamado Excerpta. Se trata de un añadido más tardío del s. V, dedicado a Vinidario, un nombre germánico y no latino, algo congruente con la época que vivía Roma entonces. Parece escrito por alguien que domina el latín de Italia del norte, pero la lengua ya está algo degradada con respecto al latín clásico, como señala J. André. Se trata de una colección de recetas de carnes, salsas, pescado e incluso bastantes preparaciones de cochinillo, pero en sus páginas se revela un tipo de cocina diferente, más simple y tosca con respecto a la culinaria mucho más sofisticada del resto de la colección. Aunque disponemos, por tanto, de numerosos nombres de autores griegos y de los títulos de sus recetarios, por el contrario, tenemos de un número inferior de autores y obras romanas. Sin embargo, la única obra culinaria completa que tenemos, que es propiamente recetario y obra de Apicio, De re coquinaria es la gran fuente de conocimiento sobre las labores de cocina en Roma, en especial para las destinadas a las élites. Lo que ambos casos nos dejan de manifiesto es que la alta cocina, o la buena cocina, fue un requisito indispensable a un estilo de vida selecto, tanto griego como romano, que marcó una jerarquización social y que fue uno de los factores que contribuyeron a definir la cultura alimentaria de una civilización.

NOTAS

1. M. Corbier, “The Broad Bean and the Moray. Social Hierarchies and Food in Rome”, en J. L. Flandrin y M. Montanari (eds.), A Culinary History from Antiquity to the Present, New York (1999), pp. 134-135, señala que la alta cocina romana se caracterizó por un especial arte, el de la complejidad y la transformación, de la relación de la comida y la bebida con la jerarquía social. Es un aspecto esencial para comprender quienes eran los destinatarios tanto de los recetarios como de las elaboraciones que se hacían con ellos.
2. Sobre Apicio, ver A. Villegas Becerril, Gastronomía romana y Dieta mediterránea. El recetario de Apicio, (2001) pp. 34 ss. Apicio, que no fue un cocinero, sino un rico romano que dispuso de medios, tiempo y oportunidad para escribir el famoso recetario De re coquinaria. Aunque hubo varios Apicios, lo que explica una serie de anacronismos en el recetario, el autor al que nos referiremos fue un rico romano que vivió bajo el reinado de Tiberio, que tuvo acceso a la familia imperial y que fue amigo de Druso –Plin., N.H., 19, 37- . Este personaje es Marco Gavio Apicio.
3. Sobre las distintas ediciones de De re coquinaria, ver J. ANDRÉ, op. cit., 1987, pp. XVI ss.
4. Cada uno de los libros está referenciado consecutivamente en el texto de J. ANDRÉ, op. cit., 1987, pp. 2 ss; 13 ss; 31 ss; pp. 50 ss; 72 ss; 88 ss; 107 ss; 115 ss; 124 ss.
5. Sobre la medicina y la dieta en el mundo antiguo ver I. MAZZINI, “L´alimentation et la médecine dans le monde antique”, en J. L. Flandrin y M. Montanari (dirs.), Histoire de l´Alimentation, Paris (1996) pp. 254.

Texto de Almudena Villegas Becerril en "Creando Redes Doctorales - Vol. VII: Investiga y Comunica", edicion de Arturo F. Chica Pérez y Julieta Mérida Garcia, UCO Press, Editorial Universidad de Córdoba, España,2019, pp.83-85. Digitalizacion, adaptación y ilustración para publicación en ese sitio por Leopoldo Costa.

QUEIJOS 'GOSTAM' DE MÚSICA?

$
0
0


Os micro-organismos responsáveis pela maturação de um queijo gostam de música? Essa questão é a premissa de um experimento idealizado pelo veterinário suíço Beat Wampfler, de 53 anos.

Ele cresceu em uma propriedade de criação de gado. Seu avô era um produtor de queijo nos Alpes e, vivendo na pequena cidade de Burgdorf, não tinha como não ser um aficionado pelo Emmental - o famoso queijo leva este nome em alusão à colina homônima situada ali.

Em parceria com a Universidade das Artes de Berna, Wampfler está maturando oito queijos em câmaras submetidas constantemente a diferentes sons. E um nono exemplar, do mesmo queijo, repousa em silêncio.

Um queijo "ouve" A Flauta Mágica, ópera de Mozart. Outro é embalado pelo eletropop Monolith, da banda suíça Yello. Em outra caixa, toca rock: Stairway to Heaven, da banda britânica Led Zeppelin. Há ainda UV, música eletrônica do alemão Vril. O hip hop está representado por Jazz (We've Got), do grupo americano A Tribe Called Quest.

Pedaços de um mesmo tipo de queijo ficarão expostos, cada qual, a um diferente estilo de música. As demais três peças de queijo estão, respectivamente, expostas a vibrações sonoras constantes de três frequências diferentes: 25 kHz, 200 kHz e 1000 kHz.

O processo de maturação foi iniciado em setembro, na câmara subterrânea de pedra de Wampfler. No dia 14 de março, os queijos serão abertos. A Universidade de Berna vai providenciar análises químicas para atestar se houve alguma diferença entre eles. E uma bancada de especialistas irá degustar e avaliar as peças.

Dependendo do resultado, os envolvidos pretendem lançar o produto no mercado. Entusiastas já aguardam com expectativa. "Sei que o queijo é um organismo vivo, que respira. Assim, é muito provável que as ondas sonoras o afetem", comentou à BBC News Brasil a norte-americana Jeri Case, aficionada de queijos artesanais e criadora do site A Better Whey.

"Apenas é preciso descobrir quais ondas sonoras têm maior impacto e em quais queijos. De qualquer maneira, será divertido classificar isso: afinal, ouvir boa música e provar um bom queijo é o paraíso!"

Como surgiu a pesquisa

À BBC News Brasil, Wampfler conta que já era um veterinário especializado em cavalos quando, há três anos, decidiu comprar uma câmara de maturação de queijos.

"Era uma antiga instalação, de 1853, tempos de glória da exportação de nosso queijo para o mundo. Começamos então um revival do armazenamento e da maturação do queijo", relata o suíço.

Wampfler não produz queijo Emmental, mas compra o produto jovem e trata de maturá-lo buscando os melhores resultados.

Foi quando, no início do ano passado, ele foi procurado pelo professor e baixista Christian Pauli, de 55 anos, etnólogo, etno-musicólogo e historiador da Universidade das Artes de Berna.

Como parte de um programa de extensão da universidade, o acadêmico estava em busca de oportunidades de parcerias na cidade de Burgdorf. Ele nunca havia participado da produção de um queijo antes.

"Wampfler nos propôs tratar queijos com música", afirmou Pauli. "É um experimento entre comida e arte. E estamos muito abertos ao resultado."

Wampfler acredita que as ondas sonoras devem interferir no comportamento das bactérias e leveduras durante o processo de envelhecimento do queijo. "Não tenho dúvidas de que elas reagem ao som. Se comprovarmos, isto será útil para a produção", afirma.

Ele acha, aliás, que em menor grau, isso já vinha ocorrendo em sua câmara de maturação. "Nosso porão fica embaixo de um centro cultural onde há um professor de música que ensina percussão e também ensaia uma banda de hard rock. Acredito que, mesmo antes deste experimento, nossa câmara já havia recebido algumas entradas sonoras."


Texto de Edison Veiga de De Bled (Eslovênia) para a BBC News Brasil.Publicado em 10 de fevereiro de 2019. Disponível em https://www.bbc.com/portuguese/geral-47170329?ocid=socialflow_facebook&fbclid=IwAR2lCMTdFhRhPd5IXsyfoeXE4O9WZvYpMBqqU3RSqRTfVLUZaTYin2zN31A. Digitilizado, adaptado e ilustrado para ser postado por Leopoldo Costa.

O QUEIJO MAIS "MAIS VELHO" DO MUNDO E A INTOLERÂNCIA À LACTOSE.

$
0
0


Nem da França, nem da Itália.

A história do queijo, essa iguaria que é consumida por todo o mundo, pode ter suas origens no que hoje é a Croácia.

Cientistas do Instituto Heriot-Watt, em Edimburgo, na Escócia, e da Universidade da Pensilvânia, nos Estados Unidos, revelaram nesta semana a descoberta de vestígios de queijos feitos há 7,2 mil anos, os mais antigos conhecidos até agora.

Mas não se trata de cheddar ou brie, mas, sim, de vestígios de ácidos graxos encontrados em fragmentos de porcelana localizados perto da cidade de Pokrovnik, no litoral da Croácia.

Com o material, os cientistas concluíram que as peças de cerâmica eram usadas para retirar o queijo dos recipientes nos quais eram produzidos. Os achados foram publicadas no periódico científico PLOS ONE, da Biblioteca Pública de Ciência dos EUA.

Embora antigos vestígios de gordura do leite já tenham sido encontrados no passado, o estudo utilizou o carbono 14 para determinar que as amostras encontradas em Pokrovnik eram provenientes do processo de fabricação de queijos. O carbono 14 é o meio mais usado para a datação, pois é absorvido por todos os vegetais e animais.

E o resultado da pesquisa surpreendeu: as amostras indicam que começamos a produzir queijo 2 mil anos antes do que se acreditava até agora. Ou seja, durante o Período Neolítico - anteriormente, se pensava que o processo tinha começado na Idade do Bronze.

A fabricação de queijo foi uma inovação que transformou a humanidade. Como era mais durável e "portátil" do que o leite, o queijo permitiu que os homens percorressem distâncias cada vez maiores e que a agricultura se espalhasse para as áreas mais frias do centro e do norte do continente.

Além disso, permitiu que muita gente que até então não conseguia consumir leite tivesse acesso à proteína. Estudos em genética indicam que a intolerância à lactose era comum entre os adultos que viviam na região do Mediterrâneo.

O processo de fermentação envolvido na produção do queijo reduziu o nível de lactose e, assim, apresentou àquelas populações uma fonte de alimento nutritiva e saborosa.

Redução da mortalidade infantil

Para Calyton Magill, um dos cientistas que participaram da descoberta, a revelação "é incrível e deliciosa".

"Sabemos que o consumo de leite e outros produtos derivados teve muitas vantagens para as primeiras populações de agricultores, porque o leite, iogurte e queijo eram uma boa fonte de calorias e gordura", diz ele.

"E poderia ser um alimento fundamental entre as colheitas ou durante as secas e fomes", acrescenta.

Descobertas arqueológicas anteriores já davam pistas de que humanos produziam queijo no Período Neolítico.

Alguns objetos encontrados que pertenciam a esse período foram identificados como "escorredores ou raladores" de queijo, mas essa é a primeira vez que traços de leite fermentado são encontrados neles.

Intolerância à lactose

Sarah McClure, professora da Universidade da Pensilvânia, diz que, enquanto as crianças daquela época podiam beber leite, muitos adultos eram intolerantes à lactose.

A fabricação de queijo diminuiu essa restrição, porque os adultos conseguiam digeri-lo sem desconforto gastrointestinal.

"Encontramos indícios de que a produção de queijo e leite entre os primeiros agricultores da Europa conseguiu reduzir a mortalidade infantil e ajudou a estimular deslocamentos demográficos, impulsionando o movimento de famílias inteiras para o centro e norte do continente", explica McClure.

Mas ainda não se sabe como o queijo foi produzido pela primeira vez. Uma das teorias é que antes de a cerâmica ser desenvolvida, o leite era armazenado em baldes feitos com os estômagos dos animais. Essa combinação teria facilitado a fermentação natural do leite, dando origem ao queijo.

Texto de Kenneth Macdonald publicado no BBC News em 10 de setembro de 2018, disponível em https://www.bbc.com/portuguese/internacional-45468192. Digitalizado, adaptado e ilustrado para ser postado por Leopoldo Costa

Viewing all 3442 articles
Browse latest View live